Attached files

file filename
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLCc130-20210106xex23_1.htm
EX-10.36 - EX-10.36 - MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLCc130-20210106xex10_36.htm
EX-5.2 - EX-5.2 - MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLCc130-20210106xex5_2.htm

January 6, 2021 

Registration File No. 333-250027

united states

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549



PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)





 

 

California

6199

26-3959348

(State of or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)



915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120

Brea, California 92821

(714) 671-5720

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)



JOSEPH W. TURNER, JR.

Chief Executive Officer, President

915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120

Brea, California 92821

(714) 671-5720

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)



With copies to:

RANDY K. STERNS, ESQ.

BUSH ROSS, P.A.

1801 N. Highland Avenue

Tampa, Florida 33602

(813) 224-9255



As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)



If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box



If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: 



If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 



If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company, and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 



If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. 

 


 





 

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES

TO BE REGISTERED

AMOUNT

TO BE REGISTERED

PROPOSED MAXIMUM

OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE (1)

PROPOSED MAXIMUM

AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE (2)

AMOUNT OF

REGISTRATION FEE (3)

2021 Class A Notes, Fixed Series

$125,000,000

par

$125,000,000

   

2021 Class A Notes, Variable Series

$125,000,000

par

$125,000,000

 

Total

$125,000,000

par

$125,000,000

$12,852

___________________________________________________

(1) The notes will be sold at their face amount.

(2) A total of $125,000,000 of the 2021 Class A Notes is being registered, consisting of a combination of the Fixed Series and/or Variable Series.

(3) The fee is based on the total of $125,000,000 of 2021 Class A Notes being registered hereby. As discussed below, pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, this Registration Statement includes $7,197,498 of unsold securities that have been previously registered. The securities being carried forward to this Registration Statement reduce the amount of fees currently due to $12,852.  



The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said section 8(a) may determine.



Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the securities registered pursuant to this Registration Statement include unsold securities previously registered for sale pursuant to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-221954) initially filed by the Registrant on December 8, 2017 (the “Prior Registration Statement”). The Prior Registration Statement registered securities with a maximum offering price of $90 million for sale pursuant to the Registrant’s offering. Of the amount being registered by this Registration Statement, approximately $18,003,190 of offering securities remain unsold from the Prior Registration Statement. This unsold amount is being carried forward to this Registration Statement and the filing fees paid with respect to the prior registration of the unsold securities is being used to offset filing fees that would otherwise be due in connection with the filing of this Registration Statement. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6), the offering of unsold securities under the Prior Registration Statement will be deemed terminated as of the date of effectiveness of this Registration Statement. As of September 30, 2020, we have issued Notes with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $72.0 million under the Prior Registration Statement.



Explanatory Note



This Registration Statement is being filed to register the sale of the Company’s unsecured promissory notes as the Company’s Registration Statement for its continuous offering of its Class 1A Notes under Rule 415 expired on December 31, 2020. The 2021 Class A Notes issued under this Registration Statement will replace the Company’s current offering of Class 1A Notes, the Registration Statement for which will be withdrawn when the subject Registration Statement is declared effective.

 


 



 

 



The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 











 

 


 

Subject to Completion

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

DATED JANUARY 6, 2021

$125,000,000

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

2021 Class A Promissory Notes

We are offering our 2021 Class A Notes in two Series: the Fixed Series and the Variable Series in several Categories, each of which has a minimum required investment. The 2021 Class A Notes, which we sometimes refer to as the “Notes”, are our unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and, except as described herein, rank equal in right to payment with our existing and future unsecured creditors. Each Note Series bears interest at a rate equal to the sum of the Spread for the respective Series Category plus the applicable index rate. The Fixed Series Notes are offered with maturities of 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54 and 60 months and the Variable Series Notes are offered with a maturity of 60 months. The interest rates for each Note series will vary within the pre-determined interest rate and Spread as described in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the words “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” refer to Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, together with four wholly owned subsidiaries.

We are offering the Notes on a best efforts basis through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Ministry Partners Securities, LLC (“MP Securities”). At any time, you may contact us or visit our website at www.ministrypartners.org to obtain our current interest rates for each Note Series. However, the information on our website is not part of this Prospectus. If there is a change in terms of the Notes that does not constitute a material and fundamental change in the offering of such Notes, this information will be included in a Rule 424(b)(3) prospectus supplement.

INVESTING IN THE NOTES INVOLVES RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL. SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 19. THERE WILL BE NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL SECURITIES IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH STATE.



 

 

 

 

Offering Price

Maximum Commissions(1) 

Proceeds to the Company(2)(3) 

Minimum Purchase

 $1,000

$55 

 $945 

Total

 $125,000,000 

$6,875,000

 $18,125,000







 



 

(1)

The gross maximum compensation paid to MP Securities for serving as the Company’s selling agent will not exceed 5.5%. See “Plan of Distribution – Underwriting Compensation We Will Pay”.

(2)

We may incur an estimated $290,000 of other expenses of issuance and distribution (“Issuance and Distribution Expenses”) and up to an estimated $2,384,424 of additional expenses which may be considered additional organization and offering expenses (“Organization and Offering Expenses” by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) under the FINRA Rules (see “Estimated Use of Proceeds” on page 40 and “Plan of Distribution” on page 135.)

The Notes are part of up to $300 million of 2021 Class A Notes we are authorized to issue under the 2021 Class A Note Trust Indenture, which we refer to as the “Indenture.” U.S. Bank National Association, whom we refer to as “Trustee,” serves as the Trustee under the Indenture.

You should read this Prospectus and any applicable Prospectus supplement carefully before you invest in the Notes. The Notes are our general unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of our present and future senior debt. As of September 30, 2020, we had approximately $116.5 million in debt outstanding that ranks equal or senior to the Notes, including approximately $64.0 million in Notes issued pursuant to our prior offerings. We expect to incur additional debt in the future, including, without limitation, the Notes offered pursuant to this Prospectus and senior debt.

The Notes and other securities we offer are not deposits of, obligations of, or guaranteed by any of these credit unions. They are not insured or guaranteed by the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund (“NCUSIF”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), or any other government agency or private insurer.

We are a “smaller reporting company” under the federal securities laws and subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

The current Rate Schedule and any other supplements to this Prospectus are placed inside this front cover.

The date of this Prospectus is January 6, 2021

Ministry Partners Securities, LLC





 

 


 

Table of Contents



 

 

Page

INTRODUCTION

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS ABOUT THE NOTES

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

10 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

13 

WARNING CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

18 

RISK FACTORS

19 

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

40 

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

42 

DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE

48 

OUR COMPANY

55 

BOARD OF MANAGERS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

83 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

91 

DESCRIPTION OF OUR MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS AND CHARTER DOCUMENTS

93 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

96 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

98 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

127 

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

132 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

134 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

135 

HOW TO PURCHASE A NOTE

139 

LEGAL MATTERS

140 

EXPERTS

140 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

140 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1

EXHIBIT A - Form of Trust Indenture

A-1

EXHIBIT B - Form of Fixed Series 2021 Class A Note

B-1

EXHIBIT C - Form of Variable Series 2021 Class A Note

C-1

EXHIBIT D - Applications

D-1



YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION DIFFERENT FROM THAT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL AND SEEKING OFFERS TO BUY NOTES ONLY IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE PERMITTED. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME THE PROSPECTUS MAY BE DELIVERED OR OF ANY SALE OF THE NOTES.







 

INTRODUCTION

We have prepared this Prospectus so that you will have the information necessary to make your investment decision. Please read this Prospectus carefully. It describes the Notes, the risks involved in investing in the Notes, our Company and our business, and our financial condition. We refer to the registered owner of a Note as a  “Noteholder” or “Holder”.



2


 



FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS ABOUT THE NOTES

 

 

 

 

Q:

Where can I find the definitions of the terms you use in this Prospectus?



 

A:

Unless otherwise defined in this Prospectus, or unless the context in which the term is used requires a different meaning, terms used in this Prospectus, whether capitalized or used in the lower case, have the meanings set forth in the Definitions section of the Indenture, which is included as Exhibit A to this Prospectus.



 



Q:

Who are you?







 

A:

We are Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, a California limited liability company. We were established in 1991 as a credit union service organization. We are owned by certain state and federal chartered credit unions. We are a Christian ministry that provides financial services, investment products, and financing solutions for churches, colleges, schools, and ministry organizations, individuals, and businesses. Churches and ministry related properties substantially secure all of our mortgage loans.



 



 

Q:

How would my interest rate on an investment in a Fixed Series Note be determined?







 

A:

Suppose you purchase a Fixed Series, Category Fixed 25 Note with a 24-month maturity when the index established for 24-month obligations was 0.13% and our Fixed Spread for Category Fixed 25 Note is 2.10%. Then the interest rate payable on your Category Fixed 25, Fixed Series Note would be the stated index set for our Fixed Series Notes plus the applicable Spread, or 2.23%.



 



 







 

Q:

What is the CMT Index?







 

A:

The CMT Index refers to the Constant Maturity Treasury rates published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for actively traded Treasury securities in over the counter trading transactions. The CMT Index daily rates for one, two, three, and five year Treasury securities can be found at www.treasury.gov. We will use the average of the three and five year daily rates to establish the CMT Index for a four year Fixed Series 2021 Class A Note.





3


 



 

Q:

How would my investment in a Variable Series Note work?







 



 

A:

If you purchase a Variable Series Note for $78,000, you will receive a Variable 50 Note which will bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of the Variable Index interest rate then in effect plus the Variable Spread for the respective category for such Note. The interest rate on your Variable 50 Note will be adjusted monthly based on the Variable Index in effect on each adjustment date. Your Variable 50 Note will have a maturity of 60 months. However, we will repay all or part of your Variable 50 Note at your request at any time after your Note has been outstanding with an unpaid principal balance of $10,000 or more.



 



 

Q:

What is the Variable Index interest rate?







 

A:

The Variable Index interest rate is the then current interest rate reported by the Wall Street Journal for the LIBOR rate for three month obligations.



 



 

Q:

What is the Fixed Spread and Variable Spread?







 

A:

The difference or “spread” between the applicable index rate and the interest rate we agree to pay you on the Note you purchase is the fixed or variable spread (the “Fixed Spread or “Variable Spread). The applicable Fixed or Variable Spread is different for each Series and Category of Note.







 

Q:

What is the Effective Variable Spread Grid?





 

A:

This is the Variable Spread Grid that is in effect on the day you purchase a Note. The Effective Variable Spread Grid tells you what spread you will receive for each of the Variable Series Note Categories. The Variable Spread Grid in effect as of the date of this Prospectus can be found in the “Prospectus Summary” under the caption “The Variable Series Notes”. For example, if you purchase a Note under the Effective Variable Spread Grid in effect as of the day of this Prospectus and your Note had a balance of $10,000, your spread would be 0.60%. If the following month you deposited additional funds into your Variable Series Note and the Note balance was $100,000, the Variable Spread on your Note would be 1.10%. Once you purchase your Note, the Effective Variable Spread Grid for your Note will not change.





 

Q:

Can you change the Fixed Spread or Variable Spread Grid on the Notes when there is a significant change in interest rates?







 

A:

We reserve the right to adjust the Fixed Spread or Effective Variable Spread Grid prospectively to adjust to rapid changes in interest rates or market conditions; provided, however that such adjustment does not exceed 2.00% or 200 basis points in the applicable Fixed Spread or exceed 1.00% or 100 basis points in the applicable Variable Spread Grid.



 





4


 



 

Q:

Can you change the Fixed Spread or Effective Variable Spread Grid on my Note after I buy it?







 

A:

No.





 

Q:

How often do you pay interest?







 

A:

Your Note accrues interest monthly. You may choose to have interest that accrues on your Note paid monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. You may also choose to elect to have payment of interest on your Note deferred and added to the principal of your Note (the “Interest Deferral Election”). Unless you specify otherwise, we will pay accrued interest on your Note monthly.



 



 

Q:

Can I require you to cash in my Note before it is due?







 

A:

You can require us to prepay your Variable Series Note, subject to certain restrictions. You cannot require us to pay a Fixed Note before it is due; however, in the event of an emergency, you can request early payment of all or a portion of a Fixed Note as explained in the following question and answer.







 

Q:

What if I have an emergency and I need to cash in my Note?







 

A:

You can request that we voluntarily prepay your Note in whole or in part. We are not contractually obligated to grant your request for prepayment but may do so at our discretion. Our current policy is to grant a reasonable request due to a bona fide hardship, subject to availability of funds. However, there is no assurance we will continue this policy in the future. In the event we agree to prepay all or portion of your Note, we may deduct from the amount we prepay an administrative charge of an amount equal to three months’ interest.







 

Q:

Do you have the right to prepay my Note?







 

A:

Yes, we can prepay or redeem any Note by giving you at least 30 days’ (and not more than sixty (60) days) written notice of the redemption date. On the date of redemption, we must pay you outstanding principal plus all accrued interest thereon through the redemption date. We do not have to pay you a premium if we redeem your Note early. If less than all of the Notes outstanding are redeemed, we will redeem the Notes on a pro rata basis.



 



 

Q:

What is your obligation to pay my Note?







 

A:

Your Note is equal in right to payment with our other unsecured creditors. Your Note is unsecured and is not guaranteed by any of our Managers (each a “Manager”, and collectively “Managers”), our equity owners, or any other person.





5


 



 

Q:

Does any Series or Category of the Notes have priority as to payment over any other Series or Category?







 

A:

The 2021 Class A  Notes and our other unsecured debt obligations are equal in right to payment of principal and interest. We sometimes refer to this equal priority as a Note being in “pari passu” with the other 2021 Class A Notes. As of September 30, 2020, we have issued $6.5 million in secured notes (which we refer to as the “Secured Notes”). These Secured Notes are secured by certain of our mortgage loans and, to the extent of such collateral, are superior in right to payment over the 2021 Class A Notes and our other unsecured debt.



 



 

Q:

Who is responsible for making payments of principal and interest on the Notes?







 

A:

We act as paying agent for the Notes. We must certify to the Trustee that we are current on all payments then due on each outstanding Note.







 

Q:

Why is there an Indenture?







 

A:

We require that you execute the Indenture in order to:







 

 

 

establish the common terms and conditions for the Notes and a means by which the Noteholders can act in an organized manner;







 

 

 

provide for the appointment of an independent Trustee and allow us to deal with a single representative of the Holders with respect to matters addressed in the Indenture, including in the event of our default; and







 

 

 

authorize the Trustee to monitor our compliance with the Indenture, to give timely notices to the Holders, and to act for the Holders in the event of a default and in regard to other matters.







 



As required by U.S. federal law, the Notes are governed by the Indenture. The Indenture constitutes an “indenture” under the Trust and Indenture Act of 1939. An Indenture is a contract between us, you as Holders and the Trustee, who is appointed to serve under and pursuant to the Indenture.



 



 

Q:

Do I have to abide by the terms of the Indenture?



 

A:

Yes. Your Note is issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and your Note is subject to its terms and conditions. As a condition to your purchase of a Note and your becoming the registered owner of the Note, you become a party to the Indenture.







 

Q:

What is the Trust Indenture Act of 1939?







 

A:

The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or as we refer to it, the “1939 Act,” provides that unless exempt, Notes sold to the public in a registered offering must be governed by a Trust Indenture, as defined, and the Notes must be registered by the issuer under the 1939 Act. The 1939 Act further provides that the Trust Indenture must contain certain protective provisions benefiting the owners of the debt covered by the Indenture. We have registered the Notes under the 1939 Act.



6


 





 

Q:

Can you modify or amend the Indenture without the consent of the Holders?







 

A:

Yes, but only in limited circumstances. We may amend or modify the Indenture with the Trustee without the consent of the Holders to, among other things, add covenants or new events of default for the protection of the Holders; evidence the assumption by a successor trustee under the Indenture; cure any ambiguity or correct any inconsistency in the Indenture or amend the Indenture in any other manner that we may deem necessary or desirable and that will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Series of the outstanding Notes; and establish the form and terms of the Notes issued under the Indenture.

Except in these limited circumstances, we and the Trustee must have the consent of the Holders holding a majority in interest of the Notes (a “Majority Vote”) of each Series and Category then outstanding and affected by the amendment.





 

Q:

What promises do you make to the Holders under the Indenture?







 

A:

Under the Indenture, we promise or “covenant” to do, among other things, the following:







 

 

 

Make timely interest and principal payments on the Notes;







 

 



Maintain a specified minimum net worth;







 

 

 

Not issue certain kinds of additional debt beyond specified limits;







 

 

 

Not make certain dividend and other distribution payments to our Members;







 

 

 

Not issue unsecured debt that is senior to the 2021 Class A Notes; and







 

 

 

Timely make principal and interest payments on the Notes and on our other debt, even if it is junior to the Notes.







 

Q:

Who is the Trustee?







 

A:

The Trustee is U.S. Bank National Association, a federally chartered trust company which has fiduciary powers and offers comprehensive financial services, including asset management, in all 50 states.







 

Q:

What does the Trustee do?







 

A:

The Trustee has two main roles under the Indenture:







 

 

 

The Trustee performs certain administrative duties for us and you, such as sending you notices; and







 

 

 

The Trustee may, at your direction, enforce your rights, including the rights you may have against us if we default.







 

7


 

Q:

Who pays the Trustee?







 

A:

Under the Indenture, we agree to pay, and the Trustee agrees to look only to us for payment of, all fees, expenses and expense reimbursements payable to the Trustee under the Indenture.



 



 

Q:

What recourse do the Holders have in the event of a default?







 

A:

In the event of a default, the Holders of 25% of the unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Notes may give notice to us and declare the unpaid balance of the Notes immediately due and payable. A Majority Vote of the Holders is required to direct the Trustee to pursue collection of the Notes or any other remedy available under the Indenture by reason of the default.



 



 

Q:

What is an event of default?







 

A:

An event of default is an event defined in the Indenture, which if not timely cured, allows you to take action against us for immediate and full payment of your note. Events of default include:







 

 

 

Our failure to timely pay interest or principal on your note;





 

 

 

 

Our filing of bankruptcy;







 

 

 

Our breach of any of our covenants in the Indenture.





 

 

Q:

Does the Trustee have the right to waive any default on behalf of the Holders?







 

A:

Yes, but only with a Majority Vote of the Holders of each Series and Category of note affected by the default.







 

Q:

How can the Holders direct the Trustee to act?







 

A:

The Holders can direct the Trustee to act on behalf of the Holders by a Majority Vote.







 

Q:

What liability does the Trustee have to the Holders?



 

A:

The Trustee is charged to conduct itself in a manner consistent with a reasonably prudent person in taking actions directed by the Holders. However, the Trustee disclaims any responsibility with respect to the form of a note or the enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture.





8


 



 

Q:

What reports are you required to provide the Trustee?







 

A:

The Indenture requires us to provide the Trustee the following reports.







 

 

 

We must provide the Trustee a list of the names and addresses of the current owners of record of the Notes quarterly.







 

 

 

We must annually provide the Trustee with a certified statement that we have fulfilled all of our obligations under the Indenture with respect to each Series and Category of Notes for the preceding year.







 

 

 

We are required to provide the Trustee with a copy of each report we send to the Holders.







 

 

 

We are required to provide the Trustee with a copy of each current quarterly and annual report we file with the SEC under the 1934 Act.







 

Q:

For whom might an investment in the Notes be appropriate?







 

A:

An investment in our Notes may be appropriate for you if, in addition to meeting the suitability standards described below, you seek to receive current income and to diversify your personal portfolio with an investment in a Note. An investment in our Notes has limited liquidity and therefore is not appropriate if you may require liquidity before maturity of your Note.







 

Q:

May I make an investment through my IRA or other tax-deferred account?







 

A:

Yes. You may make an investment through your IRA or other tax-deferred account. In making these investment decisions, you should consider, at a minimum, (1) whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing your IRA, plan or other account, (2) whether the investment would constitute a prohibited transaction under applicable law, (3) whether the investment satisfies the fiduciary requirements associated with your IRA, plan or other account, (4) whether the investment will generate unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) to your IRA, plan or other account, (5) whether there is sufficient liquidity for such investment under your IRA, plan or other account, and (6) the need to value the assets of your IRA, plan or other account annually or more frequently. You should note that an investment in our Notes will not, in itself, create a retirement plan and that in order to create a retirement plan, you must comply with all applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Before you invest in a Note through an IRA or tax deferred account, you should consider applicable suitability standards and investment criteria to ensure that the investment meets your investment objectives for an IRA or tax deferred account.





9


 



 

Q:

Are there fees associated with my investment?







 

A:

Yes, but no fees will be assessed by the Company on an investment made by a purchaser in a Note or deducted from the principal balance of a Note purchased, including unpaid interest, due on a Note. Any fees assessed in connection with the purchase of a Note or applied during the period in which a Note is held will be assessed and paid solely by the Company to its wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities. When a 2021 Class A Note is purchased, a sales commission equal to 1.50% of the aggregate amount of the principal amount of the Note purchased will be paid to MP Securities, our wholly-owned broker dealer firm. In addition, a processing fee equal to  0.50% of the aggregate amount of a Note purchased will be paid to MP Securities. The initial sales commission and processing fee will be assessed on any new purchase of a Note, including reinvestments made by investors that may have previously purchased one of our publicly offered debt securities. Commencing one year after the purchase of a 2021 Class A Note, an account servicing fee equal to 1% per annum of the principal amount of a Note purchased (“Account Servicing Fee”) will be assessed on a monthly basis and thereafter paid to MP Securities throughout the remaining term of the Note; subject to a maximum gross dealer compensation of 5.5% assessed on any 2021 Class A Note sold. The Account Servicing Fee will be paid by the Company to MP Securities and will not be assessed against a 2021 Class A Note that is purchased by an investor. No Account Servicing Fee will be assessed on any accrued or deferred interest earned but not paid to an investor that purchases a Note. The Account Servicing Fee will not be assessed on the Company’s outstanding Class 1 Notes.

 

As an example, if you purchased a 2021 Class A Fixed Series Note with a 48-month term in the principal amount of $10,000, an initial sales commission of $150 would be paid on the purchase to MP Securities. In addition, a $50 processing fee would be paid to MP Securities when the investment is made. Commencing one year after the purchase of a 2021 Class A Note, a 1% per annum monthly Account Servicing Fee will be assessed on the principal amount of a Note during the remaining term of the Note. With the purchase of a $10,000, 48 month 2021 Class A Note, for example, the total amount of fees paid to MP Securities over the term of the Note, including the initial sales charge, processing fee and Account Servicing Fee would be $500. The $500 in fees assessed under this example would be paid solely by the Company to MP Securities and will not be charged against the investment made by an investor in a Note.





10


 



 

Q:

Has the Company offered prior investor note programs?







 

A:

Yes. Since inception in 1991, the Company has offered and completed 13 national public offerings that were registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company has made all required payments of interest and principal due on the investor notes that were issued under these registration statements. Investors in these public offerings have received payment in accordance with their terms in cash or reinvested the proceeds of a note when it matured into a Company offered debt security. The Company’s most recent SEC registered offering of its Class 1A Notes will terminate effective as of December 31, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, of the $90,000,000 authorized to be issued, the Company has sold $70,269,126 of its Class 1A Notes. Each of the prior publicly offered investor note programs offered by the Company were liquidated and terminated in accordance with the terms of the offering and all required payments of principal and interest were made to investors in accordance with the terms of the investor notes.  







 

Q:

How can I purchase a Note?







 

A:

If you choose to purchase a Note in this offering, in addition to reading this Prospectus, you will need to complete and sign an applicable Purchase Application for the Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D to this Prospectus, and pay for the total Notes purchased at the time you subscribe. After you become an owner of a 2021 Class A Note, you may purchase additional Notes by completing and signing an additional Purchase Application.







 

Q:

What will you do with the proceeds raised from the Offering?



 

A:

If all of the 2021 Class A Notes are sold, we expect to receive $117.million in net proceeds (after deducting selling costs and organization and offering expenses). We expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this Offering as follows and in the following order of priority:

Make interest payments on our outstanding investor notes, including the 2021 Class A Notes;

To pay the principal balance due on our investor notes and Ministry Impact Notes on their due date;

To make scheduled and unscheduled payments on our credit facility borrowings;

To originate and invest in secured mortgage loans made to evangelical Christian churches, ministries, and educational institutions;

To facilitate the purposeful expansion of the Company’s financial services offerings, including investing in and/or acquiring additional distribution channel partners for its wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities;

For working capital and other necessary Company operating expenses; and

To pay dividends to our preferred equity owners and make dividend distributions to our equity owners.

11


 

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

An investment in our Notes is only suitable for persons who have adequate financial means and desire an investment in unsecured debt obligations for a term of the Note selected, from 12-months up to 60-months for the Fixed Series Notes. All of the Variable Series Notes have a term of 60-months. In addition, an investment has limited liquidity, which means that it may be difficult for you to sell your Note. Persons who may require liquidity prior to the maturity of their Note or seek a guaranteed stream of income should not invest in our Notes.

In consideration of these factors, we have established minimum suitability standards for purchasers of Notes. These minimum suitability standards require that a purchaser of Notes satisfy the following:



 

If you are a natural person (an individual):

If you are a non-natural person (such as a church, school, parachurch ministry, corporation, or trust):

You may invest up to ten percent (10%) of your net worth or up to ten percent (10%) of your net assets, in the Notes only if you have either: 

You may invest up to ten percent (10%) of your net assets in Notes only if you have either:

1.

a minimum annual gross income of at least $40,000 and a net worth of $40,000; or

1.

liquid assets of at least $50,000; or

2.

a net worth of at least $70,000.

2.

total gross assets of at least $500,000.

You may invest up to twenty percent (20%) of your net worth in the Notes only if you have either:

You may invest up to twenty percent (20%) of your net assets in Notes if you have either:

1.

a minimum annual gross income of at least $70,000 and a net worth of $70,000; or

1.

liquid assets of at least $100,000; or

2.

a net worth of at least $250,000.

2.

total gross assets of at least $1,000,000.

In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, one of the following must meet the suitability standards:

1.

the fiduciary account; 

2.

the person who directly or indirectly supplied the funds for the purchase of the Notes; or

3.

the beneficiary of the account.

Our selling agent, MP Securities, and we are responsible for determining if the Note purchasers meet these suitability standards for investing in our Notes. In making this determination, the selling agent and

12


 

we will rely on information provided by prospective Note purchasers. In addition to the minimum suitability standards described above, we and each authorized representative or any other person selling Notes on our behalf, are required to make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of Notes is a suitable and appropriate investment for each Note purchaser.

In making this determination, your authorized representative or other person selling Notes on our behalf will, based on a review of the information provided by you, including your age, investment objectives, income, net worth, financial situation and other investments held by you, consider whether you:

·

meet the minimum income and net worth standards established by your state;

·

can reasonably benefit from an investment in our Notes based on your overall investment objectives and portfolio structure;

·

are able to bear economic risk of the investment based on your overall financial situation; and

·

have an apparent understanding of:

o

the fundamental risks of an investment in the Note you purchase;

o

the risk that you may lose your entire investment in your Note;

o

the lack of liquidity of the Note you purchase;

o

any restrictions on transferability of the Notes; and

o

the tax, including ERISA, consequences of an investment in our Notes.

Such persons must maintain records for at least six years of the information used to determine that an investment in the Notes is suitable and appropriate for each investor.

Restriction Imposed by the USA PATRIOT Act and Related Acts

In accordance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), the Notes offered by this Prospectus may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered, directly or indirectly, to any “Unacceptable Investor,” which means anyone who is:

·

a “designated national,” “specially designated national,” “specially designated terrorist,” “specially designated global terrorist,” “foreign terrorist organization,” or “blocked person” within the definitions set forth in the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department;

·

acting on behalf of, or an entity owned or controlled by, any government against whom the United States maintains economic sanctions or embargoes under the Regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department;

13


 

·

within the scope of Executive Order 13224 ― Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, effective September 24, 2001;

·

a person or entity subject to additional restrictions imposed by any of the following statutes or regulations and executive orders issued thereunder: the Trading with the Enemy Act, the National Emergencies Act, the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the United Nations Participation Act, the International Security and Development Cooperation Act, the Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Act of 1994, the Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act, the Iran and Libya Sanctions Act of 1996, the Cuban Democracy Act, the Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act and the Foreign Operations, Expert Financing and Related Programs Appropriations Act or any other law of similar import as to any non-U.S. country, as each such act or law has been or may be amended, adjusted, modified or reviewed from time to time; or

·

designated or blocked, associated or involved in terrorism, or subject to restrictions under laws, regulations, or executive orders as may apply in the future similar to those set forth above.



14


 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights selected information we have included in this Prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. Additional details about the Notes, the Indenture, our business, and our operating data is contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. See also the section, “Frequently Asked Questions About The Notes on page 1. This section does not contain all of the information that is important to your decision whether to invest in the Notes. We encourage you to read this Prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors”  on page 19 and our Financial Statements starting at page F-1 of this Prospectus in their entirety before making an investment decision.

About Our Company

We are a California limited liability company. Our principal executive offices are located at 915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120, Brea, California, 92821 and our telephone number is 800-753-6742. Our website is located at www.ministrypartners.org. The information on our website is not part of this Prospectus.

One of our core missional purposes involves providing financial services, investment products and financing solutions for churches, colleges, schools, ministry organizations, individuals and businesses. We also make and invest in loans made to evangelical Christian churches, ministries, and related organizations. We generally secure our loan investments by a first lien on church properties and/or ministry related properties. We use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes and our other borrowings primarily to fund our mortgage loan investments. We also intend to use a portion of the proceeds received in this Offering to enhance the financial services platform of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Ministry Partners Securities, LLC. More specifically, we may invest in and/or acquire distribution partners to assist in the offering of property insurance and casualty solutions to churches, schools, and Christian ministries. We may also use some of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay outstanding Notes and/or other borrowings. We refer to the Notes and other Notes we sell to investors as our debt securities.

The Offering



 

The Offering

This offering (the “Offering”) is for a total of $125,000,000 of our 2021 Class A Notes.



 



The Notes may be purchased in one or more of the following Series:







 

 

 

Fixed Series, which pay interest at a fixed rate depending on the Category and maturity of Fixed Series Note purchased.







 

 



 

 

 

Variable Series, which pay at a variable rate of interest adjusted monthly depending on the Category purchased.





15


 



 

 The Fixed Series Notes

We offer the Fixed Series Notes in the following six Categories with each requiring the specified minimum purchase. The Fixed Series Notes are offered with a term (or maturity) of 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, or 60 months.







 

 

The Fixed Notes pay a fixed rate of interest equal to the sum of the CMT Index plus the amount of the Fixed Spread for its respective Category as set forth below. The spreads displayed below are effective as of the date of the Prospectus. We reserve the right to change the spreads either up or down, by a maximum of 200 basis points (or 2.0%, one basis point equals 0.01%). We will disclose any change in spreads in a supplement to this Prospectus.





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Fixed Series Note Spreads

Fixed Series

Note Category

Required Minimum

Purchase

12 Month

18 Month

24 Month

30 Month

36 Month

42 Month

48 Month

54 Month

60 Month

Fixed 1

$1,000 

 

1.55%

1.65%

1.80%

1.90%

2.10%

2.30%

2.60%

2.75%

2.95%

Fixed 5

$5,000 

 

1.65%

1.75%

1.85%

1.95%

2.20%

2.40%

2.70%

2.85%

3.05%

Fixed 10

$10,000 

 

1.75%

1.90%

2.00%

2.10%

2.35%

2.55%

2.80%

2.95%

3.15%

Fixed 25

$25,000 

 

1.85%

2.00%

2.10%

2.20%

2.45%

2.65%

2.90%

3.05%

3.25%

Fixed 50

$50,000 

 

1.95%

2.10%

2.20%

2.30%

2.55%

2.75%

3.00%

3.15%

3.35%

Fixed 100

$100,000 

 

2.30%

2.30%

2.35%

2.45%

2.65%

2.85%

3.10%

3.25%

3.45%





 

The Variable Series Notes

We offer the Variable Series Notes in five Categories, each requiring a specified minimum purchase. All Variable Series Notes have a maturity of 60 months. However, upon your request, we will prepay your Note without penalty, in whole or in part, provided your Note has had an unpaid principal balance of at least $10,000 during the preceding 90 days.



 



The Variable Spread Grid displayed below is effective as of the date of the Prospectus. The Variable Series Notes pay interest that is adjusted monthly in an amount equal to the sum of the Variable Index in effect on the adjustment date, plus the amount of the Variable Spread for the respective Category shown on the Variable Spread Grid set forth in the table below.  We refer to this as the “Effective Variable Spread Grid”. The Effective Variable Spread Grid on a Note that has been purchased cannot change; however, we reserve the right to change the spreads either up or down, by a maximum of 100 basis points (or 1.0%, one basis point equals 0.01%) for future investments. We will disclose any change in spreads in a supplement to this Prospectus.







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Spread Grid*

Variable Series

Note Category

 

Required Minimum Purchase

 

 

Variable Spread

 

Category Variable 10

 

$  

10,000 

 

 

 

0.60%

 

Category Variable 25

 

$  

25,000 

 

 

 

0.70%

 

Category Variable 50

 

$  

50,000 

 

 

 

0.90%

 

Category Variable 100

 

$  

100,000 

 

 

 

1.10%

 

Category Variable 250

 

$  

250,000 

 

 

 

1.40%

 

*The Variable Spread Grid shown above is effective as of the date of this Prospectus and may be updated subsequently with a supplement to the Prospectus.



16


 

The Indexes



 

The Indexes

The interest rates we pay in the Fixed Series Notes are determined in reference to the most recently published CMT Index in effect on the date the interest rate is set. The interest rate we pay on the Variable Series Notes is determined by reference to the most recently published Variable Index in effect on the date the interest rate is set. The interest rate for both the Fixed Series Notes and the Variable Series Notes is set on the first business day of the month unless that day is a holiday, at which time the rate will be set the next business day. As described under “Description of the Notes – The Indexes,” the CMT Index is determined by the Constant Maturity Treasury rates published by the U.S. Department of Treasury for actively traded Treasury securities. The Variable Index is equal to the three‑month LIBOR rate. The three-month LIBOR rate is the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) interest rate for three-month obligations. In the event reporting of a current three month LIBOR rate is suspended or ended, we have the right to substitute the successor index, if any, or if there is none, the regularly reported interest rate we determine, in our sole discretion, to most likely track the three-month LIBOR rate. 





Note Terms in General



 

 

 

Note Terms in General

Certain common terms of the 2021 Class A Notes are summarized below:

 

 

Manner of Interest Payments

Interest is accrued on your Note monthly. You may choose to have interest that accrues on your Note paid monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. You may also make the Interest Deferral Election whereby interest on your Note will be deferred and added to the principal balance of your Note. Unless you specify otherwise, we will pay accrued interest on your Note monthly. The interest rate paid for a partial month is adjusted according to the number of days the Note was outstanding. You may change the way interest is paid on your Note by written notice to us. Any accrued interest is paid along with unpaid principal when your Note matures.

 

 

Your Interest

Compounded Option

At any time, you can direct us to retain all interest payable on your Note and pay you interest on such interest at the same rate payable on the principal of the Note. This allows you to earn interest on your interest (i.e., you earn compound interest).

 

 

Rank of the Notes

Our payment of the 2021 Class A Notes is not secured or guaranteed. The Notes are generally equal in priority of right to payment with our other existing and future unsecured debt obligations.

 

 

You May Request

Prepayment

You may, due to hardship, request at any time that we prepay all or any portion of your Note prior to its maturity. We may grant the request in our sole discretion. If granted, we will pay the unpaid balance of the Note, less an administrative charge not exceeding 3-months of interest payable on the Note.





 

Our Right to Prepay Notes

We reserve the right to prepay a Note at our election at any time upon not less than 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior written notice. If we elect to prepay less than all of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemed on a pro rata basis.

 

 

Indenture

The Indenture sets forth the rights, terms, and conditions to which all of the Notes are subject.

 

 







 

17


 

Protective Promises

Under the Indenture, we agree that we will:

 

 

 

maintain a tangible adjusted net worth of at least $4.0 million;

not incur additional indebtedness, as defined, unless our resulting fixed charge coverage ratio remains at least 1.2 to 1.0;

limit our other indebtedness, as defined, to not more than $20.0 million;

not enter into certain transactions with our Affiliates;

not consummate certain consolidations, mergers or sales of our assets, unless we are the entity surviving the transaction or the entity surviving the transaction assumes our obligations under the Notes; and

not make distributions to our Members except under specified conditions.



 



We are in compliance with each of these promises.



 

Events of Default

If an event of default occurs, the Trustee, acting on the direction of a Majority Vote of the Holders, will accelerate payment of the Notes in full. An event of default includes the following:



 



our failure to make a required payment on a Note within 30 days after it is due;



 



our failure to observe or perform any of the covenants or agreements under the Notes or the Indenture, unless cured in a timely manner; or



our uncured default under the terms of any of our other indebtedness, which default is caused by our failure to pay principal or interest or results in the acceleration of payment of such indebtedness in the aggregate amount of $250,000 or more.



 

Our Other Debt

Securities

Since inception, our business has relied on our sales of debt securities to investors. At September 30, 2020, we had a total of $75.3 million of investor debt securities (“Investor Debt”) outstanding, including $306 thousand of the Class A Notes, $14.3 million of the Class 1 Notes, and $42.8 million of the Class 1A Notes. All of our debt securities are unsecured and are pari passu with the 2021 Class A Notes in right of payment.



 

Our Secured

Borrowings

We have an institutional term-debt credit facility originally entered into with Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union (“Members United”) as refinanced with the National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) (the “MU Term-Debt Credit Facility”). The MU Term Debt Credit Facility was purchased from the NCUA by OSK VII, LLC, an investment fund. The MU Term Debt Credit Facility is secured by designated mortgage loans. There are no amounts available to borrow under this facility, although we are contractually able to add new loans to the MU Debt Credit Facility to replace other loans that may have paid off earlier than expected. As of September 30, 2020, the principal balance owed on the MU Term Debt Credit Facility was $52.5 million. We also have a short term demand credit facility of $7.0 million with KCT Credit Union, an Elgin, Illinois credit union.

 

 

Use of Proceeds

In the event we sell all $125 million of the Notes we are offering, we expect to realize proceeds from the Offering of at least $117,835,000 after distribution expenses have been paid. In addition, we are obligated to pay an estimated $290,000 of Issuance and Distribution Expenses. In addition, we may pay up to an additional estimated $424,425 of additional issuer expenses and $2,182,023 of additional underwriting compensation. All of these payments are considered Organization and Offering Expenses under the FINRA Rules. 

 

We intend to use the proceeds to purchase additional mortgage investments. If we deem it necessary, we may also use some of these proceeds to pay our operational expenses, and to pay interest and principal due on our currently outstanding Notes as payment becomes due. See “Estimated Use of Proceeds.”



 

18


 

Plan of Distribution



 

a 1.50% initial sales commission on the sale of any of the Company’s Notes. MP Securities will receive an Account Servicing Fee equal to 1% per annum of the principal balance of a Note purchased, determined on a monthly basis commencing one year after the purchase of a Note; subject however, to  a maximum gross fee of 5.50% over the term of a Note. The Company reserves the right to waive, reduce, or suspend payment of this Account Servicing Fee at any time. In addition, no Account Servicing Fee will be assessed on any Note purchased once the total compensation paid to MP Securities resulting from the purchase of such Note reaches 5.5%. The Account Servicing Fee will not be assessed on any outstanding Class 1 or Class 1A Notes (is this true on the Class 1A notes??????).

 

Class 1A Note, payable at closing of a purchase of a Note. The Company reserves the right to waive, reduce or suspend payment of the processing fee at any time.

 

 

 

23. We may, without prior notice, in our sole discretion, suspend or discontinue the sale of one or more Note categories or Note category Series at any time or from time to time and we may terminate the Offering at any time.

 

Plan of Distribution

We are offering the Notes on a best efforts basis through MP Securities, our wholly-owned subsidiary. There is no minimum offering. Upon our acceptance of your Purchase Agreement, we will place your subscription funds directly into our operating account for use in our business.

 

We will pay MP Securities a 1.50% initial sales commission on the sale of any of the Company’s Notes. MP Securities will receive an Account Servicing Fee equal to 1% per annum of the principal balance of a Note purchased, determined on a monthly basis commencing one year after the purchase of a Note; subject however, to  a maximum gross fee of 5.50% over the term of a Note. The Company reserves the right to waive, reduce, or suspend payment of this Account Servicing Fee at any time. In addition, no Account Servicing Fee will be assessed on any Note purchased once the total compensation paid to MP Securities resulting from the purchase of such Note reaches 5.5%. The Account Servicing Fee will not be assessed on any outstanding Class 1 Notes.

 

For each sale of a Note, the Company will pay a 0.50% processing fee on the purchase of a 2021 Class A Note, payable at closing of a purchase of a Note. The Company reserves the right to waive, reduce or suspend payment of the processing fee at any time.

 

Because MP Securities is our wholly owned subsidiary, it faces certain conflicts of interest between the interests of our Company and those of its customers in connection with the sale of the Notes.

 

Unless sooner completed or we decide to terminate it sooner, the Offering will terminate on December 31, 2023. We may, without prior notice, in our sole discretion, suspend or discontinue the sale of one or more Note categories or Note category Series at any time or from time to time and we may terminate the Offering at any time.



19


 

WARNING CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this Prospectus, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward‑looking statements are included with respect to, among other things, our current business plan, business strategy, and portfolio management. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that we believe might cause such differences are discussed in the section entitled, “Risk Factors” or otherwise accompany the forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In assessing all forward-looking statements, readers are urged to read carefully all cautionary statements contained in this Prospectus.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

20


 

RISK FACTORS

Carefully consider the risks described below before making your investment decision. Refer to the other information in this Prospectus, including our financial statements and the related Notes.

Any of the following identified risks, along with other unidentified risks, or risks we believe are immaterial or unlikely, could harm the Company. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks that may have a material, adverse effect on us. Additional risks and uncertainties also could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The risks discussed below include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information in this Prospectus and the information incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. 

Risks Related to the Offering and Company

Payment of the Notes is not secured or guaranteed by any person.

Repayment of the Notes is our exclusive obligation, and the Notes are our sole responsibility and are not the obligation or responsibility of any other person. See “Description of the Notes”  on page 42. In general, as a Noteholder, you will have no greater right to payment than that of our other general creditors. At September 30, 2020, we had $127.8 million of total debt obligations of which $75.3 million consisted of various types of investor debt.  

The Trustee may resign in the event we are in default on the Notes.

The Trustee may resign as Trustee under the Indenture at any time upon notice, thereby requiring the appointment of a successor trustee in accordance with the Indenture. In such event, delays may result in the appointment of a successor trustee, which may, delay the Noteholders’ ability to pursue one or more remedies in the event we are declared in default under the Indenture.

The Indenture governs and restricts your rights as a Noteholder.

The Notes are subject to the Indenture, which restricts and regulates your rights as a Noteholder. For example, in the event of our default, the Indenture allows you to seek remedies against us only through action by the Trustee. The Indenture requires a vote of the Holders to take certain acts on behalf of the Holders and that vote will bind all Holders. For example, the Indenture provides that in the event of our default, the Holders of 25% of the unpaid principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the entire unpaid balance of the Notes immediately due and payable. The Indenture requires a Majority in Interest Vote of the Holders to pursue collection of the Notes and other remedies. The Indenture also provides that a Majority Vote of the Holders is required to adopt certain amendments and supplements to the Indenture and the Notes, and to waive certain defaults, events of default, and/or to remove and replace the Trustee. The Indenture contains cross-default provisions whereby our default on one Series of the Notes will constitute a

21


 

default with respect to each other Series of Notes. Thus, Holders suffering an actual default may be more inclined to take action against us than Holders who suffer only a technical default on their Notes because of these cross-default provisions. Accordingly, where there is an actual default on one or more Series of Notes constituting less than a majority of the unpaid principal balance of the outstanding Notes, such Holders may not be able to obtain the approval of the Holders required to appoint a Trustee and pursue a remedy under the Indenture. In such event, you may have no practical recourse against us. See the description of the Indenture on page 48.

BY EXECUTING YOUR PURCHASE APPLICATION, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE INDENTURE. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE INDENTURE WHICH IS ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT A TO THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU MAY NOT INSTITUTE OR CONTINUE ANY PROCEEDING, JUDICIAL OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO YOUR NOTE, THE INDENTURE, OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER OR OTHER TRUSTEE OR FOR ANY OTHER REMEDY IN CONNECTION THEREWITH DURING THE PERIOD OF OPERATION OF THE INDENTURE, UNLESS CERTAIN CONDITIONS, AS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE, ARE SATISFIED.

We offer no  assurance of granting a hardship prepayment if requested.

In general, the Notes are redeemable prior to maturity upon request, but only in our sole discretion. Thus, Holders may not be able to redeem their Notes prior to maturity, particularly during times when there are a significant number of early redemption requests.

The Notes are non-negotiable and the Noteholder may not transfer the Note ownership without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Notes are non-negotiable and are payable only to the person shown as the registered Holder on the records of the Company. The Holder, or any subsequent registered Holder, may transfer his or her Note, or any interest in that Note, only upon the prior written consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

There will be no market for your Note and you must depend solely on our ability to repay your Note for liquidity of your investment.

You should be prepared to hold your Note to maturity, subject to any redemption right you may have under your particular Note. You have the right to tender your Note for prepayment at any time, for which we may charge an administrative fee of not more than three months of interest payable on the principal amount of the Note. However, our prepayment of your Note is voluntary and you should not rely on our willingness or ability to do so.

22


 

An independent rating agency has not rated the Notes and there will be no sinking fund for repayment of the Notes.

We have not obtained a rating for your Notes from an independent rating agency and we do not intend to request such a rating. Also, there will not be a sinking fund established for the repayment of the Notes and we must rely on our available cash resources to repay your Note when due. There is no assurance that we will have adequate cash resources available at the time the Notes are due.

The Holders may need to appoint a successor or substitute trustee before they can pursue their remedies under the Indenture.

Under the Indenture, you and the other Holders may pursue your remedies in the event of our default or otherwise exercise your rights under the Indenture only through the Trustee. U.S. Bank is the Trustee. In the event the Trustee resigns or should the Holders desire to appoint a different Trustee, they may do so only with a Majority Vote. In addition, finding a suitable Trustee and obtaining the Majority Vote of the Holders could be time consuming and completion of this appointment process could significantly delay the Holders’ ability to exercise your rights under the Indenture. See the description of the Indenture on page 48.

Under certain circumstances, a Majority Vote of the Holders may amend or supplement your Note or the Indenture without your consent.

In addition, by a Majority Vote, the Holders may approve the waiver of any default, event of default or breach of a covenant or other condition under the Note. Moreover, the Trustee has the power under the Indenture to compromise or settle any claims against us by the Holders and, if a Majority Vote of the Holders approves such compromise or settlement, the settlement or compromise would be binding on all Holders. IN ANY OF THESE EVENTS, YOU MAY BE WITHOUT PRACTICAL RECOURSE AGAINST US.

We have the right to repay your Note.

We have the right to prepay all or a portion of the Notes if we give you at least thirty (30) days but not more than sixty (60) days prior notice. If we choose to redeem less than all of the Notes, we will redeem the Notes on a pro-rata basis.

No independent appraisal or evaluation company has determined the offering price for the Notes.

We are issuing the Notes at their face amount, i.e., at par. We have not determined the price of the Notes based on any single or group of objective factors. We have not consulted an independent appraisal or evaluation company, or other expert or advisor, concerning the pricing of our Notes. Therefore, there is no assurance that the yield you will receive from your Note is not lower than that which could be obtained from similar investments from other issuers.

23


 

There is no minimum amount of Notes that we must sell before the Company uses the Offering proceeds.

Once an investor completes a Purchase Agreement and the subscription is accepted, the Company may immediately begin to use the funds for the purposes described in the Prospectus.  

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks related to an epidemic, pandemic, or health crisis. The COVID-19 pandemic has spread globally and has caused major disruptions in the U.S. economy. A key portion of our business depends on the ability of our ministry related borrowers to make loan payments. In response to the pandemic’s spread, state and local governments ordered non-essential businesses to close, public gatherings to be discontinued, and residents to shelter at home. Churches, schools, daycare centers, and other organizations that rely on public gatherings to conduct their operations were forced to discontinue the gatherings that are essential to their operations and revenue generation. Churches that typically receive weekly offerings of tithes and cash contributions have been relying on online giving options and contributions sent by mail. Church revenues are also dependent on general economic conditions, including unemployment rates and economic disruption to businesses, schools, and financial markets. While state and local restrictions in the U.S. on holding worship services have been eased, churches have been carefully reviewing and preparing new worship service guidelines that will enable them to continue to serve the needs of the communities they serve. The long-term impact of the COVID-19 virus cannot be determined at this time and could have an adverse impact on the timing of loan repayments, liquidity, cash flow, loan defaults, collateral values, loan loss reserves, compliance with loan covenants, and our financial condition. The impact of the virus on economic activity could also vary significantly throughout the U.S. With the geographic concentration of our loans in California and Maryland, our financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations could be impacted by the regional effects of the virus. Due to rapidly changing events surrounding the re-opening of businesses, schools, daycare centers, and religious gatherings, no assurances or predictions can be given with confidence as to the severity of, duration and long-term effect, if any, of the pandemic.

We have granted limited payment deferrals to certain borrowers adversely impacted by COVID-19.

As of September 30, 2020, we have offered a three-month deferral of loan payments to borrowers that have been significantly and materially impacted by the economic effects of the pandemic. For borrowers that have been granted this relief, the maturity date of the loan will not be extended and any deferred payments will be added to the principal balance due at maturity. Of the 148 mortgage loans held at September 30, 2020, we have granted short-term deferrals to 35 borrowers. As of September 30, 2020, many of these borrowers have already resumed contractual payments on their loans. However, if any or all of the remaining borrowers are unable to resume their payments, our profitability and liquidity could be materially impacted.

24


 

We may be unable to obtain sufficient capital to meet the financing requirements of our business.

Our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations to our investors and credit facility lenders substantially depends on our ability to borrow money and raise funds from the sale of our debt securities. Several factors affect our ability to borrow money and sell our debt securities including:

·

quality of the mortgage loan assets we own;

·

the profitability of our operations;

·

limitations imposed under our credit facility arrangements and trust indenture agreements that contain restrictive and negative covenants that may limit our ability to borrow additional sums or sell our publicly and privately offered debt securities; and

·

availability of attractive financing facilities from lenders willing to hold collateral in mortgage loans made to churches, ministries, and religious organizations.

An event of default, lack of liquidity, or a general deterioration in the economy that affects the availability of credit may increase our cost of funding, make it difficult for us to renew or restructure our credit facilities, and obtain new lines of credit. Unexpected large withdrawals by investors that hold our debt securities can negatively affect our overall liquidity.

We have expanded our methods of raising funds, including selling participations in our mortgage loan investments, and expanding the sales of our debt securities to Christian ministries, institutional and retail investors, as well as faith-based organizations and ministries. If this strategy is not viable, we will need to find alternative sources of borrowing to finance our operations. If we are unable to raise the funds we need to implement our strategic objectives, we may have to sell assets, deleverage our balance sheet, and reduce operational expenses.

Our ability to raise funds and attract new investors in our debt securities depends on our ability to attract an effective sales force in our wholly-owned licensed broker-dealer firm.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities, a FINRA member broker-dealer, acts as a selling agent for our notes offerings, insurance products, and investment advisory services. Our ability to attract new investors in our debt securities and increase the sale of our debt securities will substantially depend on our ability to assemble an effective advisory team. If we are unable to recruit, retain, and successfully equip a qualified group of advisors at MP Securities, we may not be able to increase sales of the Company’s debt securities, strengthen our balance sheet, and effectively utilize the investment in our core data processing and information systems we have implemented.

25


 

We depend on repeat purchases by a significant number of investors in our debt securities to finance our business.

A significant percentage of the investors who purchase our debt securities roll their matured note into a new note. There is no assurance we will maintain our historical rate of reinvestments of maturing investor notes into new investor notes. If the rate of repeat investments declines, our ability to maintain or grow our asset base could be impaired. The table below shows the renewal rates of our maturing notes over the last two full years and the first nine months of 2020:



 



 

2020

52%

2019

75%

2018

62%

Some of our debt securities investors may be unable to purchase our public offering notes due to FINRA’s investor suitability standards.

When handling sales of our investor notes, we must comply with FINRA’s “know your customer” and “suitability” guidelines. Some investors may not qualify under suitability guidelines. These guidelines help ensure that investors make appropriate investments given the:

·

age;

·

investment experience;

·

net worth;

·

need for liquidity; and

·

the mix of the investor’s portfolio.

If MP Securities is unable to offer a potential investor a note that will enable such investor to meet the applicable suitability standards, we will need to find other qualified investors to implement our strategic objectives.

The Company may experience losses or lower earnings if there is a drop in the real estate values that secure our mortgage loan investments.

From time to time, we have recorded additional provisions for losses related to real estate assets acquired after we initiated loan foreclosure proceedings. If we take ownership of a property as part of a foreclosure action, we could be required to write down the value of the property if the value of the property declines after we take title to the property. Further deterioration could lead to an increase in non-performing assets and reduced earnings.

Our growth is dependent on leverage, which may create other risks.

We use leverage, which means borrowing to invest in mortgage assets. This mechanism creates net interest income for the Company. Our success is dependent, in part, upon our ability to manage our leverage

26


 

effectively. We pledge a significant amount of our assets as collateral for our credit lines and term debt. Our Board of Managers has overall responsibility for our financing strategy. Leverage creates an opportunity for increased net income, but at the same time creates risks. For example, leveraging magnifies changes in our net worth. We will incur leverage only when we expect that it will enhance our investment returns. To generate a quick sell on a non-cash asset, the asset often sells at a discount. There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet our debt service obligations; and, if we must quickly sell assets to meet our debt service obligations, we risk incurring a loss on of some or all of those assets.

Our reserves for loan losses may prove inadequate, which could have a material, adverse effect on us.

Although we regularly evaluate our financial reserves to protect against future losses based on the probability and severity of the losses, there is no guarantee that our assessment of this risk will be adequate to cover any future potential losses. As of September 30, 2020, our allowance for loan loss totaled $1.52 million representing 1.25% of our total loans.

Unanticipated adverse events may result in reserves that will be inadequate over time to protect against potential future losses. Examples of these adverse events are:

·

changes in the economy;

·

events affecting specific assets;

·

events affecting specific borrowers;

·

mismanaged construction;

·

loss of a senior pastor;

·

rising interest rates;

·

failure to sell properties or assets;

·

epidemics or pandemics that may affect the local or global economy; or

·

events affecting the geographical regions in which our borrowers or their properties are located.

Maintaining the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses may require that we make significant and unanticipated increases in our provisions for loan losses, which would materially affect our results of operations and capital adequacy. Given the total amount of our allowance for loan losses, an adverse collection experience in a small number of loans could require an increase in our allowance. See the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”  on page 98 for further discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses.

27


 

An increase in our non-performing assets will adversely affect our earnings.

Nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in the following ways:

·

We do not accrue interest on collateral-dependent, non-performing loans.

·

We are required to record allowances for probable losses as a current period charge on our income statement. This charge will show up either in the provision for loan losses or in the provision for other real estate owned assets.

·

Non-interest expense increases when we write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values.

·

There are legal and other professional fees associated with the resolution of problem real estate owned assets. Other real estate owned assets also incur carrying costs, such as taxes, insurance, and maintenance fees.

·

The resolution of non-performing assets requires active involvement of our management team, which can divert them from focusing on the Company’s core strategic objectives.

Our losses and troubled assets could increase significantly if additional borrowers become delinquent and we are not successful in managing our non-performing assets. This in turn could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. At September 30, 2020, $6.5 million of our assets, or 4.5% of our total assets, were considered non-performing assets. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, 5.8% and 8.8% of our total assets, respectively, were considered non-performing assets.

A portion of our mortgage loans collateralizes our credit facilities; therefore, these pledged assets will be unavailable to meet our unsecured debt obligations.

Our term-debt credit facility and our line of credit requires that we secure them with mortgage loans, maintaining a minimum collateralization ratio (“MCR”) of at least 120% on each credit facility. Loans pledged as collateral to the term-debt credit facility or line of credit will be unavailable for other cash flow purposes, including meeting our unsecured debt obligations. If at any time we fail to maintain the MCR requirement, we will be required to deliver cash or qualifying mortgage loans in an amount sufficient to meet the MCR requirement. If the Company has exceeded the MCR, we may request and receive a release of collateral up to the dollar amount sufficient for the Company to maintain the MCR requirement.  

28


 

The following table shows the recorded balance of loans pledged and not pledged as collateral as of September 30, 2020 (dollars in thousands): 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Recorded Loan Balance

Collateral pledged to term-debt

 

$

65,966 

Collateral pledged to warehouse line of credit

 

 

8,505 

Collateral pledged to Secured Investor Notes

 

 

9,127 

Loans not pledged

 

 

38,527 

Total loans

 

$

122,125 

The loans pledged to satisfy  collateral requirements for debt facilities and secured investor notes will not be available to meet our unsecured debt obligations.

Default under one credit facility will result in a default under our other credit facilities.

Our credit facilities and debt securities generally provide for cross-default provisions. A default under one agreement will trigger an event of default under the other agreements. This gives our lenders the right to declare all amounts outstanding under their particular credit agreement to be immediately due and payable. In this case, if not immediately paid, the lender may exercise its right to foreclose on or liquidate the collateral pledged to their credit facility.

Our credit facility debt requires us to maintain excess collateral, which potentially decreases our assets available to pay the Notes and our other unsecured debt.

In the event of a default under our term-debt credit facilities, the lender has the right to foreclose on its collateral pursuant to the respective credit facility agreement and applicable commercial law. In the event of default, the lender may reduce its claim to a judgment, foreclose on the collateral, or exercise any other remedies available to the lender. A default on this credit facility, therefore, could reduce the availability of other assets on our balance sheet, adversely affect our liquidity and ability to repay our investor notes.

We may not be able to finance our investments on a long-term basis with an institutional lender on attractive terms.

Since 2007, we have relied on credit facilities to finance a substantial portion of our mortgage loan investments. When we acquire mortgage loans that have a maturity term that exceeds the term of our institutional credit facilities, we bear the risk of being unable to refinance, extend, replace, or otherwise finance them on a long-term basis at attractive terms or in a timely manner, or at all. If it is not possible or economical for us to finance such investments on attractive terms, we may be unable to pay-down our credit facilities or be required to liquidate the assets at a loss in order to do so.

29


 

Our reliance on financing provided by institutional credit facility lenders will require that we payoff our term-debt credit facility on November 1, 2026. If we are unable to replace our credit facilities on attractive terms at maturity, we may have to rely upon less efficient forms of financing new investments or may need to liquidate assets at a loss in order to pay off the credit facility. This in turn could result in fewer loan acquisitions or fewer originations of profitable mortgages, which would reduce the size of our balance sheet. A smaller balance sheet would lower the amount of earnings available to us. This would reduce funds available for debt payments, business expenses, and distributions to our equity investors.

Our financing arrangements contain covenants that restrict our operations and any default under these arrangements would inhibit our ability to grow our business, increase revenue, and make distributions to our equity investors.

Our financing arrangements contain restrictions, covenants, and events of default. Failure to meet or satisfy any of these covenants could result in an event of default under these agreements. Our default under any of our financing arrangements could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, and our ability to make distributions to our equity investors. These restrictions also may interfere with our ability to obtain financing or engage in other business activities.

We rely on the use of borrowed funds and sale of debt securities to finance a substantial part of our business.

We have used borrowing facilities obtained from institutional lenders and relied upon offerings of debt securities in SEC registered and private placement offerings to fund our mortgage loans investments. Lending borrowed funds subjects us to interest rate risk. The difference, or “spread,” between the interest rates we pay on the borrowed funds and the interest rates our borrowers pay on our mortgage loan investments largely determines our interest rate risk. An increase in our borrowing costs could decrease the spread we receive on our mortgage loan investments, which could adversely affect our ability to pay interest and redeem the outstanding debt securities on our balance sheet as they mature.

Loss of our management team or the ability to attract and retain key employees could harm our business.

We are dependent on the industry knowledge, professional skillsets, institutional contacts, and overall financial services experience of our senior management team. We rely on our management team to develop relationships with institutional and faith-based ministry investors, lenders, financial institutions, broker-dealer and investment advisory firms, ministries, and individual investors. We also rely on our management team to develop new products and services for our clientele, as well as the continued expansion of complimentary lines of business to diversify the Company’s value proposition further. We can give no assurances that we will be able to recruit and retain qualified senior managers that will enable us to achieve our core strategic objectives and continue to grow our business profitably.



30


 

Our broker dealer and investment advisory business depends on fees generated from the distribution of financial products and advisory fees.

One of our strategic objectives is to increase non-interest revenues from fees generated from the distribution of financial products, such as mutual funds and annuity products. Changes in the structure or amount of fees paid by sponsors of these products could directly affect our non-interest revenue. In addition, if these products experience losses or increased investor redemptions, the revenue we earn on these products may decline.

The ability to attract and retain qualified financial advisors and associates is critical to MP Securities’ continued success.

As we continue to expand our non-interest revenue sources, we will need to attract, recruit, and retain qualified investment and financial advisors that complement the services we provide to our credit union equity owners and their members. Turnover in the financial services industry with broker dealer and advisory firms is high. If we are unable to recruit, attract, and retain qualified professionals, we could jeopardize our strategic goal of increasing non-interest income, thereby adversely affecting our net earnings and financial condition.

Our systems may experience an interruption or breach in security, which could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business, process, transmit, and store electronic financial information. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our critical business systems. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet and other electronic transmission and communication systems is essential to maintaining customer confidence in our services. Security breaches, computer viruses, acts of vandalism, and developments in computer capabilities could result in a breach or breakdown of the technology we use to protect customer and investor information and transaction data.

While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. We rely on third parties in processing our transactions. Any breakdown or failures of their systems or capacity constraints could adversely affect our operations. The occurrence of any failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of a borrower, investor, or customer’s business, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.

Our critical business systems may fail due to events out of our control, such as:

·

unforeseen catastrophic events;

·

cyber attacks;

31


 

·

human error;

·

change in operational practices of our system vendors; or

·

unforeseen problems encountered while implementing major new computer systems or upgrades to existing systems.

These events could potentially result in data loss and adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. As of the date of this Prospectus, to our knowledge, we have not experienced any material impacts relating to cyber attacks or information system security breaches.

From time to time, we have engaged in transactions with related parties and our policies and procedures regarding these transactions may be insufficient to address any conflicts of interest that may arise.

Under our code of business conduct, we have established procedures regarding the review, approval, and ratification of transactions that may give rise to a conflict of interest between us and any employee, officer, board member, equity owner, trustee, their immediate family members, other businesses under their control, and other related persons. In the ordinary course of our business operations, we have ongoing relationships and engage in transactions with several related entities. This includes transactions with our equity owners. Conflicts of interest are inherent in any transactions involving credit facilities, mortgage loans purchased, sold, participated, or serviced in our dealings with our equity owners. While the Company believes that it has taken reasonable measures to mitigate any risks, these procedures may not be sufficient to address conflicts of interest that may arise.

Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry and Financial Markets

Deterioration of market conditions could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

A number of factors that we cannot control affect the market in which we operate. These factors can have a potentially significant, negative impact on our business. These factors include, among other things:

·

interest rates and credit spreads;

·

the availability of credit, including the price, terms, and conditions under which it can be obtained;

·

loan values relative to the value of the underlying real estate assets;

·

default rates on special purpose mortgage loans for churches and ministries, and the amount of the related losses;

·

the actual and perceived state of the real estate markets for church properties and special use facilities;

32


 

·

deterioration of local, global, and national economic conditions including epidemics or pandemics that may affect the local or global economy; or

·

unemployment rates.

Significant declines in the value of real estate related assets, impairment of our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations, and illiquidity in the markets for real estate related assets can adversely affect our mortgage loan investments, financial condition, and income.

Declining real estate values could harm our operations.

We believe the risks associated with our business are more severe during periods in which an economic slowdown or recession is accompanied by declining real estate values. Declining real estate values generally reduce the level of new mortgage loan originations, since borrowers often use increases in the value of their existing properties to support the purchase of, investment in, or renovation of their worship facilities. Borrowers may also have difficulty paying principal and interest on our loans if the real estate economy weakens. Further, declining real estate values significantly increase the likelihood that we will incur losses on our foreclosed assets and on our loans in the event of default because the value of our collateral may be insufficient to cover our investment in such assets.

Any sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures, or losses could adversely affect both our net interest income from loans as well as our ability to originate, sell, and securitize loans. These events would significantly harm our revenues, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and business prospects.

Interest rate fluctuations and shifts in the yield curve may cause losses.

Our primary interest rate exposures relate to our mortgage loan investments and floating rate debt obligations. Changes in interest rates, including changes in expected interest rates or “yield curves,” affect our business in a number of ways. Changes in the general level of interest rates can affect our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense we incur in connection with our interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in the level of interest rates also can affect, among other things, our ability to originate and acquire mortgages, and the market value of our mortgage investments.

In the event of a significant rising interest rate environment, default by our mortgage loan obligors could increase our losses and negatively affect our liquidity and operating results. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors beyond our control.

Our ability to grow our mortgage loan investments portfolio depends to a significant degree on our ability to obtain additional funds. Our funding strategy is dependent on our ability to obtain debt financing at rates that provide a positive net spread. We have used borrowing facilities obtained from institutional lenders and relied upon offerings of debt securities in SEC registered offerings and private placement offerings to fund

33


 

our mortgage loans investments. Our ability to fund future investments will be severely restricted if spreads on debt financing widen or if availability of credit facilities ceases to exist.

Regulatory compliance failures could adversely affect our reputation, operating business, and core strategic objectives.

We rely on publicly offered debt securities to fund a substantial portion of our operations. As a result, we are subject to U.S. securities laws, rules, and regulations publicized by the SEC and applicable state securities statutes. Our subsidiary, MP Securities, is subject to oversight from the SEC, FINRA, the Department of Insurance, California’s Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (formerly Department of Business Oversight), and securities regulators in the states where MP Securities conducts business. To the extent MP Securities engages in securities and insurance-related activities in a particular state, state securities and insurance administrators will have jurisdiction over the activities of our broker-dealer affiliated entity. As a registered broker-dealer and FINRA member, MP Securities is required to maintain registrations under the securities laws in those states in which it conducts business. The failure to comply with obligations imposed by any regulatory authority binding on our subsidiaries or us or to maintain any of the required licenses or permits could result in investigations, sanctions, and reputation damage.

Risks Related to Our Mortgage Loan Investments

We are subject to risks related to prepayment of mortgage loans held in our portfolio, which may negatively affect our business.

Generally, our borrowers may prepay the principal amount of their mortgage loans at any time. There is intense competition from financial institutions that are looking to make commercial loans at competitive rates to qualified borrowers. If a significant number of borrowers refinance their loans with another lender, it could adversely affect our business and profitability.

Increases in interest rates during the term of a loan may adversely affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan at maturity or to prepay a loan.

Our mortgage loans typically have large balloon payments due at maturity. When the loan matures and the balloon payment is due, the borrower must either pay the loan balance or refinance the loan with us or another lender. If interest rates are higher when the loan matures, the borrower’s payment on new financing may be higher. The borrower may not be able to afford the higher debt service hindering its ability to refinance our loan. In addition, the borrower may not be able to refinance the loan because the value of the property has decreased. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss and we would not be able to reinvest proceeds in assets with higher interest rates. As a result, it could adversely affect our affect our business and profitability.

34


 

Although we seek to create a favorable spread between the interest rate return on our mortgage loan investments and our debt financing commitments, we are subject to significant interest rate risk.

Our investment and business strategy depends on our ability to finance our investments in mortgage loans that provide a positive spread as compared to our cost of borrowing. A substantial portion of our loan investments provide for a fixed interest rate with a typical five-year interest rate adjustment or maturity date. Our term-debt borrowings are also at a fixed interest rate, providing a stable cost of funds from that source at 2.52%. A significant portion of our borrowing arrangements with our note investors, however, provides for variable rates of interest that are indexed to short-term borrowing rates or fixed rates on short-term maturities. To mitigate our interest rate risks, we have previously and may in the future enter into interest rate hedging transactions that include, but are not limited to, interest rate caps and interest rate swaps. We cannot guarantee the results of using these types of instruments to mitigate interest rate risks, and as a result, the volatility of interest rates could result in reduced earnings or losses for us.

We are subject to the risks associated with loan participations, such as less than full control rights.

Some of our assets are participation interests in loans or co-lender arrangements in which we share the rights, obligations, and benefits of the loan with other lenders. In addition to purchasing participation interests, we have sold participation interests in loans we have originated and service. We may need the consent of these parties to exercise our rights under such loans, including rights with respect to amendment of loan documentation, enforcement proceedings in the event of default, and the institution of, and control over, foreclosure proceedings. Similarly, a majority of the participants may be able to take actions to which we object but must comply with if our participation interest represents a minority interest. The lack of full control on participation interests purchased or sold may adversely affect our business.

Church revenues fluctuate and may substantially decrease during times of economic hardship and global pandemics.

Generally, to pay their loans, churches depend largely on revenues from church member contributions. Donations typically fluctuate over time for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to:

·

changes in church leadership;

·

changes in church membership;

·

local unemployment rates;

·

credit conditions;

·

local real estate markets; 

·

other local economic conditions, including epidemics or pandemics that may affect the local economy; and

35


 

·

other local economic decisions.

When a mortgage loan is made to a church, the senior pastor usually plays a critical role in determining whether the loan will be repaid.

The senior pastor of a church ministry usually performs a critical role in the leadership, management, effectiveness of the church’s governance and conflict of interest practices, and continued viability of the church. A leadership crisis faced by a church that loses its senior pastor due to death, disability, resignation, or retirement can negatively impact the church’s ability to meet its debt service obligations on a mortgage loan we make.

The quality of our mortgage loans depends on consistent application of sound underwriting standards.

The quality of the mortgage loans in which we invest depends largely on the adequacy and implementation of sound underwriting standards as described in our Board adopted loan policy. In order to achieve our desired loan risk levels we must properly observe and implement our underwriting standards, which may change depending on the state of the economy.

Because we invest in specialized purpose mortgage loans, our loan portfolio is generally riskier than if it were diversified.

We are among a limited number of non-bank financial institutions specialized in providing loans to evangelical churches and church organizations. Specialized properties secure our loans and the secondary market for these loans remains regional and limited. Our mortgage loan agreements require that the borrower adequately insure the property. This requirement secures the loan against liability and casualty loss. However, certain types of losses, generally those of a catastrophic nature such as earthquakes, floods or storms, health emergencies such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and losses due to civil disobedience, are either uninsurable or are not economically insurable. If an uninsured loss destroys a property, we could suffer loss of all or a substantial part of our mortgage loan investment.

Our loan portfolio is concentrated geographically and focused on loans to churches and religious organizations.

Specialized properties secure our loans and the secondary market for these loans remains regional and limited. As a result, if we must sell the properties securing such mortgages, there may be a limited number of buyers available for such properties. Nevertheless, we believe that there is a great deal of diversity in the types of not-for-profit organizations and entities that could be potential acquirers of properties of this nature, including, but not limited to, other churches, schools, clinics, community development agencies, universities, other educational institutions, day care, social services, assisted living facilities, and relief organizations. 

36


 

The following table shows the two states with our highest concentration in loans.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

State Percent of Total Unpaid Balance of Loans



 

September 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Maryland

 

 

22.75 

%

 

 

21.37 

%

 

 

21.73 

%

California

 

 

14.05 

%

 

 

14.83 

%

 

 

15.09 

%







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We may need, from time to time, to sell or pledge as security our mortgage loan investments.

The market for church mortgage loans is specialized and therefore not as liquid as for a residential or commercial loan portfolio. As a result, in the event we need additional liquidity we may have difficulty in disposing of our mortgage loan portfolio quickly or at all. The amount we would realize is dependent on several factors, including the quality and yield of similar mortgage loans and the prevailing financial market and economic conditions. It is possible that we could realize substantially less than the face amount of our mortgage loans, should we be required to sell or hypothecate them. Thus, the amount we could realize for the liquidation of our mortgage loan investments is uncertain and unpredictable.

We may not have all of the material information relating to a potential borrower at the time that we make a credit decision with respect to that potential borrower or at the time we advance funds to the borrower. As a result, we may suffer losses on loans or make advances that we would not have made if we had all of the material information.

There is generally no publicly available information about the churches and ministries to which we lend. Therefore, we must rely on our borrowers and the due diligence efforts of our staff to obtain the information that we consider when making our credit decisions. To some extent, our staff depends and relies upon the pastoral staff to provide full and accurate disclosure of material information concerning their operations and financial condition. We may not have access to all of the material information about a particular borrower’s operations, financial condition, and prospects. In addition, a borrower’s accounting records may become poorly maintained or organized. The financial condition and prospects of a church may also change rapidly in the current economic environment. In such instances, we may not make a fully informed credit decision, which may lead, ultimately, to a failure or inability to recover our loan in its entirety.

We may be unable to recognize or act upon an operational or financial problem with a church in a timely fashion to prevent a loss of our loan to that church.

Our borrowers may experience operational or financial problems that, if not timely addressed by us, could result in a substantial impairment or loss of the value of our loan to the church. We may fail to identify problems because our borrowers did not report them in a timely manner or, even if the borrower did report the problem, we may fail to address it quickly enough, or at all. We attempt to minimize our credit risk through prudent loan approval and monitoring practices in all categories of our lending. However, we cannot

37


 

assure you that such monitoring and approval procedures will reduce these lending risks. We also cannot assure you that our credit administration personnel, policies, and procedures will adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting our borrowers and the quality of our loan portfolio. As a result, we could suffer loan losses that could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, net income, and results of operations.

We make assumptions about the collectability of our loan portfolio.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. If we determine that it is probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due to us under the terms of a particular loan agreement, we could be required to recognize an impairment charge or a loss on the loan unless the value of the collateral securing the loan exceeds the carrying value of the loan. If our assumptions regarding, among other things, the present value of expected future cash flows or the value of the collateral securing our loans are incorrect or general economic and financial conditions cause one or more borrowers to become unable to make payments under their loans, we could be required to recognize impairment charges. These charges could result in a material reduction in earnings in the period in which the loans are determined to be impaired. The impairment may adversely affect, perhaps materially, our financial condition, liquidity, and ability to make debt service payments. 

Some of our mortgage loan investments currently are, and in the future may be, non-performing loans or may be restructured, which are subject to increased risks relative to performing loans.

Some of the loans in our mortgage loan portfolio currently are, or in the future may be, a non-performing loan. Such loans may become non-performing if the church falls upon financial distress, the community or congregation the church serves suffers financial hardship, or there is significant change in leadership of the church. These circumstances could result in the borrower being unable to meet its debt service obligations to us. Non-performing loans may require our management team to devote a substantial amount their resources to workout negotiations and restructuring efforts. These restructuring efforts may involve modifications to the interest rate, extension, or deferral of payments to be made under the loan or other concessions. For restructured loans, a risk still exists that the borrower may not be able or willing to maintain the restructured payments or refinance the restructured mortgage at maturity.

In the event a borrower defaults on one of our mortgage loan investments, we will generally need to recover our investment through the sale of the property securing the loan.

In that event, the value of the real property security may prove insufficient to recover the amount of our investment. Even though we may obtain an appraisal of the property at the time we originate the loan, the property’s value could decline because of a number of subsequent events, including:

·

uninsured casualty loss (such as an earthquake or flood);

38


 

·

a decline in the local real estate market;

·

undiscovered defects on the property;

·

waste or neglect of the property;

·

a downturn in demographic and residential trends; 

·

epidemics or pandemics that may affect the local or global economy;

·

a decline in growth in the area in which the property is located; and

·

churches and church-related properties are generally not as marketable as more common commercial, retail, or residential properties.

The occurrence of any of these factors could severely impair the market value of the security for our mortgage loan investments. In the event of a default under a mortgage loan held directly by us, we will bear the risk of loss of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and accrued interest of the mortgage loan. Foreclosure of a church mortgage can be an expensive and lengthy process, which could have a significant effect on our anticipated return on the foreclosed mortgage loan. Such delays can cause the value of the mortgaged property to deteriorate further. The properties also incur operating expenses pending their sale, including property insurance, management fees, security, repairs, and maintenance. Any additional expenses incurred could adversely affect our ability to recover the full value of our collateral.

There is a possibility that we could incur foreclosures and losses in connection with our mortgage loan investments during recessionary or depressed economic periods.

Recessionary periods typically occur on a cyclic basis by an unpredictable time and with uncertain lengths. In addition, terrorist acts, war, large-scale economic dislocations, epidemics, pandemics, or widespread and large corporate bankruptcies can trigger such events. Management cannot predict the effects of these events. We could incur losses because of borrower defaults and foreclosures on our mortgage loan investments. In addition, during times of recession, the demand for our mortgage loans is likely to decline. In connection with any sale or hypothecation of a mortgage loan, we would likely have to agree to be responsible in whole or in part for a limited period of time for any delinquencies or default. If we should experience significant delinquency rates, our revenues would materially decrease and, subject to our other available cash resources at the time, our ability to pay our debt securities obligations or our other indebtedness when due may be substantially impaired. When we acquire properties through the foreclosure of one of our mortgage loan investments, we may recognize losses if the fair value of the real property internally determined upon such acquisition is less than the previous carrying amount of the foreclosed loan.

39


 

When we acquire properties through the foreclosure of one of our mortgage loan investments, we may recognize losses if the fair value of the real property initially determined upon acquisition is less than the previous carrying amount of the foreclosed loan.

When we acquire a property through foreclosure, we value the property and its related assets and liabilities. We determine fair value based primarily upon discounted cash flow or capitalization rate assumptions, the use of which requires assumptions including discount rates, capitalization rates, and other third party data. We may recognize a loss if the fair value of the property internally determined upon acquisition is less than the previous carrying amount of the foreclosed loan.

Real estate taxes resulting from a foreclosure could adversely affect our operating expenses.

If we foreclose on a mortgage loan and take legal title to the real property, we could become responsible for real estate taxes levied and assessed against the foreclosed upon real property. While churches are normally exempt from real estate assessments on their worship and ministry related properties, once we acquire the real property after a foreclosure, any real estate taxes assessed would be our financial responsibility and could reduce our recovery on our investment.

We are exposed to environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may take title to real estate through foreclosure on one of our mortgage loan investments or otherwise. If we do take title to a property, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. In such a circumstance, we may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, and investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination. In addition, we may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases, at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks of cost overruns and non-completion of the construction or renovation of the mortgage properties securing construction loans we invest in may have a material and adverse effect our investment.

The renovations, refurbishment, or expansion by a borrower of a mortgage property involves risks of cost overruns and non-completion. Costs of construction or improvements to bring a mortgage property up to standards established for the market position intended for that property might exceed original estimates, possibly making a project uneconomical. Such delays and cost overruns are often the result of events outside both our and the borrower’s control such as material shortages, labor shortages and strikes, and unexpected delays caused by weather and other acts of nature. In addition, environmental risks and construction defects

40


 

may cause cost overruns, and completion delays. If the borrower does not complete such construction or renovation in a timely manner, or if it costs more than expected, the borrower may experience a prolonged impairment of the borrower’s revenues impacting their ability to make their payments on our loan. 

41


 



ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

The following table sets forth information about how we intend to use the proceeds raised in the Offering. It assumes that we sell the maximum offering of $125,000,000 of the Notes we are offering. Many of the amounts set forth below represent our management’s best estimate since they cannot be precisely calculated at this time. Assuming the Company sells all $125 million of the Notes in the Offering, we expect that approximately 94.27% of the funds we receive from the Offering will be available for reinvestment. The remaining approximately 5.73% will be used to pay underwriting compensation and issuance and distribution expenses. 



 

 

 

 

 



MAXIMUM OFFERING



 

Amount

 

Percent

Maximum Offering Proceeds

 

$125,000,000 

 

100% 

Less Offering Expenses:

 

 

 

 

Maximum Underwriting Commissions(1)

 

$6,875,000 

 

5.50% 

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution(2)(3)

 

$290,000 

 

0.23% 

Amount Available for Investment

 

$117,835,000 

 

94.27% 



 

 

 

 

Amount Invested

 

$117,835,000 

 

94.27% 



(1) Does not include up to an additional $2,182,023 (1.75% of the Maximum Offering Proceeds) of additional expenses the Company and/or the MP Securities may pay which are considered additional Underwriting Compensation under the FINRA Rules. The Company intends to pay these expenses from funds other than the proceeds of the Offering. The Company will pay an initial 1.5% sales commission on the purchase of a Note. Commencing one year after the purchase of a note, a monthly Account Servicing Fee equal to 1% per annum will be assessed on the principal amount of a 2021 Class A Note purchased through the remaining term of the Note. No Account Servicing Fee will be assessed, however, on any 2021 Class A Note once the maximum compensation paid to MP Securities, including sales commissions and Account Servicing Fees is equal to 5.5%.



(2) Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution of $290,000 (0.23% of the Maximum Offering Proceeds) which are treated as issuer expenses under FINRA rules. These expenses consist of the following:



Securities Registration Fees

 

$12,852 

FINRA Filing Fee

 

19,250 

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

60,000 

Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

40,000 

Printing Costs

 

30,000 

Blue Sky Registration Fees

 

40,000 

Trustee Fees

 

80,000 

Miscellaneous Expenses

 

7,898 

  Total

 

$290,000 



 

 

(3)  Does not include an additional $202,401 (0.16% of the Maximum Offering Proceeds) of expenses the Company may pay which may be considered issuer expenses under the FINRA Rules. The Company intends to pay these expenses from funds other than the proceeds of the Offering.

As the Notes are sold we will receive cash proceeds in varying amounts. No specific allocation of proceeds received from the Offering may be made given the timing of the sale of Notes, loan payments made by our borrowers, redemption payments for maturing investor notes, and funding of new mortgage loans. For these reasons, we cannot provide a specific allocation of proceeds we will use for any specific purpose. However,

42


 

we expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds of the Offering as follows and in the following order of priority:

·

Make interest payments on our outstanding investor notes, including the 2021 Class A Notes;

·

To pay the principal balance due on our investor notes, including the 2021 Class A Notes on their due date;

·

To make scheduled and unscheduled payments on our credit facility borrowings;

·

To originate and invest in secured mortgage loans made to evangelical Christian churches, ministries, and educational institutions;

·

To facilitate the purposeful expansion of the Company’s financial services offerings, including investing in and/or acquiring additional distribution channel partners for its wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities;

·

For working capital and other necessary Company operating expenses; and

·

To pay dividends to our preferred equity owners and to our common equity owners.

There is no minimum amount of Notes that must be sold to receive and use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, and we cannot assure you that all or any portion of the Notes will be sold. Pending use of the net proceeds, we intend to invest them in a short-term, interest bearing commercial account with a financial institution, which may be with one or more of our equity owners. There is no sinking fund to ensure repayment of the Notes at maturity. As a result, investors will be dependent upon our ability to generate adequate cash flows from our business operations. For further discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” on page 113.

43


 



DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

Following is a summary of the material terms of the Notes and the Indenture. It does not purport to be complete. This summary is subject to, and is qualified by reference in its entirety to, all of the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. A copy of the Indenture is set forth in Exhibit A to this Prospectus. Copies of the Fixed Series Note and the Variable Series Note are set forth in Exhibit B and Exhibit C, respectively, to this Prospectus. We urge you to read the forms of the Notes and the Indenture because they, and not this description, define your rights as a Noteholder.

General

The Notes are our general unsecured and unsubordinated obligations (except as described below). The Notes rank equal in right of payment with our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. Accrued interest and principal are payable on the Notes at maturity.

The Notes are issued subject to the Indenture, which is intended to constitute an indenture agreement as that term is defined under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, which we refer to as the 1939 Act. The Notes have been registered under the 1939 Act, and the Indenture contains certain required protective provisions benefiting the Holders, as required by the 1939 Act. In addition, the Indenture contains certain financial covenants and restrictions on the payment of distributions to our Members and on our ability to incur other debt. Including the Notes sold in this Offering, the Company is authorized to issue a total of $300 million of the Notes under the Indenture.

The interest rates we pay on the Fixed Series Notes are determined by reference to the CMT Index in effect on the date the interest rate is set. The interest rate we pay on the Variable Series Notes is determined by reference to the Variable Index in effect on the date the interest rate is set. Descriptions of the CMT Index and the Variable Index are set forth under “The Indexes” below.

We reserve the right to prospectively adjust the applicable Fixed or Variable Spread or applicable index as required to ensure our financial stability and access to capital at competitive rates; provided, however, that the spread adjustment is not more than 200 basis points or 2.00% on the Fixed Series Notes and is not more than 100 basis points or 1.00% on the Variable Series Notes. Any change in the applicable Fixed or Variable Spread or applicable index will apply only to Notes we sell at least 10 days after we give notice of the change to prospective investors. We will provide notice of any change in the Fixed or Variable Spread or applicable index by supplement to this Prospectus.

The Fixed Series Notes

Category and Required Minimum Purchase. The Fixed Series Notes are offered in six Categories, each requiring a stated minimum purchase.

44


 

Interest Rate. The Fixed Series Notes pay an interest rate equal to the sum of the Fixed Spread for the respective Fixed Series Note Category shown in the table below plus the CMT Index then in effect.

Maturities. All Fixed Series Notes are offered with maturities of 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, and 60 months.

The Categories, the corresponding required minimum purchase amounts, and the respective Fixed Spreads are set forth below.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Fixed Series Note Spreads

Fixed Series

Note Category

Required Minimum

Purchase

12 Month

18 Month

24 Month

30 Month

36 Month

42 Month

48 Month

54 Month

60 Month

Fixed 1

$1,000 

 

1.55%

1.65%

1.80%

1.90%

2.10%

2.30%

2.60%

2.75%

2.95%

Fixed 5

$5,000 

 

1.65%

1.75%

1.85%

1.95%

2.20%

2.40%

2.70%

2.85%

3.05%

Fixed 10

$10,000 

 

1.75%

1.90%

2.00%

2.10%

2.35%

2.55%

2.80%

2.95%

3.15%

Fixed 25

$25,000 

 

1.85%

2.00%

2.10%

2.20%

2.45%

2.65%

2.90%

3.05%

3.25%

Fixed 50

$50,000 

 

1.95%

2.10%

2.20%

2.30%

2.55%

2.75%

3.00%

3.15%

3.35%

Fixed 100

$100,000 

 

2.30%

2.30%

2.35%

2.45%

2.65%

2.85%

3.10%

3.25%

3.45%

The spreads displayed above are effective as of the date of the Prospectus. We reserve the right to change the spreads either up or down, by a maximum of 200 basis points (or 2.0%, one basis point equals 0.01%). We will disclose any change in spreads in a supplement to this Prospectus. Because the economic environment is constantly changing occasionally, we need to be able to adjust our spreads to remain competitive in the marketplace. As an example, recently the one year CMT rate went from 1.45% on January 31, 2020 to 0.17% on March 31, 2020 due to the Federal Reserve Board and the market’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Form of the Fixed Series Notes is included as Exhibit B to this Prospectus.

The Variable Series Notes

Category and Minimum Required Purchase. The Variable Notes are offered in five Categories, each requiring a stated minimum purchase.

Interest Rate. The Variable Series Notes pay interest that is adjusted monthly in an amount equal to the sum of the Variable Index in effect on the adjustment date, plus the amount of the Variable Spread for the respective Category shown on the Variable Spread Grid set forth in the table below. We refer to this as the “Effective Variable Spread Grid”. The interest rate on the Variable Series Notes will be adjusted monthly on a specified day each month, commencing the month following the date the Variable Series Note is issued.

Maturities. Variable Series Notes have a maturity of 60 months.

Prepayment. We will prepay your Variable Series Note in whole or in part upon delivery to us of your written request, provided your Note had an unpaid principal balance of at least $10,000 during the immediately preceding 90 days.

45


 

The Categories, the corresponding required minimum purchase amounts, and respective Variable Series Spreads are set forth in the following Variable Spread Grid.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Spread Grid*

Variable Series

Note Category

 

Required Minimum Purchase

 

 

Variable Spread

 

Category Variable 10

 

$  

10,000 

 

 

 

0.60%

 

Category Variable 25

 

$  

25,000 

 

 

 

0.70%

 

Category Variable 50

 

$  

50,000 

 

 

 

0.90%

 

Category Variable 100

 

$  

100,000 

 

 

 

1.10%

 

Category Variable 250

 

$  

250,000 

 

 

 

1.40%

 

*The Variable Spread Grid shown above is effective as of the date of this Prospectus and may be updated subsequently with a supplement to the Prospectus.

The Variable Spread Grid displayed above is effective as of the date of the Prospectus. The Variable Series Notes pay interest that is adjusted monthly in an amount equal to the sum of the Variable Index in effect on the adjustment date, plus the amount of the Variable Spread for the respective Category on the Effective Variable Spread Grid. We refer to this as the “Effective Variable Spread Grid”. The Effective Variable Spread Grid on a Note that has been purchased cannot change; however, we reserve the right to change the spreads either up or down, by a maximum of 100 basis points (or 1.0%, one basis point equals 0.01%) for future investments. We will disclose any change in spreads in a supplement to this Prospectus. Because the economic environment is constantly changing occasionally, we need to be able to adjust our spreads to remain competitive in the marketplace. As an example, recently the three month LIBOR rate went from 1.75% on January 31, 2020 to 0.56% on April 30, 2020 due to the economic distress caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Form of the Variable Series Notes is included as Exhibit C to this Prospectus.

The Indexes

General. We reference the most recently published CMT Index in effect on the date the interest rate is set to determine the interest rates we pay on the Fixed Series Notes.  We determine the interest rate we pay on the Variable Series Notes by reference to the most recently published Variable Index in effect on the date the interest rate is set. The interest rate for both the Fixed Series Notes and the Variable Series Notes is set on the first business day of the month unless that day is a holiday, at which time the rate will be set the next business day. 

The CMT Index.    The CMT Index refers to the Constant Maturity Treasury rates published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for actively traded Treasury securities in over the counter trading transactions. The CMT Index is not reported for partial year obligations for Treasury securities with a maturity term that is greater than one year. The CMT Index applied to Fixed Notes with a partial year term will be the CMT Index corresponding to the term equal to or not exceeding the term of the Fixed Note, or if there is none, the obligation having the longest term not exceeding the term of the Fixed Note. For example, for an 18-month Fixed Note, the one year CMT Index will be used. The current CMT Index rates can be reviewed at www.treasury.gov

46


 

At September 30, 2020, the CMT Index rates published by the U.S. Department of Treasury provided:



 

 

 

Market yield on U.S. Treasury securities at 1-year  constant maturity, quoted on investment basis

Market yield on U.S. Treasury securities at 2-year  constant maturity, quoted on investment basis

Market yield on U.S. Treasury securities at 3-year  constant maturity, quoted on investment basis

Market yield on U.S. Treasury securities at 5-year  constant maturity, quoted on investment basis

0.12%

0.13%

0.16%

0.28%

The Variable Index. The Variable Index in effect when we issue a Variable Series Note is the LIBOR rate for three month financial obligations in effect on the date the Variable Note is issued. The Wall Street Journal regularly reports the LIBOR rate. The Wall Street Journal can be accessed on the internet at www.wallstreetjournal.com. In the event reporting of a current three month LIBOR rate is suspended or ended, we have the right to substitute the successor index, if any, or if there is none, the regularly reported interest rate we determine, in our sole discretion, to most likely track the three month LIBOR rate. For the 52-week period ended November 2, 2020 and as reported in The Wall Street Journal, the three month LIBOR rate ranged from a low of 0.21% to a high of 1.96%.

Common Provisions of the Notes

Priority of Right to Payment. The Notes are generally equal in rank of payment with our other current and future unsecured debt, except debt which is expressly subordinated to the Notes. Currently, we have an insignificant amount of such subordinated debt outstanding, but we intend to issue more in the future. While not expressly junior to our term-debt credit facilities or our $6.5 million in outstanding Secured Notes, the Notes are essentially junior in right to payment to these secured obligations with respect to payment from our assets securing them.

Payment of Interest. Unless you select the Interest Deferral Election option or other payment option, interest is payable on all Notes in arrears, monthly. The interest rates offered on the day of purchase will be confirmed by us upon request. You may change the way interest is paid on your Note by written notice to us. Interest is payable in arrears, on or before the 5th business day of the month immediately following the month in which payment is due. Interest will be prorated for the first partial payment period. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 365- or 366-day year. Interest will be deemed paid when mailed via the United States Postal Service addressed to the address the investor provides, subject to the check or instrument mailed being drawn on good and sufficient funds. You may change from one method of payment to another by giving us written notice by the 21st day of the month in which you want the change to be effective.

To be entitled to receive the interest effective on any day, an investor’s purchase of the Note must be confirmed and accepted by us on that day. An investor may elect to receive interest payable monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually or to reinvest interest, as described below.

Interest Deferral Election. Under this election, any Noteholder may choose to have the payment of accrued interest on their Note deferred and added to their Note’s principal balance. From the date this election is made, all interest payments on the Note will be deferred and the interest added to the Note’s principal

47


 

balance will accrue interest under the terms of the Note. Interest so deferred will not be kept in a separate account, but will be treated by us in the same manner as the unpaid principal amount of the Notes.

Investors who are subject to taxation who make the Interest Deferral Election option should be aware that they will continue to have tax liability for all accrued interest in the year it is accrued and added to the Note’s principal balance. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations beginning on page 132 of the Prospectus.

Our Right to Prepay the Notes. We may elect at any time to prepay all or a portion of the Notes upon at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice. The redemption price will be the unpaid principal balance of the Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, through the redemption date. If less than all of the Notes can be redeemed, we will redeem the Notes on a pro rata basis. We will mail a notice of our election to prepay the Note by first class mail to each Holder to be redeemed at the most recent address the Holder has provided us in writing. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Our obligation to make partial or total redemptions on a pro rata basis will not limit our right to repurchase any Note on a voluntary basis, including any prepayment of a Note upon an investor’s request as described below.

Presentment of Notes for Early Payment. A Noteholder may request that we voluntarily prepay his or her Note at any time by delivering a written request for early payment of the Note to us at our business offices. We may grant or deny the request in our sole discretion. Our current policy is to grant a reasonable request by reason of a demonstrated bona fide hardship, subject to availability of funds, but there is no assurance we will continue this policy. We must determine whether to purchase a Note so presented within ten (10) business days of our receipt of the request to do so and will, in such event, promptly pay to the requesting Holder the purchase price. In the event we agree to prepay the Note as requested, we may deduct an administrative charge equal to up to 3 months’ interest on the amount of the principal prepaid. If the Noteholder holds the Note in an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), the investor may incur additional withdrawal penalties, fees, and/or taxes.

48


 

Payment History of Our Investor Debt Securities Programs

We have sold our investor debt securities in numerous offerings in our more than twenty-nine years of operations. Since inception, the Company has offered 14 prior debt investment programs, 13 of which were public offerings. Each of these programs has been liquidated. That is, each investor received timely payment of all interest and principal payments on the debt security we sold them within the time period set forth in their offering materials.





 

 

 

Note Program

Registration Date

Maximum Offering

% Sold

Public Notes

August, 1994

$6,000,000 

-

(1)

Class A Notes

October, 1996

5,000,000  100% 

 

Class A-1 Notes

December, 1997

15,000,000  80%  (2)

Class A-1 Notes

December, 1999

12,500,000  100% 

 

Alpha Notes

July, 2001

25,000,000  34% 

 

Alpha Notes

April, 2003

25,000,000  100% 

 

Alpha Notes

April, 2005

50,000,000  36% 

 

Alpha Notes

May, 2006

50,000,000  9% 

 

Alpha Notes

April, 2007

75,000,000  36%  (3)

Class A Notes

May, 2008

80,000,000  99% 

 

Class A Notes

June, 2010

100,000,000  29%  (4)

Class A Notes

September, 2012

75,000,000  60%  (4)

Class 1 Notes

January, 2015

85,000,000  83%  (5)

Class 1A Notes

February, 2018

90,000,000  78%  (6)



(1)No more than $3,000,000 of the California registered notes could be outstanding at any time. As of December 31, 1996, $1,141,394 of these notes were issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding notes were paid off and retired as of December 31, 2003.

(2)The Company terminated this offering on November 29, 1999 and deregistered the remaining $2,935,890 of the Class A-1 Notes on January 4, 2004.

(3)The Company discontinued selling its Alpha Notes effective as of April 18, 2008.

(4)The Company deregistered the remaining $71,423,986 of unsold Class A Notes under this offering on August 24, 2012. On February 3, 2015, the Company deregistered the remaining $30,721,622 of its unsold Class A Notes.

(5)The Company deregistered the remaining $12,950,992 of unsold Class 1 Notes on May 9, 2018.

(6)This figure represents aggregate sum of Class 1A Notes sold through September 30, 2020.



 

49


 



DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE

General

We may issue up to an aggregate of $300 million of the Notes under the Indenture. However, we may not issue any Note if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Notes then outstanding would have an aggregate unpaid balance exceeding $175 million.

As a condition to your purchase of a Note, you agree to adopt and become a party to the Indenture. The Indenture is a contract between the Holders, ourselves, and the Trustee. As required by U.S. federal law, the Notes are governed by the Indenture, which we intend to constitute an indenture under the 1939 Act. We have therefore registered the Indenture and the Notes under the 1939 Act.

The Trustee

The Indenture appoints U.S. Bank as Trustee. The Trustee has two main roles under the Indenture:



 

 

 

The Trustee is empowered, at the direction of the Holders, to enforce your rights under the Indenture, including your rights against us in the event we default; and



 

 

 

The Trustee may perform certain administrative duties for us, such as sending you notices and information regarding your Notes.

In general, the Holders may direct the Trustee to act or abstain from acting by a Majority Vote. Again, as used in this Prospectus, “Majority Vote” means the vote or consent of a Majority in Interest of the Holders as defined in the Indenture.

Successor Trustee, Trustee Eligibility

The Trustee may not be an affiliate of the Company and must at all times meet the requirements of a trustee under the 1939 Act. Among other things, the 1939 Act requires a trustee to have a combined capital and surplus of not less than $150,000.

Compensation of the Trustee

The Trustee is entitled to base compensation, plus additional compensation for services it may perform at the direction of the Holders under the Indenture. Also, the Trustee has the right to be reimbursed for its costs and expenses. Pursuant to the Indenture, the Trustee agrees to look only to us for payment of its compensation and expenses.

50


 

The Trustee’s Rights, Duties and Responsibilities

The Trustee represents the interests of all the Holders pursuant to the Indenture. As described in the following sections, the Trustee may not take specified actions without the direction, authorization or approval of a representative (the “Holder Representative”) who is to be appointed by a Majority Vote of the Holders. If no Holder Representative is appointed, the Trustee must act as directed by a Majority Vote of the Holders. Thus, the Indenture requires Holders who suffer an actual default on their Notes to obtain the consent of a Majority Vote of the Holders, regardless of Series or maturity or default status, or whether they have suffered an actual default, to require the Trustee to take action against us. THIS REQUIREMENT, IN EFFECT, MAY LEAVE MANY HOLDERS WITHOUT PRACTICAL RECOURSE.

NO HOLDER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO INSTITUTE OR CONTINUE ANY PROCEEDING, JUDICIAL OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, OR FOR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER OR TRUSTEE OR FOR ANY OTHER REMEDY HEREUNDER, DURING THE PERIOD OF THE OPERATION OF THE INDENTURE, UNLESS CERTAIN CONDITIONS, AS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE, ARE SATISFIED.

BY EXECUTING THE APPLICABLE PURCHASE APPLICATION, EACH HOLDER IS AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE SHOULD IT COME INTO FORCE BY THE APPOINTMENT OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO ITS TERMS. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE INDENTURE (ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT A). THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

In general, the Indenture requires the Trustee to exercise its rights and powers vested in the Indenture using the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person would exercise or use acting in like capacity in the conduct of an enterprise of like character with like aims to accomplish the purposes of the trust as determined by the Indenture. However, no provision of the Indenture may be construed as to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action or grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct.

51


 

The Trustee will not be liable for exercising its rights and powers under the Indenture in certain circumstances including, but not limited to:



 

 

 

Any action or inaction taken in good faith in accordance with the direction of a Majority Vote of the Holders;







 

 

 

Any action or inaction taken in reliance upon its legal counsel, accountants, or other experts;





 

 

 

 

Any action or inaction taken in good faith in reliance upon an opinion of the Trustee’s legal counsel;







 

 

 

Any error of judgment made in good faith unless it is proven that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and







 

 

 

Any execution of the Trustee’s powers under the Indenture through agents or attorneys where the Trustee appointed such agent or attorney exercising the level of care required above.

The Trustee may refuse to take any action if it is required to advance, expend, or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in connection with any such action or in the exercise of any of its powers under the Indenture. The Trustee shall have no duty to take any action whatsoever if it believes in good faith that taking such action may expose it to personal liability. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the legal enforcement of the Notes or the Indenture.

Under the Indenture, the Trustee does not authenticate the Notes. The Trustee does not collect interest or principal of the Notes on behalf of the Holders, except in the event of a default where the Trustee is directed to do so by a Majority Vote of the Holders.

Our Continuing Covenants Under the Indenture

Limits on Our Payment of Distributions to Members

While any Note is outstanding, we may not make, and will not permit any subsidiary to make, a restricted payment unless no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a consequence of making the restricted payment, and certain other conditions are met. For this purpose, a restricted payment means: (i) a declaration or payment of any distribution to our equity owners (other than distributions payable in our membership interests to us or to our wholly-owned subsidiary); (ii) any payment for the acquisition, redemption or retirement of our membership interests or that of any wholly-owned subsidiary; or (iii) any voluntarily purchase, redemption or repayment, prior to its scheduled maturity of any of our indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. 

52


 

In addition, any such restricted payment, together with the aggregate of all other restricted payments we might make, may not exceed the sum of:



 

 

 

(a)

50% of our net income for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on January 1, 2000 and ending on our most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available at the time of the restricted payment (or, if such net income for such period is a deficit, 100% of such deficit); plus







 

 

 

(b)

100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds we receive from the issue or sale of our equity membership interests (other than equity membership interests sold to a subsidiary), debt securities or securities convertible into our equity membership interests upon such conversion, or any funds advanced or loaned to us under any subordinated credit facility; plus







 

 

 

(c)

100% of the cash, if any, contributed for our capital, as additional paid in capital by any of our Members.

However, under the Indenture the following are not defined as restricted payments:



 

 

 

(a)

the payment of any distribution within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the foregoing provisions; or







 

 

 

(b)

any payment for (x) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any of our equity membership interests, (y) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of our Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the 2021 Class A Notes, prior to any mandatory sinking fund payment or maturity; or (z) the making of any investment in our Company or any subsidiary in each case of (x), (y) and (z) in exchange for, or out of, the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to us) of our equity membership interests.

For the purposes of the Indenture, our “net income” means the aggregate of our net income for the applicable period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Limits on Our Ability to Incur Debt

While any Note remains outstanding, we may not, and may not permit any subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guaranty or otherwise become, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any indebtedness, unless our fixed charge coverage ratio for our most recently ended four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date on which such additional indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 1.20 to 1.0. We calculate the fixed coverage ratio as if the additional indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of the period. Notwithstanding this restriction, we may incur indebtedness that: (i) is evidenced by the Notes; (ii) existing on the last day of the calendar quarter

53


 

last ending before the Effective Date, as such Indebtedness may be later extended or modified; (iii) is incurred in the ordinary course of business for the funding of mortgage loans which includes warehouse lines of credit and/or repurchase facilities; (iv) is in respect of performance, completion, guaranty, surety and similar bonds, banker’s acceptances or letters of credit provided by us in the ordinary course of business; and/or (v) when incurred does not result in other indebtedness, other than amounts we owe on the Notes,  Class 1A Notes and Class 1 Notes, to exceed $20.0 million immediately after we incur the indebtedness.

Under the Indenture:



 

 

 

Our “fixed charge coverage ratio” means the ratio of our cash flow to our fixed charges for the applicable period;







 

 

 

Our “cash flow” means, with respect to the period, our consolidated net income for the applicable period, plus any extraordinary loss, plus any net loss from the disposition of any assets, plus any provision for taxes, plus any fixed charges, plus depreciation and amortization for the period, plus our interest expense paid or accrued for the period with respect to any indebtedness which is expressly subordinated to the Notes, plus the unused amount of our credit facilities and any other financing which is expressly subordinated to the Notes;







 

 

 

Our “fixed charges” means our consolidated interest expense for the period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing our consolidated net income, plus, without duplication, all interest capitalized for the period. Fixed charges do not include any interest expense with respect to any loan, to the extent it is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and





 

 

 

 

Our “indebtedness” means any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, we incur from our borrowings, the balance of the purchase price we owe on any property, our capital lease obligations, and any of our hedging obligations, except, in each case, any accrued expense or trade payable.



The Effect of Our Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

While any Note is outstanding, we may not consolidate or merge with or into any other person or entity (whether or not we are the surviving entity) or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our properties or assets (excepting sales of our loans we hold for sale in our normal course of business), in one or a series of transactions for the same purpose, unless (i) we are the surviving entity of such transaction; or (ii) if we are not the surviving entity, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the Notes by agreement or operation of law.

Requirements That We Maintain a Minimum Tangible Adjusted Net Worth

In the event that our tangible adjusted net worth is less than the minimum tangible adjusted net worth, within 55 days after the end of any fiscal quarter we must notify the Holders. We must within sixty (60) days thereafter restore our tangible adjusted net worth to an amount greater than the minimum tangible adjusted net worth. For the purposes of this covenant, tangible adjusted net worth includes the amount of our credit facilities to the extent it is subordinated in right to payment on a current basis to the Notes.

54


 

Under the Indenture, our “tangible adjusted net worth” means our adjusted net worth less our intangible assets, if any. Our “adjusted net worth” means the sum of (i) our Members’ consolidated equity and of the equity interests of any consolidated subsidiary, plus (ii) the amount of any credit line, whether or not then funded, to the extent such loan amount is expressly subordinated in right to payment on a current basis to the Notes.

Requirements That We Keep Certain Books and Records

We must keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all dealings or transactions of or in relation to the Notes and our business and affairs in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We must furnish to the Trustee any and all information related to the Notes as the Trustee may reasonably request and which is in our possession.

Other than the foregoing, there are no covenants or other provisions (except those contained under the California limited liability company law which apply to corporations generally) restricting our ability to enter into transactions with our Affiliates including, but not limited to, transactions involving the sale, lease, transfer or other disposal of any of our assets to, or purchase any assets from, or any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance of guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any such Affiliate.

Under California law, our independent Managers’ fiduciary obligations require that they act in good faith under the duties of due care and loyalty in a manner which they believe to be in our best interests and those of our Members, which is not, in most circumstances, the same as the obligation they owe to the Holders.

Remedies in the Event of Our Default

Each of the following constitutes an event of default under the Notes:



 

 

 

our default for thirty (30) days in the payment when due of interest or penalty on any Note;







 

 

 

our default for thirty (30) days in the payment when due of principal of any Note;







 

 

 

if not cured in a timely manner, our failure to observe or perform any of the covenants or agreements in the Notes or set forth under the Indenture; or







 

 

 

if not cured in a timely manner, our default under the instruments governing any of our other indebtedness, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due principal or interest on our other indebtedness within the grace period provided in our other indebtedness and which continues beyond any applicable grace period (a “payment default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of payment of such indebtedness in the aggregate amount of $250,000 or more.



The Indenture provides that a default by reason of any of the foregoing Events of Default is a default with respect to all of the Notes.

55


 

In order to cure payment in default, we must mail to the Noteholder, direct deposit or credit, if that option is selected, the amount of the nonpayment plus a late payment penalty equal to simple interest on the amount unpaid at the rate of 10% per annum, measured from the date the payment should have been mailed, deposited or credited pursuant to the terms of the Notes until the date it actually is mailed, deposited or credited.

If any event of default occurs and is continuing, the Holders holding at least 25% of the principal amount of the Notes may instruct the Trustee to declare the outstanding Notes to be immediately due and payable and to take any action allowed by law to collect such amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an event of default arising from our bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. If an event of default has occurred and is continuing, we must, upon written request of the Trustee, cure such default and pay for the benefit of the Noteholder the whole amount then due, any penalties which may be due and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Trustee. If we fail to cure such defaults and pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled to sue for and recover judgment against us and any other obligor on the Notes for the amount so due and unpaid pursuant to the terms of the Notes.

Compromise or Settlement of Claims

The Trustee may not settle or compromise any rights or claims of the Holders, including any right to payment of principal or interest, unless the settlement or compromise is approved by a Majority Vote of the Holders. Any settlement or compromise so approved would be binding upon all the Holders.

The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any default or event of default if it believes that withholding notice is in their interest, except a default or event of default relating to the payment of principal, interest or penalties.

Amendment, Supplement and/or Waiver of the Indenture

The Indenture and/or the Notes may be amended or supplemented by a Majority Vote of the Holders. Also, by a Majority Vote, the Holders may consent to waive any default, event of default, compliance or noncompliance with any provision of the Notes. However, any such amendment, supplement or waiver affecting the term, interest rate and other terms of the Notes must be ratable and proportionate in effect on all Holders based on the aggregate amount of principal and interest and penalty payments due them.

56


 



OUR COMPANY



Our Identity and History

Contact Information



 



 

Location of principal office

915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120,

Brea, California 92821

Telephone number

(800) 753-6772

Website address

www.ministrypartners.org



Purpose

Ministry Partners Investment Company’s missional purpose is to “enhance Christian stewardship. We implement our missional purpose by assisting evangelical ministries with Biblically-based, value-driven financial services. 

Organization

We were incorporated under California law on October 22, 1991 under the name Ministry Partners Investment Corporation and established as a non-bank credit union service organization, or ("CUSO"), by the Evangelical Christian Credit Union (“ECCU”).  Effective as of December 31, 2008, we converted our form of organization from a California corporation to a California limited liability company. On conversion, our name changed to "Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC.” A group of managers who have full, exclusive, and complete discretion, power, and authority to oversee the management of our affairs manages us. We have 11 equity owners, all of whom are federal or state chartered credit unions.

We also have four wholly owned subsidiaries through which we conduct various aspects of our business: 

·

Ministry Partners Funding, LLC.  (“MPF”), 

·

MP Realty Services, Inc. (“MP Realty”), 

·

Ministry Partners Securities, LLC. (“MP Securities”), and

·

Ministry Partners for Christ, Inc. (“MPC”).  

57


 

MPF serves as the custodian of assets pledged to investors in our secured investment notes. We organized MP Realty to provide loan brokerage and other real estate services to churches and ministries, but have conducted limited operations since its inception.

MP Securities provides investment advisory and financial planning solutions for individuals, business organizations, churches, charitable institutions, and faith-based organizations. MP Securities also serves as the selling agent for the Company’s public and private placement notes.

The Company formed MPC on December 28, 2018 for religious and charitable purposes. MPC is a not-for-profit corporation formed and organized under Delaware law that will make charitable grants to Christian education, and provide accounting, consulting, and financial expertise to aid evangelical Christian ministries. On August 23, 2019, the Internal Revenue Service granted MPC tax-exempt status as a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. MPC made its first charitable grant in 2020 and expects to award further grants for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Our Competition

The religious loan market segment has grown since our inception and we believe that the demand for ministry loans originated and serviced by niche lenders to churches and ministries will continue to exceed available lending and financing sources for this sector. We believe that the availability of lenders serving this market has been somewhat unpredictable as larger financial institutions expand, contract, or vacate this niche market during periods of expansion or contraction. We have specialized in assisting these organizations since we commenced operations in 1991 and believe that the lack of predictable financing sources for evangelical Christian churches and organizations enables us to serve ministries that otherwise may not be able to obtain cost-effective mortgage loans.  We also believe that the secondary market for church and ministry loans, including the sale of loan participation interests in loan investments we underwrite and originate, can be a source of new business. 

Although the demand for church financing is both broad and fragmented, no one firm has a dominant competitive position in the market. We compete with church bond financing companies, banks, credit unions, denominational loan funds, REITs, insurance companies and other financial institutions to service this market. Many of these entities have greater marketing resources, extensive networks of offices and locations, larger staffs and lower cost of operations due to their size. We believe, however, we have developed an efficient, effective and economical operation that (i) specializes in identifying and creating a diversified portfolio of church mortgage loans that we or other credit unions originate and (ii) preserves our capital base and generates consistent income for payments on our debt obligations and distribution to our equity investors.

We rely upon the extensive experience of our officers, management, and Managers in working with ministry related financing transactions, loan origination, and investment in churches, schools, ministries, and non-profit organizations. 

With respect to the investment advisory, broker-dealer and insurance services provided through MP Securities, there are many mainstream financial services organizations that serve the faith-based market

58


 

segment throughout the United States. Most of the competitors in this institutional market segment are banks, credit unions, denominational investment funds as well as larger investment and insurance organizations. However, the overall size of the market segment provides ample opportunities for quality firms with specialized knowledge of the governance surrounding churches and ministries to effectively provide and expand the services we offer. In addition, MP Securities also serves the retail marketplace throughout the United States. While the retail market segment has large national competitors that offer alternative options, MP Securities’ holistic approach to providing investment and insurance advice enables us to provide services and products to an expanding market of potential clients.

Human Capital Resources

The Company relies on the experience of its lending, financial services, underwriting, and loan servicing skills and experience of its management team. A substantial number of its employees have extensive experience in the credit union industry. Through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities, it employs a team located in both its Brea and Fresno, California offices. The Company has not been materially adversely impacted by the pandemic and it has adjusted its operating policies to protect the safety of its employees by permitting remote work environments and modified work schedules. As the Company expands the range of services, products and investment services it offers, the Company will seek to identify and recruit qualified personnel that will enable the Company to further diversify the services and products it offers, increase its revenues and profitability.

Our Properties

As of September 30, 2020, the Company conducts most of its operations from its main corporate office at 915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120, Brea, California. In addition, the Company has one primary branch office located in Fresno, California. The Brea corporate office and Fresno branch locations have operating leases. MP Securities also maintains networking agreement office locations in Glendora, California and Elgin, Illinois. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had one investment in a joint venture that owns raw land held for potential sale or development in Santa Clarita, California. As of September 30, 2020, we hold two properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings with a net value of $301 thousand. 

59


 

Our Principal Business and Markets

Overview

We provide our financial services through two business segments consisting of our church loan financing group and our investment advisory, broker dealer firm, and insurance agency. Within these segments, we offer a wide range of products and services for the investors, borrowers, ministries, business, and individuals we serve.

When initially founded, the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of ECCU with the objective of serving as a  CUSO that would focus solely on investing in church and ministry loans originated by ECCU. As a result, the Company relied solely on interest income generated from its mortgage loan investments. Since inception, the Company has expanded its equity ownership and ability to originate, service, and sell participation interests in the loans it originates. We also made substantial investments to broaden the sources of income producing revenue opportunities by forming a broker dealer and investment advisory firm. In management’s view, creating multiple revenue sources enabled to operate as a more resilient and diversified business that is able to respond more effectively to economic cycles. To that end, the Company has substantially diversified the source of its revenues by generating investment services revenue through MP Securities and generating fee income from selling and servicing participation loans. We plan to continue to invest in financial services products and services that will provide fee income and diversify the Company’s revenue and expansion opportunities.  

We generate our net earnings primarily from the following sources:

·

interest income earned on our loan investments;

·

fee income earned from the sale of securities, insurance, and investment products by our wholly-owned broker-dealer firm and fees received by our registered adviser for handling assets under management; 

·

fee income earned from originating and servicing our loan investments;  

·

gains realized on the sale of loans and loan participation interests to financial institutions; and

·

successful efforts to manage, liquidate, or sell real estate assets and maximize loan recoveries on delinquent loans in our loan portfolio.

Investment Advisory, Broker-Dealer, Insurance, and Financial Planning Solutions Segment 

We provide investment advisory, broker-dealer, insurance, and financial planning solutions for individuals and businesses, as well as faith-based organizations, churches, and educational institutions. We provide these investment products and services through our wholly-owned broker dealer, MP Securities, which serves as an investment advisory and broker-dealer firm with access to mainstream investment platforms that offer

60


 

high quality products and services. MP Securities also maintains a clearing firm relationship with RBC Dain, which provides additional investment platform options for our clientele.

MP Securities serves its clientele through a holistic approach based upon identifying the client’s needs and objectives. This financial planning process takes into account all options available to our clients as we act in their best interest to meet our fiduciary duty of care.

MP Securities also offers insurance products and services through our California insurance agency to help protect clients form unexpected life events. As such, MP Securities offers life, disability, long-term care, fixed and variable annuities, and indexed annuities to our retail and institutional clientele. With respect to the annuity products available through MP Securities, many of our retail and church and ministry clients use annuity products that mitigate risk through income guarantees.

In all cases, MP Securities and its advisors must act in the best interest of our clients.

The Company is a registered broker dealer firm under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC). In addition, the Company holds a resident license from the California Department of Insurance to act as an Insurance Producer under the name Ministry Partners Insurance Agency, LLC.

The Company provides securities brokerage services to credit unions, credit union service organizations, and the customers and institutions it serves. The Company also acts as a selling agent for the Company’s debt securities offered through both public and private note offerings. The Company is a non-carrying broker, and opens brokerage accounts for its customers through its clearing firm agreement with Royal Bank of Canada Dain Rauscher (RBC Dain).

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), California’s Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (formerly Department of Business Oversight), and the California Department of Insurance all directly regulate MP Securities due to its broad offering of products and professional services. In addition, the state insurance or securities divisions have granted MP securities a license to do business in every state in which we conduct business. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was licensed to serve as an insurance broker in 15 states and offers investments in 24 states.

Church Loan Financing Segment

Overview

We assist evangelical Christian churches and organizations by providing financing for the acquisition, development, and/or renovation of churches or church-related properties, and provide investors the opportunity to participate in funding those projects. We typically secure these loans by real property owned by evangelical churches or church-related organizations such as Christian schools and ministries. As of September 30, 2020,  99.9% of the loans in our portfolio were secured by real estate. Currently, we conduct

61


 

substantially all of our business operations in California. However, while we have more loan investments in California than in any other state, we own loan interests in 30 different states.  

To fund a substantial portion of our loan investments we rely on sales of our debt securities to new investors, and the purchase of our debt securities by repeat investors.  We market our debt securities primarily to investors who are in or associated with the Christian community, including individuals, ministries, and other organizations and associations. We also have funded substantial portions of our loan investments through term-debt from financial institutions. Additionally, to raise funds, we sell loan participation interests in our loan investments to other financial institutions. In addition, the Company’s owners have made significant capital investment into the Company that is available to funds the balance sheet along with the Company’s ongoing retained earnings. Going forward, we plan to continue to use all of these methods to fund our loan investments.

Our Loan Investment Portfolio

Our loan investments are set forth below:





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

2018

Loans to evangelical churches and related organizations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate secured

 

$

121,976 

 

$

130,889 

 

$

147,061 

Unsecured

 

 

149 

 

 

160 

 

 

274 

Total loans

 

 

122,125 

 

 

131,049 

 

 

147,335 

Deferred loan fees, net

 

 

(537)

 

 

(631)

 

 

(848)

Loan discount

 

 

(232)

 

 

(182)

 

 

(627)

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(1,523)

 

 

(1,393)

 

 

(2,480)

Loans, net

 

$

119,833 

 

$

128,843 

 

$

143,380 





At September 30, 2020, we had no loans that were considered individually material (10% of net assets or greater) to our financial operations.

Loan Maturities

The following table sets forth the future maturities of our mortgage loan portfolio at December 31, 2019: 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Dollar Amount of Mortgage Loans



 

Maturing During Year (in thousands)

Mortgage Loan Portfolio at:

 

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 

2023

 

2024

 

After 2025

 

Total

December 31, 2019

 

$

9,390 

 

 

8,983 

 

 

12,528 

 

 

14,504 

 

 

14,659 

 

 

70,985 

 

$

131,049 

Included in the table above are 107 adjustable rate loans totaling $97.8 million, or 74.6% of the total balance. Adjustable rate loans reduce the interest rate risk compared to fixed rate loans with similar cash flow characteristics.

62


 

Diversification of Our Mortgage Loan Portfolio

The following table sets forth, each state in which the unpaid balance of our mortgage loans was 10% or more of the total unpaid balance of our loan portfolio:





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

State Percent of Total Unpaid Balance of Loans



 

September 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Maryland

 

 

22.75 

%

 

 

21.37 

%

 

 

21.73 

%

California

 

 

14.05 

%

 

 

14.83 

%

 

 

15.09 

%

Lending Activities

Loan Acquisition

We acquire loans either through originating the loans internally or purchasing the loan from another financial institution. When we originate a loan, we rely entirely on our own underwriting capabilities and standards. For loans that we purchase, we apply our internally developed underwriting criteria and loan acquisition policies and review the underwriting procedures carried out by the financial institution that is selling the loan or participation interest.  We originated $16.2 million in loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to $8.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 and $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

Participation Interests Purchased

From time to time, we also invest in participation interests in secured mortgage loans, whereby we own a participation interest in a mortgage with a credit union or other lender. By investing in a participation interest, we can participate in a larger loan investment and diversify our mortgage loans investment portfolio while minimizing our exposure to the aggregate amount of the loan. In most instances, the originator retains all rights with respect to enforcement, collection, and administration of the loan. Therefore, we may have more limited access to the borrower and the lead lender is generally entitled to exercise discretionary power in administering performing loans and undertaking collection efforts in connection with any of its non-performing loans. 

As of September 30, 2020,  approximately $1.6 million, or 1% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of loan participations we purchased from other financial institutions. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $3.3 million, or 3% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of loan participations we purchased from other financial institutions. For the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately $5.8 million, or 4% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of loan participations we purchased from other financial institutions.

Loan Servicing

Our servicing capability represents the operational foundation of our loan participation strategy, which enables us to produce recurring servicing revenue from loan participations sold. Our technology platform enables us to process, record, transmit, and account for all financial and operational data for the benefit of other credit unions, finance lenders, churches, financial institutions, and investors. As of September 30,

63


 

2020, we were servicing 144 loans, totaling approximately $159.3 million in gross loan principal balance outstanding. 

Types of Loans

We invest primarily in mortgage loans secured by liens on churches or ministry related properties. Generally, we secure our loans with first mortgage liens. However, from time to time we invest in loans secured by second liens, or which are guaranteed junior secured obligations, or in unsecured loans, if such loans meet our loan criteria. 

Set forth below are the recorded loan amounts we have invested in each loan category (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

September 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Loans to evangelical churches and related organizations

 

Amount

 

% of Portfolio

 

Amount

 

% of Portfolio

 

Amount

 

% of Portfolio

Real estate secured

 

$

119,755 

 

98.1 

%

 

$

125,612 

 

95.9 

%

 

$

142,728 

 

96.9 

%

Construction

 

 

2,221 

 

1.8 

%

 

 

5,277 

 

4.0 

%

 

 

4,333 

 

2.9 

%

Unsecured

 

 

149 

 

0.2 

%

 

 

160 

 

0.2 

%

 

 

274 

 

0.2 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

122,125 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

131,049 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

147,335 

 

100.0 

%



Real Estate Secured Permanent Loans

We acquire or originate mortgage loans that may have an adjustable interest rate or fixed rate. Our loan maturities are typically ten-year or less and the amortization term is typically 25 years or less.  The maximum loan to value ratio may not exceed 80% without approval from our Board of Managers.

Construction Loans

We make construction loans to finance the construction or restoration of facilities used for ministry related purposes. Normally, these loans will have a constructions draw period that is no longer than 12 months and will carry a provision to convert to permanent loans with a final maturity of ten years or less.  Construction loans typically require interest-only payments on the outstanding balance drawn for construction. The maximum loan to value ratio may not exceed 75% without approval from our Board of Managers.

Unsecured Loan Types:

Lines of Credit

Occasionally we make lines of credit available to borrowers to meet their temporary working capital needs. The term typically will not exceed one year and borrowers make interest only payments during the term of the loan. We limit the maximum loan to value to 80% if we secure the loan by real property, accounts receivable, or inventory.

64


 

Letters of Credit

Sometimes we issue letters of credit granting a named organization the right to demand a specified payment amount from us if the stated conditions are met. We require that funds on deposit or restricted funds under a Company line of credit fully secure the letter of credit.

Our Loan Policies

Our Board of Managers has the ultimate responsibility for our loan portfolio and establishes the Company’s loan policies. The Board of Managers has created two key committees to carry out the policies and monitor the portfolio, consisting of the Credit Review Committee (“CRC”) and the Board Credit Committee. The Board Credit Committee consists of selected members of the Company’s Board of Managers. The Board of Managers, through the loan policy, gives CRC the authority to grant loans up to limits established in the loan policy. The Board Credit Committee appoints the CRC members from the Company’s management team. In addition, the Board Credit Committee gives authority to individual loan officers to make loan decisions regarding loans that are in an amount within their established maximum limits. If the loan exceeds the officer’s limit, the CRC has the authority to approve loans up to 25% of our tangible net worth or 5% of our aggregate loan portfolio, whichever is less. The Board of Managers has granted authority to the Board Credit Committee to approve any loan that exceeds these limits.

Aggregate Loan Portfolio Limits

The CRC can approve loans up to the following limits and the Board Credit Committee must approve loans over these limits:

·

The aggregate total of all construction loans or loans secured by junior liens on real property may not exceed 200% of our tangible net worth.

·

The maximum aggregate total of all unsecured church and ministry loans, including unfunded commitments, is 100% of the Company’s tangible net worth.

·

The maximum aggregate amount of any loan or loans made to one borrower (or to related entities) may not exceed 25% of our tangible net worth or 5% of our aggregate loan portfolio, whichever is less, at the time the loan is funded or acquired. 

·

The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured loans made to any one borrower may not exceed 10% of our tangible net worth at the time the loan is funded or acquired. 

·

For any loan participation interest we acquire, the aggregate amount of such interest may not exceed 15% of our total net worth.

While the Board Credit Committee has approved all of the loans that exceed the CRC’s approval limits, our strategy and general practice going forward is to acquire loans that fall within the CRC limits. We believe this will improve the overall credit strength of the portfolio so our exposure to any one credit is limited. If we acquire any loan over the CRC’s limits, our practice is to sell participation interests in that loan until the

65


 

portion retained by the Company is below the described limits. If we are able to successfully implement this practice, we expect that over time the average outstanding balance per loan will decrease. The average outstanding balance per loan has decreased from $877 thousand at December 31, 2018 to $868 thousand at December 31, 2019 to $825 thousand at September 30, 2020. 

Our Loan Renewal Policies

We offer to renew, re-underwrite, or otherwise continue (i.e. renew) a maturing loan on a case-by-case basis. Prior to maturity, each loan is analyzed and re-underwritten to determine if it is a possible rollover candidate. Management then reviews our liquidity needs in determining whether to recommend that CRC renew the loan.

Our Mortgage Loan Investment Standards

Our loan underwriting process involves a review and analysis of the church or ministry’s financial operation, the strength of the organization’s leadership team, prior history, financial capability, collateral value, and general creditworthiness. We perform an analysis of all available pertinent documentation for new loan applications and on a periodic basis for loans outstanding. Through our analysis, we ascertain the ability of the applicant or borrower to repay the loan fully and promptly.

Our policy is to require each of our mortgage loan investments to meet the following criteria: 

·

Demonstration of Ability to Pay. The borrower must support its overall ability to timely pay principal and interest by its operational and cash flow history. For these purposes, “cash flow” includes donations and other revenue which the borrower can demonstrate to be continuing. Generally, debt service payments of the mortgage loan may not exceed a reasonable percentage of the borrower’s cash flow over the expected term of the loan.

·

Term of Loan. Loans will be granted for periods consistent with the purpose, security, and credit-worthiness of the borrower and sound lending practice.

·

Priority of Secured Interest. The mortgage loan must be evidenced by a written obligation and must be secured by a deed of trust on the mortgaged property.

·

Funding Escrow. Mortgage loans must be funded through a formal escrow in a customary manner in order to assure that we receive good title to our security interest in the loan at the time the loan is funded. 

·

Value of Security. Each mortgage loan must be secured by real property for which there is a recent independent appraisal or other independent valuation available for review which supports the value of the property. 

·

Application of Loan Proceeds. Procedures must be established to assure the loan proceeds will be used for the purposes authorized. Unless we waive the requirement for good cause, loan proceeds must be available only for expenditures on account of the project for which the loan was made.

66


 

·

Inspection. We, the original lender, or the lender’s representative must have made a personal on‑site inspection of the property securing the loan.

·

Insurance. We require our borrowers to obtain standard insurance protection customary in the industry, including title insurance (to insure against title defects and some forms of documentation), and liability and casualty insurance in customary amounts. We may also require special insurance in connection with particular mortgage loans, including earthquake, flood and environmental hazard insurance.

·

Location of Collateral.  Each mortgage loan must be secured by real property located in the United States. Unsecured loans may be made without a geographical limitation provided that all payments The payment of our mortgage loan investments is not insured and, in general, no person or any government agency or instrumentality guarantees their payments. Therefore, we must look to foreclosure on the property securing the loan as the primary source of recovery in the event the borrower is unable to repay their loan.

Performance and Monitoring of Our Loan Portfolio

The Board of Managers have adopted our loan policy, our loan risk rating policy, and our collection policy to give management a framework within which to monitor the performance and mitigate risk in our loan portfolio. Our credit, underwriting, and servicing teams are responsible for reviewing and monitoring the performance of the loans in our portfolio. This involves regular communication with our borrowers, along with the collection of financial statements and other pertinent data. The review of financial data is done on at least an annual basis and is often done more frequently as warranted. Based on the review of this information as well as the performance of the loan as compared to its terms, we will take additional action to ensure that that loan is properly classified.  We monitor payment receipts and delinquency and produce regular status reports on these loans.  These status reports are included in monthly and quarterly reports management prepares for our Board of Managers. 

Loan Grading / Classification

We grade our loans throughout the lifecycle of the loan:

·

at the time of approval;

·

at the time there is an indication that a credit may have weakened or improved; and

·

periodically on an on-going basis as determined necessary.

We assign risk grades on a scale of 1 to 8, with 1 being the highest quality and 8 being the lowest quality grade. We only make new loans to borrowers rated in the top three “Pass” categories. We consider loans rated in Grade 5 – Grade 8 as a “classified” loan.

·

Grade 1 is “Highest Quality” and a “Pass” grade

·

Grade 2 is “Good Quality” and a “Pass” grade

67


 

·

Grade 3 is “Acceptable Quality” and a “Pass” grade

·

Grade 4 is “Watch” and a “Pass” grade

·

Grade 5 is “Special Mention” and a “Classified” grade

·

Grade 6 is “Substandard” and a “Classified” grade

·

Grade 7 is “Doubtful” and a “Classified” grade

·

Grade 8 is “Loss” and a “Classified” grade

We review loans that are grade 3 or higher on a semi-annual basis. We may put loans with a classified grade on a quarterly review cycle. To determine the grade assigned to the loan we assess the reliability of the primary source of repayment and the past, present, and projected financial condition of the borrower. We also assess the current economic and industry conditions that are likely to affect the borrower.

Monitored Loans

Loans with a risk grade between 5 and 7 are considered monitored loans and are subject to the following activities:

·

collections efforts as required;

·

workout of the delinquent or otherwise unsatisfactory condition;

·

foreclosure proceedings or other means to exercise MPIC’s rights to the collateral property; or

·

charge-off of some or all of the loan balance.  

Delinquent Loans

We report a mortgage loan as delinquent if it is 90 days or more in arrears. We have adopted a proactive approach in responding to delinquencies in our loan portfolio. On loans for which we act as the lead lender, we make direct contact with the borrower within ten (10) days of an initial late payment. If the situation progresses to 30 days or more, we follow up with an onsite visit to discuss the borrower’s circumstances and how the borrower can bring the loan current. In the event that an acceptable workout of a delinquent mortgage cannot be reached, we, or the lead lender of any of the loans being serviced for us, will generally proceed with a foreclosure proceeding on any collateral securing the loan. 

Workout Loans

From time to time, we have restructured a mortgage loan in light of the borrower's circumstances and capabilities. We review each of these cases on an individual basis, and approve any restructure based on the guidance stipulated in our Collections policy. If we decide to accept a loan restructure, we generally will not forgive or reduce the principal amount owed on the loan; in addition, the typical maturity term for a restructured loan does not exceed five years. We classify a loan as a restructured loan when we make

68


 

concessions we would not otherwise consider when making  a new loan to a borrower. A restructuring of a loan usually involves an interest rate modification, extension of the maturity date, or reduction of accrued interest owed on the loan on a contingent or absolute basis.

Loan “Charge Offs”

We charge-off an uncollectible portion of a  loan against our allowance or reserve for loan losses when we believe we may not be able to collect the balance of a loan.

Foreclosed Assets

The payment of our mortgage loan investments is not insured and, in general, no person or any government agency or instrumentality guarantees their payments. Therefore, we must look to foreclosure on the property securing the loan as the primary source of recovery in the event the borrower is unable to repay their loan. As of September 30, 2020, we held two properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings. 

Allowance for Loan Losses

We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to earnings, at a level reflecting estimated credit losses on our loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider the type of loan, amount of loans in our portfolio, adverse situations that may affect our borrowers’ ability to pay and estimated value of underlying collateral and credit quality trends (including trends in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions).

The allowance for loan loss is monitored by our senior management on an ongoing basis. We examine the performance characteristics of our portfolio loans, including charge-offs, delinquency ratios, loan restructurings, modifications, and other significant factors that, in management’s judgment, may affect our ability to collect loans in the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Our senior executive team monitors these factors on a regular basis and reviews are conducted quarterly with our managers. We determine general reserves by segregating our loan portfolio into pools based on the risk rating of the loan, the position of the underlying collateral, and if we are the servicer on the loan.  Loans with higher risk ratings (lower assessed credit quality) have higher reserves allocated to the loans.

Our senior executive team also evaluates our allowance for loan losses based upon a review of individual loans in our loan portfolio. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows we expect to receive on an impaired loan that may be susceptible to significant change. Once a loan becomes delinquent or non-performing, the borrower reports a material adverse financial condition, or we determine that the value of the collateral underlying an impaired loan has substantially declined, we assess all information available to us to determine the estimated loss for a particular loan. We monitor these individual impaired loans on a regular basis.

69


 

The following represents a breakdown of the components of our allowance for loan loss at September 30, 2020,  December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018 (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2020

 

2019

 

2018

Specific Allowance related to impaired loans

 

$

290 

 

 

175 

 

 

1,463 

General allowance

 

 

1,233 

 

 

1,218 

 

 

1,017 

Total allowance

 

$

1,523 

 

$

1,393 

 

$

2,480 



70


 

Funding Our Operations

Overview

We use three primary sources to fund our church and ministry loan investments. These include (i) our investor notes; (ii) credit facility borrowings from financial institutions; and (iii) capital investments of our equity members. In the past several years, we have reduced our funding reliance on credit facility term-debt, shifting the funding focus on investor notes and members equity. The chart below shows the shift in the strategy we have used to finance our investments and business operations (dollars in thousands):  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Balance Sheet Funding Sources as of



 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2020

% of Total

 

2019

% of Total

 

2018

% of Total

 

2017

% of Total

 

2016

% of Total

 

2015

% of Total

Investor notes payable, net of debt issuance costs

 

$

75,292  54% 

 

$

73,046  47% 

 

$

68,300  44% 

 

$

69,003  43% 

 

$

60,479  39% 

 

$

49,915  34% 

Term-debt

 

 

52,544  37% 

 

 

71,427  46% 

 

 

76,515  50% 

 

 

81,492  51% 

 

 

86,326  55% 

 

 

90,237  61% 

Total members' equity

 

 

12,832  9% 

 

 

11,071  7% 

 

 

9,531  6% 

 

 

9,429  6% 

 

 

8,807  6% 

 

 

8,158  6% 

To accelerate the shift in funding strategy, the Company has taken advantage of opportunities to deleverage its term-debt when there is a financial advantage to do so. On September 25, 2020, we took advantage of an opportunity to make an early payoff of one of our term-debt credit facilities, which paid off $15.0 million in debt and resulted in a $2.4 million gain on debt extinguishment. Besides the gain on debt extinguishment, there are several benefits of the debt extinguishment to the Company’s cash flow and liquidity going forward. The monthly payment of $129 thousand will no longer be required on this facility, thus reducing the monthly cash flow needed to service this debt. In addition, the loan had a balloon payment due on November 1, 2026 of approximately $7.5 million. Retiring the debt early eliminated the future requirement to make the large balloon payment. Paying off the debt also released approximately $22.0 million of loans pledged as collateral on the extinguished debt. These loans are now available to secure other credit facilities or may be sold if additional liquidity is needed. The Company will continue to evaluate opportunities to further deleverage and re-evaluate its use of term-debt facilities as may be presented in the future.

One of the strategies we have employed in making this funding source shift is to sell participation interests in our mortgage loans. This enables the Company to fund loan acquisitions while conserving cash and increasing our non-interest income. This model will allow us to acquire loans with little liquidity deployment while still allowing the Company to fulfill one of its key missional objectives of providing financing to Christian churches and ministries. To facilitate the implementation of this model, on September 30, 2020 we entered into a $7.0 million warehouse line of credit with KCT Credit Union, an Elgin, Illinois credit union, which will enable the Company to fund loans and warehouse them until sold without using long-term borrowing facilities or investor notes. We believe these developments create a stronger financial model for our investors and equity owners. We implemented this loan participation model in 2020 and as a result, the Company sold $16.5 million in loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to no loan sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. $9.9 million of the loan sales were from new loans funded in 2020 while the remainder was from loans funded in previous years.

71


 

Capital investments made by our equity members along with the Company’s retained earnings also provide funds for our church and ministry loan investments. Members’ equity provides investors with protection against losses and provides investment capital for the Company. Equity comes in the form of cash invested in the Company by its equity owners and retained earnings of the Company. As detailed in the chart above, the Company has increased its members’ equity from $8.2 million to $12.8 million over the most recent five year period providing an additional $4.6 million in equity protection against losses for its investors.

Funding from Our Investor Notes

Our investor debt consists of various series of notes sold under several registered public offerings as well as in private offerings. We sell these debt securities to faith-based ministries, institutions, and individual investors. Notes pay interest at stated spreads over an index rate. The investor may reinvest the interest or have the interest paid to them at their option. The Company may repurchase all or a portion of notes at any time at its sole discretion by providing at least thirty (30) but not more than sixty (60) days prior written notice. In addition, the Company may allow investors to redeem their notes prior to maturity at its sole discretion. 

Private Offerings.

Subordinated Notes: The Series 1 Subordinated Capital Notes have been offered with maturity terms from 12 to 60 months at an interest rate fixed on the date of issuance. We may continue to sell these debt securities to eligible investors on an individual, negotiated basis as we deem appropriate and in compliance with exemptions from registration or qualifications under federal and applicable state securities laws. We offer these notes from time to time to accredited investors. Payments made to these investors are subordinated to all of our other current and future debt.

Secured Notes: In January 2015, the Company began offering its secured notes (“Secured Notes”) under a private placement memorandum pursuant to the requirements of Rule 506 of Regulation D. The certificates require as collateral either cash pledged in the amount of 100% of the outstanding balance of the certificates or loans receivable pledged in the amount of 105% of the outstanding balance of the certificates. The collateral securing the Secured Notes satisfied the minimum collateral requirement of the Loan and Security Agreement, which governs the issuance of such notes. The payment of these obligations is secured by a pool of our mortgage loans or cash. We terminated the Secured Note offering on April 30, 2020.

72


 

At September 30, 2020, the balances of our outstanding investor debt securities were as follows:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

As of

 

As of

 

As of

($ in thousands, WA = weighted average)

 

September 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

SEC Registered Public Offerings

 

Offering Type

 

Amount

 

WA
Rate

 

 

Amount

 

WA
Rate

 

 

Amount

 

WA
Rate

 

Class A Offering

 

Unsecured

 

$

306 

 

2.12 

%

 

$

487 

 

3.97 

%

 

$

8,758 

 

4.14 

%

Class 1 Offering

 

Unsecured

 

 

14,388 

 

3.75 

%

 

 

22,098 

 

4.01 

%

 

 

29,114 

 

3.88 

%

Class 1A Offering

 

Unsecured

 

 

42,780 

 

3.07 

%

 

 

32,732 

 

3.70 

%

 

 

13,817 

 

3.71 

%

Public Offering Total

 

 

 

$

57,474 

 

3.23 

%

 

$

55,317 

 

3.82 

%

 

$

51,689 

 

3.88 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Offerings

 

Offering Type

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated Notes

 

Unsecured

 

$

11,328 

 

4.59 

%

 

$

11,317 

 

5.24 

%

 

$

7,533 

 

4.68 

%

Secured Notes

 

Secured

 

 

6,515 

 

3.99 

%

 

 

6,467 

 

3.98 

%

 

 

9,170 

 

3.83 

%

Private Offering Total

 

 

 

$

17,843 

 

4.37 

%

 

$

17,784 

 

4.78 

%

 

$

16,703 

 

4.21 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Investor Notes Payable

 

$

75,317 

 

3.50 

%

 

$

73,101 

 

4.06 

%

 

$

68,392 

 

3.96 

%

Investor Notes Payable Totals by Security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unsecured Total

 

 

 

$

68,802 

 

3.46 

%

 

$

66,634 

 

4.06 

%

 

$

59,222 

 

3.98 

%

Secured Total

 

 

 

$

6,515 

 

3.99 

%

 

$

6,467 

 

3.98 

%

 

$

9,170 

 

3.83 

%







At September 30, 2020, our investor notes had future maturities during the following twelve-month periods ending June 30 (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 



 

 

 

2021

 

$

24,433 

2022

 

 

17,264 

2023

 

 

7,847 

2024

 

 

13,224 

2025

 

 

12,549 



 

$

75,317 

Funding from Term-Debt

At September 30, 2020, our borrowings from institutional lenders consisted of the following term-debt borrowings (dollars in thousands):  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of Borrowing

 

Interest Rate

 

Interest Rate Type

 

Amount Outstanding

 

Monthly Payment

 

Maturity Date

 

Amount of Loan Collateral Pledged

 

Amount of Cash Pledged

Term Loan

 

2.525%

 

Fixed

 

$

52,433 

 

$

450 

 

11/1/2026

 

$

65,966 

 

$

 —

PPP Loan

 

1.000%

 

Fixed

 

$

111 

 

$

 —

 

4/27/2022

 

$

 —

 

$

 —



We cannot borrow additional funds on these debt obligations; therefore, we will need to replace any principal paid on these debt obligations through another source.

73


 

The following table shows the maturity schedule on our term-debt for the next five years and thereafter as of September 30, 2020 (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 



 

 

 

2021

 

$

4,134 

2022

 

 

4,346 

2023

 

 

4,343 

2024

 

 

4,451 

2025

 

 

4,567 

Thereafter

 

 

30,703 



 

$

52,544 

MU Term-Debt Credit Facility.  

This facility replaced the original $100 million credit facility entered into by and between the Company and Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union on May 7, 2008. The $87.3 million facility was entered into on November 4, 2011, by and between the Company and the National Credit Union Administration Board As Liquidating Agent of Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union (“NCUA”). On June 19, 2019, OSK VII, LLC., a Minnesota limited liability company,  purchased the loan from the NCUA. No material terms have been changed with the transfer of ownership of the MU Term Debt Credit Facility. The Company cannot borrow additional funds on the facility and there are no prepayment penalties or restrictions.

The MU Term-Debt Credit Facility includes a number of borrower covenants, including maintaining a minimum collateralization ratio of at least 120% for the MU Term-Debt Credit Facility. If at any time the Company fails to maintain its required minimum collateralization ratio, it will be required to deliver cash or qualifying mortgage loans in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet its obligation to maintain a minimum collateralization ratio. We were in compliance with our minimum collateralization under this facility at September 30, 2020, December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018.

The Company’s obligation to repay the outstanding balance on this facility may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an “event of default” as defined in the MU Term-Debt Credit Facility. Such events of default include, among others, failure to make timely payments due under the MU Term-Debt Credit Facility and the Company's breach of any of its covenants. As of September 30, 2020, December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with its covenants under the MU Term-Debt Credit Facility. 

Paycheck Protection Program Loan.

On April 27, 2020, MP Securities applied for and received a Paycheck Protection Program loan (“PPP Loan”) granted under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). According to the terms of the program, as administered by the Small Business Association, payments on the loan are deferred for six months, deferred interest is capitalized into the principal balance of the loan, and qualifying amounts of the principal balance of the loan and deferred interest are eligible to be forgiven if the borrower is able to meet the program’s requirement for retention of employees and maintaining salary levels for its employees. Qualifying amounts include amounts equal to eligible payroll costs, certain rent payments, and

74


 

utility payments as defined by the program. The CARES ACT does not require that the Company pledge collateral for the PPP Loan.

Warehouse Line of Credit Short-Term Funding: KCT CU Warehouse line of credit

On September 30, 2020, we opened a $7.0 million warehouse line of credit with KCT Credit Union, an Elgin Illinois credit union, which will enable the Company to fund loans and warehouse them until sold without using long-term borrowing facilities or investor notes (the “KCT Facility”). The KCT Facility is a short-term demand credit facility with a one-year maturity date of September 30, 2021. The KCT Facility will automatically renew for another one-year term unless either party furnishes written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the termination date that it does not intend to renew the agreement. We may draw funds on the KCT Facility at any time until the line is fully drawn. Repayment of each advance is due one hundred and twenty (120) days after the advance is made or earlier in the event that a collateral loan becomes more than sixty (60) days delinquent and the Company fails to cure such deficiency. To secure our obligations under the KCT Facility, we have agreed to grant a priority first lien and security interest in certain of our mortgage loan investments and maintain a minimum collateralization ratio measured by taking outstanding balance of mortgage notes pledged under the facility as compared to the total amount of principal owed on the KCT Facility. The minimum ratio must equal at least 120%. The KCT Facility contains typical affirmative covenants for a credit facility of this nature. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2020.

Off Balance Sheet Funding: Sale of Loan Participation Interests

From time to time, we enter into loan participation purchase and sale agreements and we believe there is a robust demand for church and ministry loans in the credit union industry. When we sell a loan participation interest, we generally enter into a loan participation interest purchase agreement, which includes standard representations and warranties that are typical for a transaction of this nature. With our processing system and loan servicing capabilities, we believe we will be able to continue to expand our portfolio of loans serviced for others. 

The table below shows the activity in our participation sold portfolio.





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the



 

Nine Months ended

 

Year ended

 

Year ended



 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2020

 

2019

 

2018

Loan participation interests sold by the Company during the period

 

$

16,533 

 

$

 —

 

$

4,254 

Total participation interests sold and serviced by the Company

 

 

38,699 

 

 

26,964 

 

 

36,706 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

100 

 

$

212 

 

$

270 

Additions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing obligations from sale of loan participations

 

 

85 

 

 

 —

 

 

21 

Subtractions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(37)

 

 

(112)

 

 

(79)

Balance, end of period

 

$

148 

 

$

100 

 

$

212 



75


 



Effect of Government Regulations on the Business

General

We are organized as a credit union service organization and, as a result, are subject to the regulations promulgated by the National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) that apply to CUSOs. As a CUSO, we primarily serve the interests of our credit union equity investors and members of such credit unions.

We are also subject to various laws and regulations that govern:

·

credit granting activities;

·

establishment of maximum interest rates;

·

data privacy standards;

·

disclosures to borrowers and investors in our equity securities;

·

secured transactions;

·

foreclosure, judicial sale, and creditor remedies that are available to a secured lender; and

·

the licensure requirements of mortgage lenders, finance lenders, securities brokers, and financial advisers.

As a CUSO, we are limited in the scope of activities we may provide. In addition, our federal credit union equity investors are permitted to invest in or lend to a CUSO only if the CUSO primarily serves credit unions, its membership or the membership of credit unions contracting with the CUSO. While the NCUA lacks direct supervisory authority over our operations, our federal credit union equity owners are subject to regulations which govern the rules and conditions of an investment or loan they make or sell to a CUSO. In addition, state-chartered credit unions must follow their respective state’s guidelines which govern investments by a state chartered credit union. California’s Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (formerly Department of Business Oversight) (“DFPI”), in particular, regulates several of our equity owners. These credit union owners must comply with DFPI regulations that govern the investment in a loan they make to a CUSO.

Tax Status

Effective with our conversion from a corporate form of organization to a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of California on December 31, 2008, we have chosen to be treated as a partnership rather than a corporation for U.S. tax law purposes. As a result, profits and losses will flow directly to our equity investors under the provisions of our governing documents. If we fail to qualify as a partnership in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax on our net taxable income at regular corporate tax rates. As a limited liability company organized under California law, we are also subject to an

76


 

annual franchise fee plus a gross receipts tax on our gross revenues from our California based activities if our gross revenues are in excess of $250 thousand per year.

Regulation of Mortgage Lenders

We conduct loan originating activities for churches and related ministry projects. Many states regulate the investment in or origination of mortgage loans. Under the California Finance Lender’s Law, no lender may engage in the business of providing services as a “finance lender” or “broker” without obtaining a license from the DFPI, unless otherwise exempt under the law. We conduct our commercial lending activities under a  California finance lender license.

As a finance lender, we are licensed with the DFPI and file reports from time to time with the DFPI. Accordingly, the DFPI has enforcement authority over our operations as a finance lender, which includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil monetary penalties, issue cease and desist orders and initiate injunctive actions. We also are subject to licensing requirements in other jurisdictions in connection with our mortgage lending activities. Various laws and judicial and administrative decisions may impose requirements and restrictions that govern secured transactions, require specific disclosure to our borrowers and customers, establish collection, foreclosure, and repossession standards and regulate the use and reporting of certain borrower and customer financial information.

As we offer and originate loans outside of the State of California, we need to comply with laws and regulations of those states. The statutes which govern mortgage lending and origination activities vary from state to state. Because these laws are constantly changing, due in part, to the challenge facing the real estate industry and financial institutions from residential lending activities, it is difficult to comprehensively identify, accurately interpret and effectively train our staff with respect to all of these laws and regulations. We intend to comply with all applicable laws and regulations wherever we do business and will undertake a best efforts program to do so, including the engagement of professional consultants, legal counsel, and other experts as deemed necessary by our management.

Loan Brokerage Services

In 2009, we created a subsidiary, MP Realty, which provides loan brokerage and other real estate services to churches and ministries in connection with our mortgage financing activities. The California Bureau of Real Estate issued MP Realty Services, Inc. a license to operate as a corporate real estate broker on February 23, 2010. If we expand our loan brokerage activities to other states, we may be required to register with these states as a commercial mortgage broker if we are directly or indirectly marketing, negotiating or offering to make or negotiate a mortgage loan. We intend to monitor these regulatory requirements as necessary in the event MP Realty provides services to a borrower, lender, broker or agent outside the State of California.

Environmental Issues Associated with Real Estate Lending

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), a federal statute, generally imposes strict liability on all prior and current “owners and operators” of sites containing hazardous waste. However, Congress acted to protect secured creditors by providing that the term “owner

77


 

and operator” excludes a person whose ownership is limited to protecting its security interest in the site. Since the enactment of the CERCLA, this “secured creditor exemption” has been the subject of judicial interpretations which have left open the possibility that lenders could be liable for clean-up costs on contaminated property that they hold as collateral for a loan. To the extent that legal uncertainty exists in this area, all creditors that have made loans secured by properties with potential hazardous waste contamination (such as petroleum contamination) could be subject to liability for clean-up costs, which costs often substantially exceed the value of the collateral property. In addition, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations can also impact the properties underlying our mortgage loan investments. An owner or control party of a site may also be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from a site.

Regulation of Financial Services

The financial services industry in the U.S. is subject to extensive regulation under federal and state laws. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act resulted in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions and created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and Financial Stability Oversight Council with authority to identify institutions and practices that might pose a systemic risk. We believe that the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations adopted thereunder have not had a material impact on our business and operations. Certain provisions that have not been implemented, however, could affect our business and include, but are not limited to the implementation of more stringent fiduciary standards for broker dealers and potential establishment of a new self-regulatory organization for investment advisors.

Broker Dealer Registration

U.S. broker dealers are subject to rules and regulations imposed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), FINRA, other self-regulatory organization, and state securities administrators covering all aspects of the securities business. Our wholly owned broker-dealer firm, MP Securities, commenced operations in 2012. As a registered broker-dealer under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), MP Securities is subject to regulation by the SEC and regulation by state securities administrators in the states in which it conducts its activities. We have registered MP Securities in the following states:



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Arizona

Idaho

Minnesota

Oklahoma

Texas

California

Illinois

Missouri

Oregon

Virginia

Colorado

Indiana

Nevada

Pennsylvania

Washington

Florida

Kansas

New York

Rhode Island

West Virginia

Georgia

Massachusetts

Ohio

South Carolina

 

MP Securities is subject to rules and regulations regarding:

·

net capital;

·

sales practices;

78


 

·

public and private securities offerings;

·

capital adequacy;

·

record keeping and reporting;

·

conflicts of interest involving related parties;

·

conduct of officers;

·

directors and employees;

·

qualification and licensing of supervisory and sales personnel;

·

marketing practices; and

·

supervisory and oversight of personnel to ensure compliance with securities laws.

MP Securities is also subject to the financial responsibility, net capital, customer protection, record keeping, and notification rule amendments adopted by the SEC on July 30, 2013. Because MP Securities does not carry or hold customer funds or securities and relies upon a clearing firm to conduct these transactions, Rule 17a-5 requires that it file an exemption report as well as reports prepared by an independent public accountant confirming that it meets the exemption provisions. As amended, the net capital rule requires that MP Securities take into account in its computation of regulatory net capital any liabilities the Company assumes as its parent entity.

MP Securities is also subject to routine inspections and examinations by the SEC staff under Rule 17(b) of the Exchange Act and the SEC is authorized to review, if requested, the work papers of the broker dealer’s independent public accounting firm that conducts the audit. As required by amendments to Rule 17a-5 of the Exchange Act, MP Securities files an annual report with the SEC and FINRA that includes its audited financial statements, supporting schedules and its exemption report as a non-carrying broker-dealer. MP Securities is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”) and files a copy of its annual report with SIPC.

Much of the regulation of broker-dealers in the U.S. has been delegated to self-regulatory organizations, principally FINRA and the securities exchanges. FINRA adopts and amends rules (which are subject to approval by the SEC) for regulating the industry and conducts periodic examinations of member firms. The SEC, FINRA, and state securities administrators may conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, suspension, or expulsion of a broker-dealer, its officers, or employees.

Due to our close affiliation with MP Securities, we are subject to related party transaction disclosure issues under federal and state securities laws and rules adopted by FINRA. In particular, related party transactions can raise regulatory concerns:

·

in determining whether MP Securities meets its net capital requirements;

79


 

·

in whether the allocation of costs is fairly treated in any expense sharing arrangements, or management services agreements entered into with the Company;

·

with regard to compensation paid to sales representatives in selling proprietary securities products offered by the Company; and

·

complying with the suitability, know your customer, and fair practices and dealings obligations under federal and state law and rules imposed by FINRA on broker dealer firms.

MP Securities is also subject to FINRA’s review and policies governing disclosure practices when offering proprietary securities products, training its staff to identify and manage conflicts of interest and reporting on significant conflict issues, including the firm’s adopted measures to identify and manage conflicts, to the MP Securities Board of Managers and its Chief Executive Officer.

As a broker-dealer firm, MP Securities is subject to regulation regarding:

·

sales methods;

·

use of advertising materials;

·

arrangements with clearing firms or exchanges;

·

record keeping;

·

regulatory reporting; and

·

conduct of managers, officers, employees, and supervision.

To the extent MP Securities solicits orders from customers; it will be subject to additional rules and regulations governing sales practices and suitability rules imposed on member firms.

MP Securities acts as a selling agent for the Company’s public and private debt securities. Due to this role, MP Securities is required to comply with FINRA’s filing requirements for these offerings. We believe that MP Securities has fully complied with its filing obligations as required under applicable FINRA, SEC, and state securities laws.

MP Securities is also required to maintain minimum net capital pursuant to rules imposed by FINRA. In general, net capital is the net worth of the entity (assets minus liabilities) less any other imposed deductions or other charges. A member firm that fails to maintain the required net capital must cease conducting business. If it does not do so, it may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by FINRA. Under its Membership Agreement entered into with FINRA, MP Securities is required to maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $5,000 or one fifteenth of its aggregate indebtedness. As required by the 2013 amendments adopted by the SEC, MP Securities is required to include any liabilities assumed by the Company unless the Company is able to demonstrate that it has adequate capital to pay such expenses.

80


 

Regulation of Investment Advisers

On July 11, 2013, the State of California granted its approval for MP Securities to provide investment advisory services. As a California registered investment advisory firm, MP Securities is required to develop and maintain compliance procedures, record keeping procedures, comply with custody rules, marketing and disclosure obligations. MP Securities is also subject to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and related regulations. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose fines and sanctions for violation of the Investment Advisers Act. In addition to ensuring MP Securities’ compliance with federal and state laws governing its activities as a California registered investment advisory firm, the California DFPI requires that representatives hired by MP Securities meet certain qualification requirements, including complying with certain testing requirements and examinations.

Our failure to comply with the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act, related SEC rules or regulations and provisions of the California Corporations Code and Code of Regulations could have a material effect on us. We believe we are in full compliance in all material aspects with SEC requirements and California laws and regulations. As MP Securities hires new registered investment advisers, it will be required to monitor its compliance with SEC and DFPI regulations.

Fiduciary Standards

The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the SEC to consider whether broker dealer firms should be held to a standard of care similar to the fiduciary standard applied to registered investment advisors. Although the SEC has not adopted the fiduciary rule for broker dealer firms, the DOL issued final regulations in April 2016 which expanded the definition as to who will be deemed to be an “investment advice fiduciary” under the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). DOL also issued a new prohibited transaction exemption generally known as the best interest contract exemption designed to address conflicts that may arise when a person provides advice to a retail investor that may be vulnerable to conflicts of interest involving the advisory firm.

With the issuance of the DOL fiduciary rule under ERISA, fiduciary status would be extended to investment advisors and investment professionals that have previously not been considered fiduciaries. If deemed a fiduciary, the representative is held to a strict standard requiring the representative to act solely in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries. With the adoption of the fiduciary standard, the representative is subject to personal liability to the ERISA plan for breaches of its actions under the rule. Implementation of the DOL fiduciary rule, especially in the context of a MP Securities adviser or sales representative rolling over an individual retirement account (“IRA”) into our proprietary debt securities, will require that we:

·

incur additional compliance costs;

·

engage in further training initiatives;

·

undertake a thorough review of available transactional exemptions from the rule;

·

prepare agreements to comply with such rule; and

81


 

·

implement information technology revisions to our policies and procedures to comply with DOL’s fiduciary rule.

On March 15, 2018, the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals nullified the DOL’s fiduciary rule and upheld a sweeping challenge to DOL’s authority to enforce its fiduciary rule. Other courts, however, have reached a different conclusion. Individual states, in addition, may take a different approach and apply the fiduciary standard to transactions subject to that state’s regulatory authority. Because of the Court’s decision, the DOL has announced that it would be working with the SEC to implement the rule. On June 5, 2019, the SEC also issued its Final Interpretations to Enhance Protections and Preserve Choice for Retail Investors in Their Relationships With Financial Professionals. Under the SEC interpretation, the investment adviser has a duty to provide advice that is in the best interests of the client and requires a reasonable inquiry into the client’s objectives. The SEC interpretation permits the advisor to apply his or her judgment; provided, however, that there is fair disclosure and informed consent. We continue to monitor developments with the DOL fiduciary rule and SEC’s interpretations of the standard of conduct for investment advisors and have adopted an assets under management fee compensation model that is applied to sales of our debt securities made by MP Security’s representatives. With this change, we believe that we will be able to:

·

more closely align the compensation program used by MP Securities for its representatives with the interests of investors in our debt securities; and

·

reduce the offering costs of our securities offerings, thereby increasing the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of such securities to further the Company’s strategic objectives.

Privacy Standards

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) modernized the financial services industry by establishing a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers. We are subject to regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the GLBA. These regulations require us to disclose our privacy policy, including identifying with whom we share “non-public personal information” to our investors and borrowers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. The State of California’s Financial Information Privacy Act also regulates consumer’s rights under California law to restrict the sharing of financial data. In recent years, there has been a heightened legislative and regulatory focus on data security, including requiring customer notification in the event of a data breach. Congress has held several hearings in the subject and legislation has been introduced which would impose more rigorous requirements for data security and response to data breaches. As MP Securities expands its investment advisory business operations, it will also need to monitor regulatory initiatives promulgated under Dodd-Frank that affect investment advisers.

82


 

Certain Legal Aspects of Our Mortgage Loan Investments

Description of Legal Aspects

The mortgage loans are in the form of promissory notes secured by deeds of trust or mortgages on real property or other assets. In general, these notes require the borrower to pay principal and interest on specified dates. The deed of trust or mortgage securing the mortgage loan generally provides that in the event the borrower fails to timely pay principal or interest on the note or fails to satisfy any other obligations under the note, such as the failure to maintain the property in good repair, we may declare the entire balance of principal and interest under the note then due and payable.

Debtor Protection Statutes 

In the event the principal and interest is not paid within a specified period, we must first attempt to collect on the mortgage loan by foreclosing on the real property or other asset securing the loan. In general, California law will not allow us to disregard the security and to proceed directly against the maker on the mortgage loan note. We must foreclose on the property under the deed of trust. Our ability to recover the value of the mortgage loan under such circumstances is affected by certain legal procedures and rights. Mortgage loans secured by real property are subject to the laws of the state in which the property is located and as applicable, federal law, including federal bankruptcy laws.

California, as most states, imposes statutory prohibitions which limit the remedies of a secured lender. A secured lender is limited in its right to receive a deficiency judgment against the borrower following foreclosure on the secured real property. In addition, California law prevents any deficiency judgment against a borrower by a mortgage lender where the loan either represents a portion of the purchase price of the property payable to the lender by that borrower (a “purchase money loan”) or the loan is secured by the borrower’s residence. Where a deficiency judgment is permissible, it can only be obtained after a judicial foreclosure on the property and then only for the excess of the outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property at the time of the foreclosure sale (as determined under statutory provisions). The net result of these statutes is to offer substantial protections to borrowers and to effectively require a mortgage lender to look only to the value of the property securing the mortgage loan through a private sale foreclosure.

In addition to the California state laws restricting actions against borrowers, numerous other statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws, afford additional relief to debtors which may interface with or affect the ability of a secured lender to realize the value of its mortgage loan in the event of a default.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, certain liens in favor of the Internal Revenue Service for tax payments are provided priority over existing mortgage loans. Also, mortgage lenders are subject to other statutory and administrative requirements under various laws and regulations regarding the origination and servicing of mortgage loans, including laws and regulations governing federal and state consumer protection, truth-in-lending laws, the Federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and related statutes and regulations.

83


 

As a result of these debtor protection laws, we could sustain a loss as a result of any of the foregoing federal or state laws and regulations restricting and/or regulating the origination and servicing of mortgage loans. Also, these laws and regulations are subject to continual change and evolution and it is always possible that inadvertent violations or liabilities may be incurred by reason of one or more of these provisions.

84


 

 

BOARD OF MANAGERS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Set forth below are the members of our Board of Managers and our Executive Officers



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Managers/Executive Officers

R. Michael Lee

 

62

 

Chairman of the Board, Chairman of Ministry Partners Securities, Manager

Van C. Elliott

 

83

 

Corporate Secretary, Manager

Joseph W. Turner, Jr.

 

53

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

Michael R. Boblit

 

62

 

Vice President , Corporate Lending Services

Brian S. Barbre

 

46

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

Juli Anne Lawrence

 

68

 

ALCO Committee Chairperson, Manager

Jerrod Foresman

 

52

 

Manager

Jeffrey T. Lauridsen

 

71

 

Vice Chairman, Audit Committee Chairman, Manager

Mendell Thompson

 

66

 

Board Credit Committee Chairman, Manager

Guy A. Messick

 

68

 

Manager

With our conversion from a corporation to a limited liability company on December 31, 2008, we are governed by a Board of Managers that supervises our affairs (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”).

R. MICHAEL LEE

Mr. Lee has served as a member of our Board since January 2009. He was appointed Chairman of the Board in May 2015. Mr. Lee currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and President for KCT Credit Union, an Elgin, Illinois credit union. Previously, Mr. Lee served as Vice President Member Relations for Alloya Corporate Federal Credit Union, President of Midwest Region for Members United Federal Credit Union, Chief Membership Officer for Mid-States Corporate Federal Credit Union, Senior Vice President US Central Federal Credit Union, SVP Corporate Network eCom, SVP Corporate One Federal Credit Union and Vice President of Sales for a national insurance agency. In the insurance industry, Mr. Lee spent 15 years in different positions that lead him to managing a national sales force that served the needs of business owners. Mr. Lee currently serves on the boards of the Illinois Credit Union Foundation, Elgin Community College Foundation, Gail Borden Library Foundation, CULIANCE and Illinois Chapter of the Credit Union Executive Society. He attended Southern Illinois University; CUNA’s Financial Management School and completed numerous industries training sessions throughout his career. Mr. Lee adds special expertise to our Board with his years of experience as an executive of a number of large financial institutions and with his deep knowledge of the financial industry. Mr. Lee currently serves as Chairman of the Board, member of our Executive Committee, Governance Committee, Asset-Liability Management Committee and serves as the Chairman of the Board for MP Securities.

85


 

VAN C. ELLIOTT

Mr. Elliott has served as a member of our Board since 1991. He has served as a director for ECCU from April 1988 until the present (except for the periods from March 1997 to March 1998 and March 2004 to March 2005). Mr. Elliott served as associate director of the Conservative Baptist Association of Southern California from 1980 to 1994, where he was responsible for the general administrative oversight of the association’s activities. Since that time, he has been self-employed as a consultant providing organizational, financial, and fund-raising consultation services to church and church-related organizations. He received his Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees in mathematics and speech from Purdue University and spent seven years in the computer industry. Mr. Elliott holds a Master of Divinity from Denver Seminary and has spent fourteen years in local church ministries serving in the area of Christian education and administration. He has completed post-graduate instruction at the College for Financial Planning. Mr. Elliott is a member of the Financial Planning Association and holds the professional designation of Certified Financial Planner.® Mr. Elliott brings to our Board his extensive experience as a credit union board member and intimate knowledge of church and ministry financial operations. He serves on our Executive Committee and on our Audit Committee.

JOSEPH W. TURNER, JR.

Mr. Turner has served as Chief Executive Officer and President since December 3, 2015. Mr. Turner has also served as the Chief Executive Officer and President for Ministry Partners Securities LLC, the wholly-owned subsidiary of Ministry Partners Investment Company, since February of 2013. Mr. Turner also held the position as Chief Compliance Officer of Ministry Partners Securities LLC until December 14, 2015. During his tenure with the Company, Mr. Turner has led the Company’s efforts in transitioning its wholly-owned broker dealer to a more robust and diverse financial services firm, launching its investment advisory and insurance company activities in addition to overseeing the capital raising efforts related to the Company’s proprietary products. Mr. Turner was also instrumental in formalizing strategic partnerships with Evangelical Christian Credit Union (the Company’s largest equity owner) and America’s Christian Credit Union (2nd largest equity owner) to provide complimentary financial products and services to their collective members. Prior to joining the Company in 2011, Mr. Turner served in various roles; including Regional Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Executive Officer and President for Strongtower Financial, Inc., a Fresno, California based broker dealer and advisory firm which specialized in providing investment banking services, mortgage financing for churches and ministries, and investment and insurance products and services. Prior to joining Strongtower in 2007, Mr. Turner served as Managing Director of Principal Financial Group where he led a financial advisory and insurance group. Mr. Turner began his career with Prudential Preferred as an investment advisor in 1990. Mr. Turner received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration – Finance degree from California State University, Fresno. Mr. Turner has completed industry leadership training both at Drake University and the Wharton School of Business. Mr. Turner holds the FINRA Series 6, 7, 24, 63, 65, and 51 as well as life, health and disability licenses in over 23 states. Mr. Turner also serves as Chairman of the Board for Christian Care Ministries, Inc., a Melbourne, Florida based public charity (“CCM”), a ministry that encourages and enables Christians to connect with, share their lives, faith, talents, and financial resources with one another through its Medi-Share health care

86


 

sharing ministry. CCM has current investments in the Company’s publicly and privately offered debt securities as well as other products offered by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities.

MICHAEL R. BOBLIT

Mr. Boblit has previously served as an independent consultant for the Company since September 14, 2018, working with the Company’s Executive and lending services team. Mr. Boblit served as a commercial loan officer, asset manager, and director for business development at Evangelical Christian Credit Union, a Brea, California credit union (“ECCU”), from August 2000 to July 2018. Prior to joining ECCU, Mr. Boblit had a successful career in managing sales operations for both public and private business consulting firms, high technology companies, enterprise software services, document management solutions and optical storage products. Given Mr. Boblit’s extensive experience in developing sales teams, marketing strategies, and his eighteen years of service with ECCU in its commercial lending operations while working with Christian organizations and churches, Mr. Boblit will be tasked with the responsibility of enhancing the Company’s loan origination and commercial lending operation. Mr. Boblit holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, from University of San Diego. On January 3, 2020, Mr. Boblit was appointed as the Company’s Vice President, Corporate Lending Services. 

BRIAN S. BARBRE

Mr. Barbre has served as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer since September 25, 2017. Mr. Barbre has previously served as Vice President Finance and Treasurer of ECCU, the Company’s largest equity owner. Over the course of Mr. Barbre’s seventeen years working with ECCU, he has served as Vice President Finance / Treasurer, Director of Finance, Finance Manager and Sr. Financial Analyst. Mr. Barbre is a Certified Public Accountant and has served as an Adjunct professor at Biola University where he has taught cost accounting and accounting information systems courses. Mr. Barbre holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, Magna Cum Laude, from Biola University and a Master of Business Administration degree from California State University Fullerton.

MENDELL THOMPSON

Mr. Thompson joined the Board when Arthur Black, whom served on the Board from 1997 through April 2016, retired from the Board. In May of 2020, Mr. Thompson was re-elected for a three term ending May of 2023. Mr. Thompson previously served as President/CEO of America’s Christian Credit Union in Glendora, California, a position he held since 1986. In early 2020, Mr. Thompson retired as President/CEO of ACCU. Prior to his promotion to President/CEO at age 32 in 1986, Mr. Thompson held a variety of other positions at ACCU between 1977 and 1986. Among his many accomplishments, Mr. Thompson was influential in taking ACCU through a charter change in 1993 that opened the door to making church loans. Currently, America's Christian Credit Union serves more than 135,000 members, has over $460 million in assets, and manages assets of over $505 million. Mr. Thompson was elected to the Glendora City Council in 2015 and served one term as Mayor from April 2018-2019. He now serves as Councilman having just been re-elected to another 4-year term. He is a trustee on the Point Loma Nazarene University (PLNU) Board and a director on the

87


 

PLNU Foundation Board. Mr. Thompson has served as a director of the National Association of State Credit Union Supervisors (NASCUS) Executive Council, as a director on the Board of WesCorp FCU, Chairman of WesCorp’s Supervisory Committee, and on the Glendora Church of the Nazarene Board. He has been a director of the CU Deposit Network, the Financial Marketing Association, and the Southern California CU Executives Society Council. Mr. Thompson graduated cum laude in 1976 with a bachelor’s degree in History/Business from Point Loma Nazarene University, and is also a graduate of the Western CUNA Management School and Stanford University’s Executive Development Program. Mr. Thompson is the Chairman of the Company’s Board Credit Committee.

JULI ANNE LAWRENCE

Ms. Lawrence has served as a member of our Board since 2007. She is currently the Chief Strategy Officer of Raoust + Partners, a Hampton, Virginia based strategic planning and marketing firm for credit unions. Prior to her current engagement, Ms. Lawrence served as Senior Vice President of Research and Development for Western Bancorp in San Jose, California. Prior to that engagement, she served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the National Institute of Health Federal Credit Union, a Rockville, Maryland credit union. Prior to that, she was Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of KeyPoint Credit Union, a Silicon Valley California credit union and the President of its subsidiary, KeyPoint Financial Services. Before joining KeyPoint Credit Union, Mrs. Lawrence served as Vice President for Business Development, Marketing and Legislative Affairs from 1988-1995 at Langley Federal Credit Union, a Hampton Roads, Virginia credit union. Prior to joining the credit union industry, Ms. Lawrence served as the Director of Sales for the US Navy Mid-Atlantic Region, which included the direct responsibility for public relations and sales for all Navy Exchange and Commissary Operations in the Mid-Atlantic States, Europe, Iceland, and Bermuda. Mrs. Lawrence received her Bachelor of Science degree in Community Health and Education from East Carolina University and received a Master’s degree in Organizational Development from the University of San Francisco, where she is pursuing a Ph.D. Mrs. Lawrence currently serves on the Board of Directors for the George Washington Institute of Health and Women in BIO. She also previously served as Chair for the Executive Committee of the Open Solutions Client Association and serves currently as a Trustee of the International Mission Board of the Southern Baptist Convention. Mrs. Lawrence provides our Board with the benefit of her extensive experience in financial institution operations and technology and especially, her asset-liability management expertise. Mrs. Lawrence serves on the Company’s Executive Committee, as our Chair of the Asset-Liability Management Committee, and as a member of the MP Securities Board of Managers.

JERROD FORESMAN

Mr. Foresman has served as a Company Board Member since May 2012 and MP Securities since November 2018. He is Co-Owner and President of Virtue Financial Advisors, LLC and the Office of Supervisory Jurisdiction (OSJ) Principal for Infinex Investments, Inc., managing bank and credit union investment programs for over 70 branch locations in the mid-west. Formerly serving as President, Chief Compliance Officer and FINOP of Bankers & Investors Company Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Investment Advisor and Insurance Agency in Kansas City, Mr. Foresman ran the compliance and operations for 11 years. Bankers & Investors Co. provided investment services for seven banks and four credit unions in

88


 

Missouri and Kansas. Mr. Foresman had been serving as a financial advisor since 1990 and has managed and owned financial advisory/marketing firms specializing in working with credit unions and community banks since 1993. Mr. Foresman attended Missouri State University and is currently studying for additional financial designations from the American College in Bryn Mawr, PA. He also serves as a board member for Angel Flight Air Support, OASIS Refuge and is a contributing member of the Wealth Management RIA Board of Advisors, Advisor Confidence Index (ACI) from Rydex. Mr. Foresman holds the FINRA Series 7, 24, 27, 63, 65 and 66 licenses as well as life, health, property & casualty insurance licenses.

JEFFREY T. LAURIDSEN

Mr. Lauridsen has served as a member of our Board since October 2007. He is an attorney in private practice with the Law Offices of Jeffrey T. Lauridsen in Garden Grove, California. Before establishing his current practice, Mr. Lauridsen served with several other law firms in the Orange County area, as partner and senior associate. Mr. Lauridsen’s 29 years of law practice have focused on corporate law and encompassed both trial and appellate work in diverse areas of law, including business litigation, construction defects, general liability, premises liability, products, medical malpractice, ERISA, insurance coverage, automobile liability, insurance bad faith, employment and labor law, sexual harassment, sexual molestation and others. Prior to entering into the practice of law, Mr. Lauridsen worked as a claim representative in the insurance industry for 19 years. Mr. Lauridsen received his Associate of Arts degree in Political Science from Fullerton College. He received his Bachelor of Science in Law and Juris Doctorate degrees from California Southern Law School. He has served as Elder at Grace Church in Orange, California for 18 years. Mr. Lauridsen brings to our Board the perspective of an experienced attorney, as well as intimate knowledge of ministry governance. In addition to being a member of the Board’s Executive Committee, Mr. Lauridsen serves on our Board Credit Committee and serves as Chairman of our Audit Committee.

GUY MESSICK

Mr. Messick joined the Board in May 2020 and has been elected to serve a one-year term.  Mr. Messick is an attorney with the law firm of Messick Lauer & Smith P.C., a Media, Pennsylvania law firm, and has provided legal and strategic planning services to credit unions and credit union service organizations throughout the U.S. for over 30 years.  Since 1987, Mr. Messick has served as General Counsel to the National Association of Credit Union Service Organizations and has served as NACUSO’s liaison with the National Credit Union Administration.  Mr. Messick is a nationally known speaker on a wide range of credit union and credit union service organization topics.  Mr. Messick served on the Credit Union National Association (“CUNA”) Task Force on Investment Services which was the industry’s liaison with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  He is the author of the Guide for Credit Unions Providing Investment and Insurance Services and Credit Union Collaborations – Lessons Learned.  Mr. Messick is a graduate of Bucknell University and the University of Miami School of Law.  He served as a law clerk to U.S. District Court Judge Morell E. Sharp (Seattle, Washington) from 1977-78 and was also an assistant district attorney in the appellate division.

89


 

Our Board of Managers

The Operating Agreement charges our Board and officers with governing and conducting our business and affairs. The Operating Agreement charges our Board with essentially the same duties, obligations, and responsibilities as a board of directors of a corporation. The Board establishes our policies and periodically reviews them and has authorized designated officers and our President the authority to carry out those policies. As of the date of this Prospectus, our Board consists of seven managers, a majority of which are independent managers.

Board Committees

Our Board may from time to time establish and empower board committees to perform various functions on its behalf. Each committee consists of at least three persons. Currently, the Board has established the following committees:

·

Our Executive Committee is charged with responsibility for determining the President’s compensation and undertaking other matters of an executive and strategic oversight nature;

·

Our Audit Committee is chartered to oversee the annual audit of our financial reports, oversee the establishment and maintenance of internal controls and oversee compliance with our Ethics Policy;

·

Our Board Credit Committee is authorized to oversee compliance with our Loan Policy and to review the performance and management of our loan portfolio and to approve loan originations over a certain dollar amount or loans that have fallen outside of the parameters of the Loan Policy;

·

Our Credit Review Committee reviews and implements our Loan Policy and reviews most of the loan applications we receive;

·

Our Asset Liability Committee is chartered to oversee the maintenance of our asset liability strategy and process, as well as our asset liability, liquidity and other policies relating to the mitigation of risks to our earnings and capital; and

·

Our Governance Committee is charged with responsibility for the Board Governance Policies, including our Related Parties Transaction Policy, and with the periodic task of nominating persons for election to the Board.

Our Board Chairman

On May 14, 2015, the Board of Managers appointed R. Michael Lee, to serve as Chairman of the Board of Managers. Prior to Mr. Lee’s appointment, Mark Holbrook served as our Board Chairman since the Company’s inception. Mr. Holbrook also served as our Chief Executive Officer from inception of the Company until February 17, 2011.

90


 

Code of Ethics

On November 6, 2009, our Board adopted a Code of Ethics for our principal officers and members of the Board. On February 26, 2018, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Turner, was appointed to the Board of Directors for Christian Care Ministry, Inc., headquartered in Melbourne, Florida (“CCM”). CCM currently maintains a business relationship with MP Securities and the Company, holds investments in the Company’s debt securities and has purchased other investment products made available through MP Securities. Mr. Turner currently serves as Chairman of the CCM Board of Directors.

The Company’s Board of Managers were advised of the potential CCM Board appointment of Mr. Turner during its February 2018 meeting, and after discussion, concluded that Mr. Turner’s appointment to the CCM Board of Directors fully complied with the Company’s Code of Ethics and Related Party Policy. In addition, the Company has taken precautions to formally mitigate any potential conflicts of risk between the Company, CCM, and Mr. Turner, including, but not limited to the following:

·

Mr. Turner has declared the CCM Board Appointment as an outside business activity under MP Securities’ policies and procedures, which was subsequently approved by MP Securities’ Chief Compliance Officer.

·

Mr. Turner has agreed to waive and refrain from receiving any compensation related to his role as a Board Member of CCM.

·

MP Securities has assigned another Investment Advisor to manage the Company’s business relationship with CCM.

·

When undertaking his duties as a CCM Board Member, Mr. Turner will recuse himself from all matters involving the investment by CCM in an investment product or debt security offered by the Company.

·

The Company, CCM and Mr. Turner will comply with applicable disclosure obligations required for the Company’s securities and regulatory filings and monitor the business relationships by and among the Company, MP Securities, Mr. Turner and CCM to ensure that such relationships and any agreements related thereto comply with the Company’s Code of Ethics and Related Parties Transaction Policy.

Indemnification of Our Managers and Officers 

We may indemnify any of our Managers, officers, Members, employees or agents, provided the agent seeking indemnification acted in good faith and in a manner that the person reasonably believed to be in our best interests and provided that the acts do not constitute gross negligence, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. To the extent we are successful on the merits in defense of our agent’s actions, the agent will be indemnified for all reasonable expenses incurred. In all other instances, a majority of the Members must approve indemnification.We can advance our agent’s defense costs if approved by Managers who are not seeking indemnification or, if there are none, by a majority of our Members. Our Managers who

91


 

are not otherwise involved in the action can approve the advancement of our agent’s defense costs if they receive an undertaking from the person to repay such amount in the event that it is ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to indemnification.

It is the position of some federal and state agencies, including the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities that indemnification with violations of Securities Law is against public policy and void.

92


 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation we paid for services rendered to us during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 by our senior executive officers.















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Summary Compensation Table

Annual Compensation

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Name

 

Principal Position

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

All Other Compensation (1)

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

All Other Compensation (1)

 

Joseph Turner

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

$

270,985 

 

$

1,000 

 

$

52,199 

 

$

254,590 

 

$

89,800 

 

$

51,337 

 

Michael R. Boblit (2)

 

Vice-President, Corporate Lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Crammer, III (3)

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

 

 

172,028 

 

 

16,000 

 

 

48,891 

 

 

156,544 

 

 

12,550 

 

 

44,151 

 

Brian S. Barbre

 

Sr. Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

 

 

176,209 

 

 

51,000 

 

 

53,709 

 

 

158,000 

 

 

16,025 

 

 

44,788 

 





(1) This includes the aggregate amount we contributed to the Company’s 401(k) retirement plan, for medical benefits and life and disability insurance for the Company’s officers in each year.

(2) On January 3, 2020, Mr. Boblit was appointed as Vice-President, Corporate Lending Services. Prior to accepting that appointment, he served as an independent consultant to the Company.

(3) Mr. Crammer serves as an officer of the Company, but not as an executive officer.

There have been no options, warrants or other rights to purchase our equity securities issued to our officers.

93


 

BOARD OF MANAGERS COMPENSATION

The following table provides a summary of the compensation paid to our Managers for the year ended December 31, 2019:

Summary Compensation Table

Annual Compensation



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2019

 

 

Name

 

Principal Position

 

Compensation (1)

 

Michael Lee

 

Chairman of the Board of Managers

 

$

14,100 

 

Van Elliott

 

Secretary and Manager

 

 

9,100 

 

Juli Anne Lawrence

 

Manager

 

 

11,200 

 

Jeffrey Lauridsen

 

Manager

 

 

11,200 

 

Jerrod Foresman

 

Manager

 

 

8,850 

 

Mendell Thompson

 

Manager

 

 

8,200 

 

Guy Messick

(2)

Manager

 

 

-

 





(1) During each year, we accrued amounts for each Manager’s service on the Board. In February 2014, the Board approved the payment of compensation grants to Managers of the Board for rendering services to the Company. Under the grants approved by the Board, each Manager will receive a cash grant for serving on the Board, and will receive additional amounts for attendance at each Board meeting and for serving as a Chairperson of one of our Board Committees. In addition, reimburse each Manager for expenses incurred in performing duties on our behalf. Compensation awards for our Managers for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $63 thousand.

(2) Mr. Messick was elected to his position as Manager effective as of May 7, 2020.

94


 



DESCRIPTION OF OUR MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS AND CHARTER DOCUMENTS

Our Authorized Membership Interests

Authorized Capital

Our operating agreement creates two classes of membership interests, common membership interests and deferred membership interests. Our Managers are authorized to issue two classes of common membership interests, the Class A Units and the Class B Units. The Class B Units are identical to the Class A Units, except the Class B Units are non-voting, except to the extent required by the California Revised Limited Liability Act (the “LLC Act”). The Class A Units have the same rights, preferences and privileges as our previous common stock.

The operating agreement establishes one class of preferred membership interests, the Series A Units. The Series A Units have the identical, rights, preferences and privileges as our previous Class I Preferred Stock and our Class II Preferred Stock, except the Series A Units are entitled to receive distributions at the same rate as our previous Class I Preferred Stock, which is a higher rate than was payable on the Class II Preferred Stock.

Our Class A Units

We currently have 146,522 Class A Units outstanding. Our Class A Units are entitled to one vote per Unit on all matters to be voted upon by the Class A Units. Approval of proposals submitted to Members at a duly held meeting, other than the election of Managers, requires a vote of a majority of the Class A Units eligible to vote in person or by proxy. Our Class A Members have the right to cumulate their votes in the election of Managers.

Among the matters on which the Class A Units may vote are the following: (1) the election or removal of Managers; (2) an increase or decrease in the number of Managers; and (3) amendments to our operating agreement. A majority of the Class A Units voting on a matter at a meeting at which a quorum is present will constitute the approval of the Class A Units unless a greater number of votes is specifically required by statute or by our operating agreement.

Our operating agreement may be amended by the vote of a majority of the Class A Units, except that the amendment of the provisions regarding the removal and liability of Managers, the meetings of Members and any provision requiring a greater than majority vote must be approved by each class of membership interests as is required to approve any amendments which would change any rights of that class by reducing the amount payable thereon upon our liquidation, or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights of that class. For the purposes of the foregoing, the authorization by our Board and/or Members of a new class or Series of preferred membership interests would not constitute such an amendment.

95


 

The rights of our Members will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of owners of any preferred membership interests we may issue in the future. In addition, the issuance of preferred membership interests could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us.

Members are entitled to receive distributions when and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, and in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities. Our Members have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or cumulative voting rights.

Our Series A Units

We currently have 117,100 Series A Units outstanding. Following is a summary of the rights, preferences and privileges of our Series A Units.

Rank

The Series A Units rank prior to our Class A Units as to distributions of assets. The Board may increase the amount of the Series A Units or designate one or more Series of preferred membership interests which ranks junior to the Series A Units without the approval of the Series A Units. However, the Board may not designate a Series of preferred membership interests ranking senior to the Series A Units without the approval of the owners of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Series A Units.

Distributions

Owners of the Series A Units are entitled to receive distributions payable quarterly at the rate of 25 basis points over the one year LIBOR rate in effect on the last banking day of the calendar month in which the distribution is declared. Distributions are payable when declared payable by our Board. Our Board intends to declare and pay distributions quarterly. Owners of the Series A Units are also entitled to receive distributions payable annually of 10% of our net income less other distributions. However, our payment of distributions is subject to certain LLC Act restrictions. Distributions are cumulative. That is, any distribution which is declared but not paid will cumulate and be payable as soon as practicable.

Liquidation Preference

$100.00 per Unit, plus an amount equal to any declared and unpaid distributions.

Redemption

We may call the Series A Units for redemption at the liquidation preference of $100.00 per unit, in whole or in part, upon 90 days’ prior written notice delivered prior to each December 31 for any calendar year.

Rights Upon Liquidation

Upon a change in control, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our affairs, the Series A Units will be entitled to receive the liquidation preference per unit of $100.00 plus the amount of any declared but unpaid distributions before any distributions with respect to our Class A Units or other junior membership interests.

96


 

Rights in the Event We Fail to Pay Distributions

In the event we fail to pay four (4) consecutive quarterly distributions, the Series A Units will have the right to elect two (2) Members to our Board, who will serve until distributions on the Series A Units are brought current.

Voting Rights

Except as stated above, the Series A Units have the right to vote only on matters on which preferred membership interests are entitled to vote under the LLC Act, including the right to vote as a class on certain amendments to our charter documents, and certain mergers and reorganizations.

Our Charter Documents 

As an LLC, we are governed by our charter documents, which are comprised of our articles of organization and our operating agreement, which replace our former corporate articles of incorporation and bylaws. A copy of our articles of organization, the plan, and the operating agreement were filed as exhibits to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on December 22, 2008.

As an LLC, our business and affairs are under the direction of our Managers and officers. Our Managers and officers are the same persons who served as our directors and officers prior to the conversion. Each serves in a comparable, if not exact, capacity after the conversion as they did prior to the conversion. Thus, there is no change in the persons responsible for our management and operations or their duties with respect to such capacities.

Our operating agreement provides for not less than six nor more than eleven Managers and sets the number at ten. Our Managers are elected by our Class A Unit owners at an annual meeting, subject to certain limited voting rights of our Series A Unit owners.

Our Members have no liability for our LLC level liabilities or debts. Their liability is limited to their investment in their membership interest. No further capital contributions are required, with limited exceptions for wrongful distributions.

Our operating agreement authorizes the offices of President, Secretary and Treasurer and other officers as they deem appropriate, including a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Presidents. Our officers serve at the pleasure of our Managers.

Our Managers can amend the operating agreement to create one or more classes of preferred units and establish the rights, privileges and preferences of such units. Other changes, including an increase in the authorized number of membership units must be approved by a majority of our Class A Units. Our articles of organization may not be amended without the approval of a majority of our member interests.

Our Board determines when and if distributions are paid to our Members, subject to certain restrictions under the LLC Act.

97


 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information available to us, as of the date of this Prospectus, with respect to our Class A Units owned by each of our executive officers and our Managers, and by our Managers and executive officers as a group, and by each person who is known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Class A Units.



 

 

 

(1)



Name

 

 

Beneficial

Ownership

Percentage

Owned(1)



R. Michael Lee

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Van C. Elliott

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Guy A. Messick

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Juli Anne S. Lawrence

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Jeffrey T. Lauridsen

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Jerrod L. Foresman

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Joseph W. Turner, Jr.

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



Brian S. Barbre

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%

Michael Boblit

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%

Mendell Thompson

915 W. Imperial Hwy., Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821

 

 

 

--

 

--%



All officers and members of the Board as a group

 

 

 

--

 

 

--%

 







 

 

 

 

98


 

Other 5% or greater beneficial owners (seven):

 

 



 

 

Name

Beneficial Ownership

Percentage Owned(1)

Evangelical Christian Credit Union

62,000  42.31% 

America’s Christian Credit Union

12,000  8.19% 

Navy Federal Credit Union (2)

11,905  8.13% 

UNIFY Financial Credit Union (3)

11,905  8.13% 

Wescom Credit Union

11,905  8.13% 

Credit Union of Southern California

11,900  8.12% 

Keypoint Credit Union

8,000  5.46% 



Notes to Table

(1)  Based on 146,522 Class A Units outstanding.



(2)  Navy Federal Credit Union is a non-voting equity member but holds 11,905 Class A Common Units which were acquired pursuant to a merger completed with USA Federal Credit Union. As the holder of an economic interest in the Company, Navy Federal Credit Union holds a beneficial interest in the Company.



(3) UNIFY Financial Credit Union was formerly Western Federal Credit Union.

99


 

Management Discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

SAFE HARBOR CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements regarding Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ministry Partners Funding, LLC, MP Realty, and MP Securities, LLC, including, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations with respect to revenue, credit losses, levels of non-performing assets, expenses, earnings and other measures of financial performance.  Statements that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “should,” “seek,” “will,” and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying them.  These forward-looking statements reflect the current views of our management.

These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based upon various factors (many of which are beyond our control). Such risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our financial performance to differ materially from the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the risks set forth in this Prospectus. See “RISK FACTORS on page 19 of this Prospectus.

As used in this Prospectus, the terms “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” means Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, MPF, MP Realty, MP Securities, and MPC.

100


 

OVERVIEW

We generate our revenue primarily through our church lending portfolio and secondarily through fees generated from our investment and insurance products and services. While we generate the majority of our revenue through interest income, our strategy is to increase the diversification of our revenue sources. A diversified revenue stream may reduce the risk to the Company if economic factors, such as changes in interest rates, decrease our interest income. We also focus on improving our operating efficiency and capital position by increasing the revenue generated for each dollar of expense incurred to run the business. Increased capital helps mitigate risk in economic down cycles. In addition, we are focusing on reducing risk to our lending revenue by improving the quality of our loan portfolio, assessing the financial strength of our borrowers, and working with our impaired loans to restructure, refinance, and/or liquidate these investments when necessary.

In order to continue to achieve our objectives, protect the investment made by our Note holders and maximize the value of our equity holders’ investment, we will continue to focus on:

·

working with credit unions and other CUSOs to serve the needs of their members and owners, expand our own client base, and increase our fee income from broker-dealer services as well as loan servicing and origination fees;

·

increasing our revenue from broker-dealer related services by expanding our sales staff;

·

increasing revenue through the sale of loan participation interests;

·

managing the size and cost structure of our business to match our operating environment and capital funding efforts;

·

managing costs through efforts to more efficiently originate and service loans; 

·

increasing our capital through growth in earnings;

·

optimizing our balance sheet size as we seek to improve the quality of our loan investments and originating profitable new loans;

·

managing and strengthening our loan portfolio through aggressive and proactive efforts to resolve problems in our non-performing assets, and ultimately realizing the benefit of our investments;

·

increasing the sale of our investor debt securities with the objective of maintaining a stable balance sheet by replacing pay downs on our credit facility borrowings;

·

broadening the number of clients in our investor debt securities and effectively implementing strategies designed to ensure compliance with FINRA’s suitability and regulatory standards for investments made in our debt securities; and

·

maintaining adequate liquidity levels.

101


 

Recent Developments:

Nine-Month Period ended September 30, 2020

We generated $2.0 million in net income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020. The significant factor was a $2.4 million gain on debt extinguishment recognized during the quarter ended September 30, 2020. This was the result of an agreement to pay off one of our term loan borrowings. This transaction affected several other areas of our financial performance as described in more detail below.

COVID-19 Impact on the Company’s Business as of September 30, 2020

Our borrowers are primarily churches, Christian schools, educational institutions, and faith-based ministries. Beginning in March 2020, many state governments issued stay at home orders that resulted in many of our borrowers being unable to conduct services with members in attendance. In response to these orders, the majority of our church and ministry borrowers changed their worship services to include an online experience. These churches began depending upon online giving and contributions made by mail to support their ministries. To support our borrowers during the initial shutdown we granted various payment relief options to the borrowers impacted by the pandemic. Interest will continue to accrue under the loans. During the quarter ended June 30, 2020, we granted 35 borrowers deferral requests of various terms. However, during the quarter ended September 30, 2020 we saw a significant decrease in the requests for pandemic related help. In the third quarter of 2020, we had three borrowers request an extension of deferral that had been granted in prior quarters, but there were no new borrowers who requested a payment deferral.

Many of the state governments eased the initial shutdown orders that began in March 2020 during the quarter ended September 30, 2020. With the restrictions gradually lifted, churches began holding worship services in their facilities. However, if COVID-19 cases begin increasing in the fall of 2020, some state governments may reinstate restrictions on church meetings. As of the date of this Prospectus, the impact these new restrictions may have on our borrowers’ revenue and thus their ability to make their loan payments remains unknown.

The Company will continue to monitor the impact of Covid-19 on the borrowers it serves, taking into account regional differences in the adverse effects and impact of the pandemic throughout the U.S. As a result, the Company may need to work with churches that have been substantially impacted by the economic effects of the pandemic and may need to grant additional deferrals through the remainder of 2020.

In management’s view, the payment deferrals we made during the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2020 did not have a material impact on the Company’s cash position or its revenue. For payment deferral requests the Company granted, the maturity date of the mortgage note was not extended. While deferred payments increased the principal amount due at maturity on these loans, the Company’s net income and liquidity have not been adversely affected.

102


 

Financial Performance Summary for the Two-Year Period ended December 31:





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2019

 

2018

Broker-dealer commissions and fees

 

$

1,415 

 

$

523 

Total income

 

 

11,724 

 

 

10,652 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

5,185 

 

 

4,653 

Net income

 

 

2,001 

 

 

477 

Cash and restricted cash

 

 

26,045 

 

 

9,928 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,393 and $2,480 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

128,843 

 

 

143,380 

Total assets

 

 

158,021 

 

 

155,439 

Term-debt

 

 

71,427 

 

 

76,515 

Notes payable, net of debt issuance costs

 

 

73,046 

 

 

68,300 

Total equity

 

 

11,071 

 

 

9,531 



Summary of Financial Performance

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized net income of $2.0 million and increased owners’ equity by $1.5 million. 2019 was the Company’s most profitable year since inception due to a significant increase in revenue generated by broker-dealer commissions and fees and recoveries from previous nonperforming loans that paid off. Total assets remained relatively flat with a slight increase of $2.6 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the primary items affecting our operating performance were the following:

·

an increase in net interest income of $720 thousand due to an increase in loan income of $700 thousand. $511 thousand of the increase was due to collection of interest income previously allocated to principal variance when two previously nonperforming loans paid off;

·

a recapture on provision for loan losses of $544 thousand; and

·

an increase in non-interest income of $125 thousand. This increase was due to an increase in broker dealer commission and fees of $892 thousand as offset by a decrease in other lending income of $767 thousand. The decrease in other lending income was due to a gain on the sale of a note related to a non-performing loan that occurred in 2018. Broker-dealer commissions and fees increased as the Company increased sales to institutional and faith based ministries and entities in 2019 compared to 2018.

Progress on Strategic Objectives

In 2019, we made continued progress towards our strategic objectives of diversifying our revenue streams, improving the quality of our loan portfolio, maintaining our balance sheet size, and improving operating efficiency. The following discussion focuses on each of these strategic objectives.

103


 

Diversified revenue streams

Like most finance companies and banks, our primary source of revenue has come from the net interest margin we earn on our mortgage loan investments. We continue to develop sources of revenue outside our net interest income to make us less dependent on a favorable net interest rate margin from our mortgage loan investments. We believe this will make the Company less susceptible to unfavorable changes in interest rates. The Company’s management team believes that it will be able to use its capabilities in lending, servicing, and investment advisory services to supplement its net interest income with fee income.

Our primary sources of recurring non-interest income are:

·

Revenue from our broker-dealer operations: In 2019, we generated fee and commission revenue of $1.4 million compared to $523 thousand in 2018. The $892 thousand increase was an increase in revenue from sales to institutional and faith based ministries and entities in 2019 as compared to 2018. While we will occasionally close large transactions made by institutional investors that generate fee income from some investments, these sales often take months of preparations and are not recurring transactions. Throughout the remainder of 2020 and in future years, we will look to continue to increase our revenue from our broker-dealer operations by expanding our sales force with advisors who have already built a profitable book of business.

·

Loan participation sales: We did not sell any loan participation interests in 2019 compared to $4.3 million in loan participation interests sold to credit unions and other investors during 2018. This was due to lower origination volume as we focused on improving the quality of our loan portfolio.

·

Loan servicing fee income: As of December 31, 2019, we serviced $27.0 million in loan participations sold to investors, a  decrease from December 31, 2018 of $36.7 million in loan participations sold. The participation portfolio generated $100 thousand in servicing income in 2019 versus $160 thousand in 2018. The decrease was mainly due to early payoffs on participated loans.

Loan portfolio quality

Historically, when the Company has reported a net loss for the year, the primary reason for the loss has been due to losses on our loan investments or from reserves taken on our allowance for loan losses. In subsequent years, the Company has benefited from recoveries when the loan paid off, the Company disposed of the collateral properties, or when the Company sold the promissory note and loan. Therefore, the resolution of non-performing loans may contribute either positively or negatively to the Company’s performance. In 2018, we recorded $640 thousand in gains on sale of a mortgage note and loan. In 2019, two previously non-performing loans paid off resulting in a collection of interest income of $511 thousand.

We continue to monitor our loan portfolio very closely and work with borrowers to minimize losses on mortgage loan investments. The Company can often find a solution for borrowers who are in distress, but who are willing and able to work out a compatible solution. As we did in 2018, in 2019, we had several positive results due to our efforts to be more aggressive in resolving our non-performing loans. We collected interest on two non-performing loans that paid off during the year. Additionally, another loan that was an

104


 

impaired collateral dependent loan paid off. Three additional loans that were impaired collateral dependent loans became performing troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and taken off non-accrual status. Additionally, we transferred one loan into foreclosed assets. Through these efforts, we saw our classified loans decrease by $4.8 million to $8.8 million at the end of December 31, 2019.

As part of our strategic decision to reposition our loan portfolio, we have continued to focus on originating lower balance loans made to ministries where we can achieve yields that are more favorable and avoid deteriorating our margins while reducing overall risk exposure to any one borrower. However, we also have originated larger loans when we are able to find participants to purchase a participation interest in the loan. This generates servicing fee income while allowing us to minimize our risk exposure on the loan. We believe we have found a good mix in loan size that allows us to take advantage of quality lending opportunities. Our average net loan balance (recorded balance) was $921 thousand at December 31, 2019. In addition, over the past few years, we have substantially expanded our relationships with credit unions throughout the United States. We believe these relationships will enable us to increase the amount of loan participation interests we sell and service for others.

Maintaining balance sheet size

Our strategy in 2018 and 2019 was to maintain our balance sheet size rather than increase it as we focused more resources on improving the quality of our existing loan portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we funded originations of $8.0 million in new loans compared to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This resulted in a decrease in loans receivable of $14.5 million due to contractual payments and prepayments on loans receivable in excess of loan originations.

As discussed further below in the Financial Condition Recent Developments section on page 104, in September 2020 we took advantage of an opportunity down to pay off a term-debt credit facility with a $15.0 million outstanding principal balance. While this credit facility payoff reduced our balance sheet size, this opportunity benefited the Company by increasing capital, improving net interest margin, and eliminating the ongoing cash flow requirements to service the debt. While we intend to continue our general strategy of maintaining our balance sheet size, we will take advantage of available opportunities to improve our overall financial position.

Improved operating efficiency

In the last several years, we have worked on improving our operating efficiency. In 2018, we decreased our loan origination staff and reduced the number of full –time employees from 19 to 15. This was down from our high watermark of 26 full-time employees in 2015. In 2019, we added 4 additional full-time employees bringing the number back up to 19. We hired two employees to work on loan portfolios, with the objective of improving loan quality and increasing loan originations. In 2019, we had non-interest expense of $5.2 million, an increase of $532 thousand from $4.7 million in 2018. The increase in 2019 was variable expense directly related to the additional revenue earned in 2019.

105


 

Financial Condition

Recent Developments:

Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparison



 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Difference

 

% Difference



 

(Unaudited)

 

(Audited) 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

17,926 

 

$

25,993 

 

$

(8,067)

 

 

(31%)

Restricted cash

 

 

50 

 

 

52 

 

 

(2)

 

 

(4%)

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,757 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,757 

 

 

100%

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,523 and $1,393 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

119,833 

 

 

128,843 

 

 

(9,010)

 

 

(7%)

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

835 

 

 

635 

 

 

200 

 

 

31%

Investment in joint venture

 

 

889 

 

 

891 

 

 

(2)

 

 

(0%)

Property and equipment, net

 

 

232 

 

 

216 

 

 

16 

 

 

7%

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

301 

 

 

301 

 

 

 —

 

 

—%

Servicing assets

 

 

148 

 

 

100 

 

 

48 

 

 

48%

Other assets

 

 

997 

 

 

990 

 

 

 

 

1%

Total assets

 

$

142,968 

 

$

158,021 

 

$

(15,053)

 

 

(10%)

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

52,544 

 

$

71,427 

 

$

(18,883)

 

 

(26%)

Investor notes payable, net of debt issuance costs of $25 and $55 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

75,292 

 

 

73,046 

 

 

2,246 

 

 

3%

Accrued interest payable

 

 

301 

 

 

266 

 

 

35 

 

 

13%

Other liabilities

 

 

1,999 

 

 

2,211 

 

 

(212)

 

 

(10%)

Total liabilities

 

 

130,136 

 

 

146,950 

 

 

(16,814)

 

 

(11%)

Members' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A preferred units

 

 

11,715 

 

 

11,715 

 

 

 —

 

 

—%

Class A common units

 

 

1,509 

 

 

1,509 

 

 

 —

 

 

—%

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(392)

 

 

(2,153)

 

 

1,761 

 

 

(82%)

Total members' equity

 

 

12,832 

 

 

11,071 

 

 

1,761 

 

 

16%

Total liabilities and members' equity

 

$

142,968 

 

$

158,021 

 

$

(15,053)

 

 

(10%)

On November 4, 2011, we entered into a credit facility refinancing transaction with the National Credit Union Administration Board As Liquidating Agent of Western Corporate Federal Credit Union (“NCUA”) for a $23.5 million credit facility refinancing transaction (the “Wescorp loan”). On June 28, 2019, the NCUA assigned all of its rights, title and interest under the Wescorp loan to OSK VII, LLC. Effective as of September 25, 2020, the Company paid off the entire unpaid principal balance of $15.0 million, plus accrued interest due on the Wescorp loan.

106


 

This transaction was the cause of the 10% decrease in our total assets and extinguished $15.0 million in term-debt. We funded the debt payoff through existing cash we set aside for this type of investment opportunity as well as raising cash through investor note sales and from our loans receivable portfolio.

In order to conserve our cash and to increase our non-interest income we intend to sell participation interests in the majority of our loans acquisitions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we originated $16.2 mllion in loans and sold loan receivable of $16.5 million during the same period. We also received $8.6 million in loan principal collections during that time, mostly due to early loan payoffs from borrowers who took advantage of low interest rates. Therefore, our loan portfolio provided $9.0 million of the cash used to pay off the Wescorp loan. In addition, we opened a $7.0 million warehouse line of credit with KCT Credit Union, an Elgin, Illinois credit union, for the specific purpose of funding investments in mortgage loans and offering participation interests in these loans through a short-term credit facility. This facility allows us to maintain cash balances by borrowing to fund loan origination. We are required to repay each advance within one hundred twenty (120) days after receiving the advance. Prior to closing the originated loan, it is our policy and practice to seek participants that will purchase a participation interest in the originated loan. After we sell these loan participation interests, we intend to pay off the advance made on the line of credit subsequent to closing and funding the originated loan.

We increased cash by $2.2 million through net investor note sales. Our investor notes payable consist of debt securities sold under publicly registered security offerings as well as notes sold in private placement offerings. Over the last several years, we have expanded our investor note sale program by building relationships with other faith-based organizations whereby we can offer our various investor note products to these organization and the ministries they serve. Concurrently, MP Securities and its staff of financial advisors have increased our customer base through marketing efforts made to individual investors.

The net result of these items was a reduction of $8.1 million in cash, restricted cash, and certificates of deposit during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Due to the gain on debt extinguishment of $2.4 million, our total members’ equity increased 16% or $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

107


 

Financial Condition for the Twelve Months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 

As we are a financial institution, the balance sheet is the primary driver of our net income. The following discussion and analysis compares the results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31:





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparison



 

2019

 

2018

 

$ Difference

 

% Difference



 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

25,993 

 

$

9,877 

 

$

16,116 

 

 

163%

Restricted cash

 

 

52 

 

 

51 

 

 

 

 

2%

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,393 and $2,480 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

128,843 

 

 

143,380 

 

 

(14,537)

 

 

(10%)

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

635 

 

 

711 

 

 

(76)

 

 

(11%)

Investments in joint venture

 

 

891 

 

 

887 

 

 

 

 

—%

Property and equipment, net

 

 

216 

 

 

87 

 

 

129 

 

 

148%

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

301 

 

 

 —

 

 

301 

 

 

—%

Servicing assets

 

 

100 

 

 

212 

 

 

(112)

 

 

(53%)

Other assets

 

 

990 

 

 

234 

 

 

756 

 

 

323%

Total assets

 

$

158,021 

 

$

155,439 

 

$

2,582 

 

 

2%

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

71,427 

 

$

76,515 

 

$

(5,088)

 

 

(7%)

Notes payable, net of debt issuance costs of $55 and $92 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

73,046 

 

 

68,300 

 

 

4,746 

 

 

7%

Accrued interest payable

 

 

266 

 

 

249 

 

 

17 

 

 

7%

Other liabilities

 

 

2,211 

 

 

844 

 

 

1,367 

 

 

162%

Total liabilities

 

 

146,950 

 

 

145,908 

 

 

1,042 

 

 

1%

Members' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A preferred units

 

 

11,715 

 

 

11,715 

 

 

 —

 

 

—%

Class A common units    

 

 

1,509 

 

 

1,509 

 

 

 —

 

 

—%

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(2,153)

 

 

(3,693)

 

 

1,540 

 

 

(42%)

Total members' equity

 

 

11,071 

 

 

9,531 

 

 

1,540 

 

 

16%

Total liabilities and members' equity

 

$

158,021 

 

$

155,439 

 

$

2,582 

 

 

2%



General

Total assets remained relatively stable with a slight increase of 2%. Loans receivable decreased 10% due to loan payoffs and low origination volumes. The decrease in loans receivable created an inverse increase in cash, which positioned the Company with strong levels of liquidity as it entered 2020. Cash increased $16.1 million to $26.0 million.

108


 

Our loan funding comes from our members’ equity, our notes payable, and our term-debt. Since 2008, the Company has relied solely on the sale of investor notes to fund its mortgage loan investments and maintain the total size of its balance sheet assets. In 2019 our term-debt decreased by $5.1 million and net notes payable increased by $4.7 million.

Loan Portfolio

Our loan portfolio provides the majority of our revenue, however, it also presents the most risk to future earnings through both interest rate risk and credit risk. Additional information regarding risk to our loans is included in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19. 

Our portfolio consists entirely of loans made to evangelical churches and ministries with approximately 99% of these loans secured by real estate. The loans in our portfolio carried a weighted average interest rate of 6.59% at December 31, 2019 and 6.44% at December 31, 2018. The following discussion on our loan portfolio revolves around the credit risk to our loans and on how we account for and address that risk.

Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets include:

·

non-accrual loans;

·

loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing;

·

restructured loans, except for loans modified in a TDR that were subsequently classified as performing due to the borrowers demonstrated ability to perform on the restructured terms (typically a minimum of six months);

·

foreclosed assets; and

·

other impaired loans where the net present value of estimated future cash flows is lower than the outstanding principal balance.

Non-accrual loans are loans on which we have stopped accruing interest. Restructured loans are loans in which we have granted the borrower a concession on the interest rate or the original repayment terms due to financial distress. Foreclosed assets are real properties for which we have taken title and possession upon the completion of foreclosure proceedings.

We closely monitor these non-performing assets on an ongoing basis. Management evaluates the potential risk of loss on these loans and foreclosed assets by comparing the book balance to the fair value of any underlying collateral or the present value of projected future cash flows, as applicable.

From time to time, we determine that certain non-accrual loans are collateral-dependent. When a loan is deemed to be collateral-dependent, the repayment of principal will involve the sale or operation of collateral securing the loan. For these loans, we record any interest payment we receive in one of two methods. If the Company deems that the recorded investment of the loan is fully collectable, we will recognize income on

109


 

the interest payment received on the cash basis. If we deem that the recorded investment is not fully collectable, we will record any interest payment we receive against principal. For non-collateral-dependent loans that are on non-accrual status, we recognize income on a cash basis.

We had six non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2019 and eleven as of December 31, 2018. Two of our non-performing loans paid off and one was on non-accrual status. Management transferred one non-accrual loan to foreclosed assets after judicial foreclosure proceedings were completed. Three of the non-accrual loans became performing TDRs and were moved to accrual status. One of the non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2018 was charged-off as part of a loan modification restructure. We added one additional loan to non-accrual status for the year ended December 31, 2019. As detailed in the table below, these activities decreased the balance of our non-performing loans at December 31, 2019 as compared to December 31, 2018.

At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had three and nine restructured loans, respectively, that were on non-accrual status. One of these loans was over 90 days delinquent at December 31, 2019. In addition, we have six performing restructured loans on accrual status as of December 31, 2019.

The following table presents our non-performing assets:





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing Assets

($ in thousands)



 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Non-Performing Loans:1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral-Dependent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delinquencies over 90-Days2

 

$

5,907 

 

$

7,096 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

 

1,451 

 

 

2,706 

Other Impaired Loans

 

 

1,485 

 

 

3,799 

Total Collateral-Dependent Loans

 

 

8,843 

 

 

13,601 

Non-Collateral-Dependent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delinquencies over 90-Days

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other Impaired loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Non-Collateral-Dependent Loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Loans 90 Days past due and still accruing

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Non-Performing Loans

 

 

8,843 

 

 

13,601 

Foreclosed Assets3

 

 

301 

 

 

 —

Total Non-performing Assets

 

$

9,144 

 

$

13,601 

1 These loans are presented at the balance of unpaid principal less interest payments recorded against principal.

2 Includes $290 thousand of restructured loans that were over 90 days delinquent as of December 31, 2019.

3 Foreclosed assets are presented net of any valuation allowances taken against the assets.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we consider adequate to cover both the inherent risk of loss associated with the loan portfolio as well as the risk associated with specific loans.

110


 

General reserves are allowances taken to address the inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio. We include several factors in our analysis. We weigh these factors for the level of risk represented and for the potential loss in our portfolio. These factors include:

·

changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection;

·

changes in national, regional, and local economic and industry conditions that affect the collectability of the portfolio;

·

changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified loans;

·

changes in the value of the collateral;

·

the effect of credit concentrations; and

·

the rate of defaults on loans modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months.

In addition, we include additional general reserves for our loans if the collateral for the loan is a junior lien or if a loan is unsecured. We segregate our loans into class based on risk rating when we perform our analysis in order to increase the accuracy when determining the potential impact these factors have on our portfolio. We weigh the risk factors based upon the quality of the loans in the class. In general, we give risk factors a higher weight for lower quality loans, which results in greater general reserves related to these loans. We evaluate these factors on a quarterly basis to ensure that we have adequately addressed the risks inherent in our loan portfolio.

We also examine our entire loan portfolio regularly to identify individual loans that we believe have a greater risk of loss than is addressed by the general reserves. These are identified by examining delinquency reports, both current and historic, monitoring collateral value, and performing a periodic review of borrower financial statements. For loans that are collateral-dependent, management first determines the amount of the loan investment at risk, defined as the unpaid principal balance, net of discounts, less the collateral value net of estimated costs associated with selling a foreclosed property. The total amount of the loan investment at risk is reserved. For impaired loans that are not collateral-dependent, management will record an impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows. At a minimum, we review loans that carry a specific reserve quarterly. However, we will adjust our reserves more frequently if we receive additional information regarding the loan’s status or its underlying collateral.

Finally, for non-collateral-dependent trouble debt restructurings we use a net present value method for the allowance calculation. Reserves for these loans are determined by calculating the net present value of payment streams we expect to receive from a restructured loan compared to what we would have received from the loan according to its original terms. We then discount these expected cash flows at the original interest rate on the loan. Management records these reserves at the time of the restructuring. We report the change in the present value of cash flows attributable to the passage of time as interest income.

111


 

The process of providing an adequate allowance for loan losses involves discretion on the part of management. We strive to maintain the allowance at a level that compensates for losses that may arise from unknown conditions. As a result, losses may differ from current estimates made by management.

112


 

The following chart details our allowance for loan losses:

The following chart details our allowance for loan losses:

The process of providing an adequate allowance for loan losses involves discretion on the part of management. We strive to maintain the allowance at a level that compensates for losses that may arise from unknown conditions. As a result, losses may differ from current estimates made by management. The following chart details our allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 



 

as of and for the

 



 

Twelve months ended

 



 

December 31,

 



 

2019

 

2018

 

Balances:

 

($ in thousands)

 

Average total loans outstanding during period

 

$

135,222 

 

 

$

145,617 

 

Total loans outstanding at end of the period

 

$

131,049 

 

 

$

147,335 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of period

 

$

2,480 

 

 

$

2,097 

 

Provision charged to expense

 

 

(544)

 

 

 

666 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

(923)

 

 

 

(283)

 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

 

(923)

 

 

 

(283)

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

380 

 

 

 

 —

 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

 

380 

 

 

 

 —

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

 

 

(543)

 

 

 

(283)

 

Accretion of allowance related to restructured loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Balance

 

$

1,393 

 

 

$

2,480 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs to average total loans

 

 

(0.40)

%

 

 

(0.19)

%

Provision for loan losses to average total loans

 

 

(0.40)

%

 

 

0.46 

%

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at the end of the period

 

 

1.06 

%

 

 

1.68 

%

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

 

 

15.75 

%

 

 

18.23 

%

Net loan charge-offs to allowance for loan losses at the end of the period

 

 

(38.98)

%

 

 

(11.41)

%

Net loan charge-offs to provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

99.82 

%

 

 

(42.49)

%



The following table shows the Company’s allocation of loan loss by loan categories as of December 31, 2019:





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Percent of loans



 

 

 

in each category

Loan Categories

 

Amount

 

to total loans

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

1,262 

 

 

94% 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

45 

 

 

3% 

Participation First

 

 

86 

 

 

3% 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

1,393 

 

$

100% 

113


 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash increased by $16.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cash was primarily due to $25.3 million in proceeds received from contractual loan payments and loan prepayments offset by cash used for loan purchased and loan originations totaling $10.2 million.

Investments in Joint Venture

In December 2015, the Company finalized a joint venture agreement to develop and market raw land located in Tesoro Hills, California. As part of the joint venture, the Company transferred ownership in the foreclosed asset to the joint venture and in exchange received an ownership interest in the project. The purpose of the joint venture is to develop and sell property we acquired as part of a deed in lieu of foreclosure agreement reached with one of our borrowers in 2014.

Term-debt

Term-debt decreased by $5.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease is the result of scheduled contractual payments on our credit facilities.

Investor Notes Payable

Our investor notes payable consist of debt securities sold under publicly registered security offerings as well as notes sold in private placement offerings. Over the last several years, we have expanded our investor note sale program by building relationships with other faith-based organizations whereby we can offer our various investor note products to these organization and the ministries they serve. Concurrently, MP Securities and its staff of financial advisors have increased our customer base through marketing efforts made to individual investors. These efforts helped increase our investor notes payable by $4.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The balance sheet presents our investor notes payable net of debt issuance costs, which have decreased from $92 thousand at December 31, 2018 to $55 thousand at December 31, 2019.

Other liabilities

Our other liabilities include accounts payable to third parties and salaries, bonuses, and commissions payable to our employees. At December 31, 2019, our other liabilities increased by $1.4 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 due to both an increase in funds the Company held on behalf of borrowers for future lending transactions and the addition of a lease liability. Due to the implementation of ASU No. 2016-02, we added a lease liability of $680 thousand at January 1, 2019, which has amortized to $545 thousand at December 31, 2019.

Members’ Equity

During the year ended December 31, 2019, total members’ equity increased by $1.5 million due to net income of $2.0 million earned by the Company as offset by dividend expense of $461 thousand. We did not repurchase or sell any membership equity units during the year ended December 31, 2019.

114


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources are always available to meet our cash flow needs. We need cash to obtain new mortgage loans, repay term-debt, make interest payments to our note investors, and pay general operating expenses. Our primary sources of liquidity are:

·

cash;

·

net income from operations;

·

maturing loans;

·

payments of principal and interest on loans;

·

loan sales; and

·

sales of investor notes.

Our management team regularly prepares cash flow forecasts that we rely upon to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to conduct our business. While we believe that these expected cash inflows and outflows are reasonable, we can give no assurances that our forecasts or assumptions will prove to be accurate. While our liquidity sources that include cash, reserves and net cash from operations are generally available on an immediate basis, our ability to sell mortgage loan assets and raise additional debt or equity capital is less certain and less immediate.

We are also susceptible to withdrawal requests made by our note holders that have made large investments in our notes that can adversely affect our liquidity. We believe that our available cash, cash flow from operations, net interest income, and other fee income will be sufficient to meet our cash needs. Should our liquidity needs exceed our available sources of liquidity, we believe we could sell a portion of our mortgage loan investments at par to raise additional cash; however, we also must maintain adequate collateral consisting of loans receivable and cash to secure our term-debt and secured notes.

Our Board of Managers approves our liquidity policy. The policy sets a minimum liquidity ratio and contains contingency protocol if our liquidity falls below the minimum. Our liquidity ratio was 32% at December 31, 2019, which is above the minimum set by our policy. This was an increase from 13% at December 31, 2018 primarily due to the increase in cash described above.

We review our liquidity position on a regular basis based upon our current position and expected trends of loan closings and sales of investor notes. Management believes that we maintain adequate sources of liquidity to meet our liquidity needs. Some of the material liquidity events that would adversely affect our business are:

·

we become unable to continue offering our investor notes in public and private offerings for any reason;

·

we incur sudden withdrawals by multiple investors in our investor notes;

115


 

·

a substantial portion of our investor notes that mature during the next twelve months is not renewed; or

·

we are unable to obtain capital from sales of our mortgage loan assets or other sources.

COVID-19 Impact on the Company’s Liquidity

In response to the uncertainty created from the COVID-19 pandemic, management began to generate liquidity from its loans receivable portfolio by selling participation interests in its loans receivable. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company generated cash from loan sales of $16.5 million. We plan to raise more cash through loan and investor note sales, if necessary, to keep sufficient levels of cash available to meet our debt obligations to investors as well as obligations under our term-debt credit facilities.

Cash, restricted cash, and certificates of deposit were $19.7 million as of September 30, 2020 and our liquidity ratio was 22%. These liquidity levels are significantly higher than the cash amounts the Company has historically carried.

Due to management’s desire to provide liquidity and safety for our investors amid the general uncertainty during the initial stage of the pandemic, we applied for and received a Paycheck Protection Program Loan (“PPP Loan”) for $111 thousand. The maturity date of the loan is April 27, 2022. This loan or a portion of this loan may be forgiven if the Company qualifies for forgiveness of the loan under the CARES Act, as amended by the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act and Small Business Administration (“SBA”) regulations promulgated thereunder. On June 22, 2020, the SBA issued an Interim Final Rule. The amount of the PPP Loan forgiveness will depend, in part, on the total amount spent by the Company over the twenty four (24) week period commencing on the date the PPP Loan funds were disbursed on payroll costs and rental payments. The Company is continuing to monitor the SBA revisions, when issued, on loan forgiveness guidelines to determine whether it qualifies for any loan forgiveness under the SBA’s final rule.

Recent Developments

Our liquidity policy, set by our Board of Managers, sets a minimum liquidity ratio and contains contingency protocol if our liquidity falls below the minimum. Our liquidity ratio was 22% at September 30, 2020, which is above the minimum set by our policy.

As described above in our analysis on the Company’s financial condition, we intend to sell participations in a significant portion of the loans we originate in order to conserve cash and increase our non-interest income. This model will allow us to acquire loans with little liquidity deployment while still allowing the Company to fulfill one of its key missional objectives of providing financing to Christian churches and ministries. We implemented this participation model in 2020 and as a result, the Company sold $16.5 million in loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to no loan sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Of this total, $9.9 million of the loan sales were from new loans funded in 2020 while the remainder was from loans funded in previous years.

On September 30, 2020, we opened a warehouse line of credit with KCT Credit Union, an Elgin Illinois credit union, to help facilitate this business model. The warehouse line is restricted to use for holding new

116


 

loan originations while the Company finds buyers to participate in the origination. We believe using this process will reduce the time it takes to fund a new loan. Reliance on a loan participation model requires that these loans meet rigorous underwriting guidelines that will be acceptable to the financial institutions we intend to target as potential participants in these loans. We believe this strategy will improve the liquidity of our loan portfolio going forward.

The payoff of the Wescorp credit facility debt had significant impact of our net income for the quarter ended September 30, 2020, thereby enabling the Company to be able to report a $2.4 million gain on the extinguishment of this debt. The payoff of the Wescorp loan also offers several additional benefits to the Company’s cash flow and liquidity going forward. The monthly payment of $129 thousand will no longer be required reducing the monthly cash flow needed. In addition, the loan had a balloon payment required on November 1, 2026 of approximately $7.5 million. Paying the debt early eliminated the future requirement to make the large balloon payment. Also, paying off the debt released approximately $22.0 million of loans pledged as collateral on the Wescorp loan. These loans are now available to secure other credit facilities or to be sold if additional liquidity is needed.

Debt Securities

The sale of our debt securities is a significant component in financing our mortgage loan investments. Through sales of our publically offered notes and privately placed investor notes, we expect to fund new loans, which we can hold to either receive interest income or sell to participants to generate servicing income and gains on loan sales. We also use the cash we receive from investor note sales to fund general operating activities.

Historically, we have been successful in generating reinvestments by our debt security holders when the notes they hold mature. Our note renewal rate has been stable over the last several years. MP Securities has also hired additional financial advisors that have enabled us to increase our client base, which has in turn positioned us to increase notes sales.

The renewal rate for the quarter ended September 30, 2020 as compared to September 30, 2019 is as follows:



 

Three-month period ended September 30, 2020

64%

Three-month period ended September 30, 2019

74%

The table below shows the renewal rates of our maturing notes over the last three years as of December 30:



 



 

2019

75%

2018

62%

2017

64%



Term-debt Credit Facilities

Other than the PPP loan, we have funded a significant portion of our balance sheet through term-debt. Because these non-PPP term loans have a fixed rate until maturity in 2026, they provide a stable cost of funds.

117


 

The table below is a summary of the Company’s remaining $52.5 million in term-debt after the Wescorp loan payoff as of September 30, 2020 (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of Borrowing

 

Interest Rate

 

Interest Rate Type

 

Amount Outstanding

 

Monthly Payment

 

Maturity Date

 

Amount of Loan Collateral Pledged

 

Amount of Cash Pledged

Term Loan

 

2.525%

 

Fixed

 

$

52,433 

 

$

450 

 

11/1/2026

 

$

65,966 

 

$

 —

PPP Loan

 

1.000%

 

Fixed

 

$

111 

 

$

 —

 

4/27/2022

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

The table below is a summary of the Company’s credit facilities as of December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of Borrowing

 

Interest Rate

 

Interest Rate Type

 

Amount Outstanding

 

Monthly Payment

 

Maturity Date

 

Amount of Loan Collateral Pledged

 

Amount of Cash Pledged

Term Loan

 

2.525%

 

Fixed

 

$

71,427 

 

$

579 

 

11/1/2026

 

$

85,914 

 

$

 —





We cannot borrow additional funds on these facilities; therefore, we will need to replace any principal paid on the facilities through another source. If we cannot find an alternative source of funding, we will have to shrink our balance sheet, which may reduce our net interest income. As of the date of this Prospectus, our only source of funds to pay down our term-debt credit facilities are our earnings, the debt securities we sell, and net cash flow from our loans receivable portfolio. Our warehouse line of credit from KCT Credit Union cannot be used to pay down our term-debt, as it is only available to warehouse new loan originations. 

The following table shows the maturity schedule on our credit facilities for the next five years and thereafter as of September 30, 2020:



 

 

 



 

 

 

2021

 

$

4,134 

2022

 

 

4,346 

2023

 

 

4,343 

2024

 

 

4,451 

2025

 

 

4,567 

Thereafter

 

 

30,703 



 

$

52,544 

Debt Covenants

Under our credit facility agreements and our investor note documents, we are obligated to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants. Failure to comply with our covenants could require all interest and principal to become due. As of December 31, 2019 and September 30, 2020, we are in compliance with our covenants on our notes payable and term debt.

118


 

Results of Operations:

Recent Developments: Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

The analysis below describes the Company’s results of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine-month period ended September 30, 2019.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Historically, our earnings have primarily depended upon our net interest income.

·

Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we receive from our loans and cash on deposit (“interest-earning assets”) and the interest paid on our debt securities and term debt.

·

Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets.

The following table provides information, for average outstanding balances for each major category of interest earnings assets and interest bearing liabilities, the interest income or interest expense, and the average yield or rate for the periods indicated:

119


 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Average Balances and Rates/Yields



 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,



 

(Dollars in thousands)



 

2020

 

2019



 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions

 

$

28,137 

 

$

142 

 

 

0.67 

%

 

$

18,960 

 

$

250 

 

 

1.77 

%

Interest-earning loans [1]

 

 

120,117 

 

 

6,238 

 

 

6.92 

%

 

 

137,315 

 

 

7,618 

 

 

7.44 

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

148,254 

 

 

6,380 

 

 

5.73 

%

 

 

156,275 

 

 

7,868 

 

 

6.75 

%

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

8,075 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

%

 

 

8,906 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

%

Total Assets

 

 

156,329 

 

 

6,380 

 

 

5.44 

%

 

 

165,181 

 

 

7,868 

 

 

6.39 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor notes payable gross of debt issuance costs

 

 

73,867 

 

 

2,046 

 

 

3.69 

%

 

 

76,008 

 

 

2,351 

 

 

4.15 

%

Term-debt

 

 

69,286 

 

 

1,310 

 

 

2.52 

%

 

 

74,777 

 

 

1,412 

 

 

2.53 

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

143,153 

 

 

3,356 

 

 

3.12 

%

 

$

150,785 

 

 

3,763 

 

 

3.35 

%

Debt issuance cost

 

 

 

 

 

73 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities net of debt issuance cost

 

$

143,153 

 

 

3,429 

 

 

3.19 

%

 

$

150,785 

 

 

3,828 

 

 

3.40 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

2,951 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,040 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.65 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.47 

%

[1] Loans are net of deferred fees and before the allowance for loan losses. Non-accrual loans are considered non-interest earning assets for this analysis.





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income



 

 

 



 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 vs. 2019



 

Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in



 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total



 

(Dollars in thousands)

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions

 

$

90 

 

$

(198)

 

$

(108)

Interest-earning loans

 

 

(870)

 

 

(510)

 

 

(1,380)

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

(780)

 

 

(708)

 

 

(1,488)

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investor notes payable gross of debt issuance costs

 

 

(229)

 

 

(76)

 

 

(305)

Term-debt

 

 

(96)

 

 

(6)

 

 

(102)

Debt issuance cost

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

(325)

 

 

(74)

 

 

(399)

Change in net interest income

 

$

(455)

 

$

(634)

 

$

(1,089)

Total interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 decreased due to both a volume and rate variance on interest-earning loans and a rate variance on interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions. The volume variance on loans was due

120


 

to the loan sales and early payoffs as described above. The reason for the rate variance on interest-earning loans was due to a $511 thousand recovery of interest income in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The recovery was due to the payoff of two loans that had been classified as non-accrual loans. The Company recovered interest income that we had previously written off against the loan’s recorded balance when the loan paid off. The rate variance on interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions was due to banks lowering their deposit rates in response to a decrease in the federal funds rate.

Total interest expense decreased by $399 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to September 30, 2019 due to both a volume and rate variance. The rate variance on investor notes payable was due to the decrease in market rates related to the Federal Reserve’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The decrease in interest expense on investor notes payable due to the volume variance was due to a decrease in average investor notes payable. Average investor notes outstanding have decreased from 2019 due to the maturity and non-renewal of several large notes early in the year. New notes sales, primarily in the third quarter, have increased the outstanding balance of notes receivable from $73.0 million at December 31, 2019 to $75.3 million at September 30, 2020. Interest expense on term-debt decreased due to a decrease in the average balance due to contractual monthly principal payments made. The Wescorp loan payoff did not materially affect these results since the payoff occurred late in the quarter on September 25, 2020.

Overall, we believe that our net interest income will be lower overall going forward compared to past years as our balance sheet is smaller due to the payoff of the Wescorp loan. However, we estimate the Wescorp loan payoff will improve the net interest margin in the quarter ending December 31, 2020 and going forward due to low yielding investments paying off higher cost of funds. In addition, we expect our non-interest income related to servicing and selling loans to increase due to the changes in our loan participation business model described above.

Provision and non-interest income and expense





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Nine months ended

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

September 30,

 

Comparison



 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Difference

 

% Difference

Net interest income

 

$

2,951 

 

$

4,040 

 

$

(1,089)

 

 

(27%)

Provision (credit) charged to expense

 

 

195 

 

 

(421)

 

 

616 

 

 

(146%)

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

2,756 

 

 

4,461 

 

 

(1,705)

 

 

(38%)

Total non-interest income

 

 

3,098 

 

 

1,325 

 

 

1,773 

 

 

134%

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

3,804 

 

 

3,854 

 

 

(50)

 

 

(1%)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

2,050 

 

 

1,932 

 

 

118 

 

 

6%

Provision for income taxes and state LLC fees

 

 

15 

 

 

14 

 

 

 

 

7%

Net income

 

$

2,035 

 

$

1,918 

 

$

117 

 

 

6%



Net interest income after provision for loan losses decreased by $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 over the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to a credit in provision expense related to loan loss recoveries on loan payoffs that occurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

121


 

The increase in non-interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was the result the gain on debt extinguishment of $2.4 million due to the payoff of the Wescorp loan offset by a decrease in broker-dealer commissions and fees. The decrease in broker-dealer commissions and fees was due to a few large institutional commission generating income investments the Company sold in the nine months ending September 30,2019 that did not occur in the nine months ending September 30, 2020.

122


 

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

The following table provides information, for average outstanding balances for each major category of interest earnings assets and interest bearing liabilities, the interest income or interest expense, and the average yield or rate for the periods indicated:







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Average Balances and Rates/Yields



 

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,



 

(Dollars in thousands)



 

2019

 

2018



 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions

 

$

20,200 

 

 

$

343 

 

 

 

1.70 

%

 

$

12,956 

 

 

$

96 

 

 

 

0.74 

%

Interest-earning loans [1]

 

 

135,202 

 

 

 

9,812 

 

 

 

7.28 

%

 

 

136,814 

 

 

 

9,112 

 

 

 

6.66 

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

155,402 

 

 

 

10,155 

 

 

 

6.55 

%

 

 

149,770 

 

 

 

9,208 

 

 

 

6.15 

%

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

7,149 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

%

 

 

8,726 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

%

Total Assets

 

 

162,551 

 

 

 

10,155 

 

 

 

6.26 

%

 

 

158,496 

 

 

 

9,208 

 

 

 

5.81 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable gross of debt issuance costs

 

 

75,485 

 

 

 

3,110 

 

 

 

4.13 

%

 

 

68,879 

 

 

 

2,760 

 

 

 

4.01 

%

Term-debt

 

 

74,131 

 

 

 

1,867 

 

 

 

2.52 

%

 

 

79,199 

 

 

 

2,000 

 

 

 

2.52 

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

149,616 

 

 

 

4,977 

 

 

 

3.34 

%

 

$

148,078 

 

 

 

4,760 

 

 

 

3.21 

%

Debt issuance cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

86 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities net of debt issuance cost

 

$

149,616 

 

 

 

5,063 

 

 

 

3.39 

%

 

$

148,078 

 

 

 

4,836 

 —

 

 

3.27 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,092 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,372 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.29 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.92 

%

[1] Loans are net of deferred fees and before the allowance for loan losses. Non-accrual loans are considered non-interest earning assets for this analysis.

123


 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income



 

 

Twelve Months Ended



 

December 31, 2019 vs. 2018



 

Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in:



 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total



 

(Dollars in thousands)

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions

 

$

74 

 

$

173 

 

$

247 

Interest-earning loans

 

 

(139)

 

 

839 

 

 

700 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

(65)

 

 

1,012 

 

 

947 

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable gross of debt issuance costs

 

 

320 

 

 

30 

 

 

350 

Term-debt

 

 

(133)

 

 

 —

 

 

(133)

Debt issuance cost

 

 

 —

 

 

10 

 

 

10 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

187 

 

 

40 

 

 

227 

Change in net interest income

 

$

(252)

 

$

972 

 

$

720 



Net interest income increased 16% during the year ended December 31, 2019. Net interest margin increased 36 basis points to 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 2019. These improvements were mainly due to an increase in income on interest-earning assets.

The increase on total interest-earning assets was due to mainly to an increase in yield on interest-earning loans. The majority of this increase was due to the payoff of two previously non-performing loans. On payoff, the Company was able to collect $511 thousand of interest income previously allocated to principal when the loans were on non-accrual basis. The weighted average rate on the loan portfolio increased from 6.43% to 6.59% during the year ended December 31, 2019. The rate variance increase on interest-earning accounts with other financial was due to an increase in average yield on these accounts of 96 basis points. The increase was due to two factors. First, overall market interest rates have increased over the last twelve months. Second, we have allocated a higher percentage of our funds to higher interest-earning accounts.

Offsetting the increase in interest income somewhat, total interest expense increased by $227 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019. This was mostly due to an increase in average balance on investor notes payable offset slightly by a decrease in average balance on term-debt. The average balance of our investor notes payable increased by $6.million due to the expanded efforts to market our investor notes to faith-based organizations, institutions, and ministries. The decrease in average balance on term-debt was due to contractual monthly principal payments made on the term-debt.

124


 

Provision and non-interest income and expense







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Twelve months ended

 

 



 

December 31,

 

Comparison



 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2019

 

2018

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Net interest income

 

$

5,092 

 

$

4,372 

 

$

720 

 

 

16%

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

 

 

(1,210)

 

 

100%

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

5,636 

 

 

3,706 

 

 

1,930 

 

 

52%

Non-interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker-dealer commissions and fees

 

 

1,415 

 

 

523 

 

 

892 

 

 

171%

Other lending income

 

 

154 

 

 

921 

 

 

(767)

 

 

(83%)

Total non-interest income

 

 

1,569 

 

 

1,444 

 

 

125 

 

 

9%

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

2,810 

 

 

2,695 

 

 

115 

 

 

4%

Marketing and promotion

 

 

275 

 

 

140 

 

 

135 

 

 

96%

Office occupancy

 

 

177 

 

 

153 

 

 

24 

 

 

16%

Office operations and other expenses

 

 

1,483 

 

 

1,224 

 

 

259 

 

 

21%

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

97 

 

 

 —

 

 

97 

 

 

N/A

Legal and accounting

 

 

343 

 

 

441 

 

 

(98)

 

 

(22%)

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

5,185 

 

 

4,653 

 

 

532 

 

 

11%

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

2,020 

 

 

497 

 

 

1,523 

 

 

306%

Provision for income taxes and state LLC fees

 

 

19 

 

 

20 

 

 

(1)

 

 

(5%)

Net income

 

$

2,001 

 

$

477 

 

$

1,524 

 

 

319%



Provision

Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased by $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to a credit in provision expense related to loan loss recoveries on loan payoffs.

Non-interest income

The increase in non-interest income shown above was the result of a robust increase in broker-dealer commissions and fees offset by a decrease in other lending income. Revenue from broker-dealer commissions and fees increase by $892 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was the result of an increase in institutional business during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Offsetting the increase in broker-dealer commissions and fees, other lending income decreased by $767 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2019 This was mostly due to recording a gain on loan sale the year ended December 31, 2018 while we did not record any gains on loan sales during 2019.

Non-interest expenses

The increase in non-interest expenses of $532 thousand was due primarily to an increase in variable expenses directly related to the increase in non-interest income described above. Additionally, office operations expenses increased as we outsourced some credit management functions to outside contractors.

125


 

For the year ended December 31, 2018

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

The following table provides information, for average outstanding balances for each major category of interest earnings assets and interest bearing liabilities, the interest income or interest expense and the average yield or rate for the periods indicated:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Average Balances and Rates/Yields



 

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31,



 

(Dollars in thousands)



 

2018

 

2017



 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions

 

$

12,956 

 

 

$

96 

 

 

 

0.74 

%

 

$

14,502 

 

 

$

48 

 

 

 

0.33 

%

Interest-earning loans [1]

 

 

136,814 

 

 

 

9,112 

 

 

 

6.66 

%

 

 

134,802 

 

 

 

9,424 

 

 

 

6.99 

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

149,770 

 

 

 

9,208 

 

 

 

6.15 

%

 

 

149,304 

 

 

 

9,472 

 

 

 

6.34 

%

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

8,726 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

%

 

 

10,257 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

%

Total Assets

 

 

158,496 

 

 

 

9,208 

 

 

 

5.81 

%

 

 

159,561 

 

 

 

9,472 

 

 

 

5.94 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable gross of debt issuance costs

 

 

68,879 

 

 

 

2,760 

 

 

 

4.01 

%

 

 

66,728 

 

 

 

2,465 

 

 

 

3.69 

%

NCUA borrowings

 

 

79,199 

 

 

 

2,000 

 

 

 

2.52 

%

 

 

84,093 

 

 

 

2,123 

 

 

 

2.52 

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

148,078 

 

 

 

4,760 

 

 

 

3.21 

%

 

$

150,821 

 

 

 

4,588 

 

 

 

3.04 

%

Debt issuance cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

76 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities net of debt issuance cost

 

$

148,078 

 

 

 

4,836 

 

 

 

3.27 

%

 

$

150,821 

 

 

 

4,588 

 

 

 

3.04 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,372 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,884 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.92 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.27 

%

 [1] Loans are net of deferred fees and before the allowance for loan losses. This analysis considers non-accrual loans a non-interest earning asset.





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126


 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income



 

 

 



 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2018 vs. 2017



 

Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in



 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total



 

(Dollars in thousands)

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions

 

$

(6)

 

$

54 

 

$

48 

Interest-earning loans

 

 

138 

 

 

(450)

 

 

(312)



 

 

132 

 

 

(396)

 

 

(264)

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable gross of debt issuance costs

 

 

247 

 

 

48 

 

 

295 

NCUA borrowings

 

 

(123)

 

 

 —

 

 

(123)

Debt issuance cost

 

 

 —

 

 

76 

 

 

76 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

124 

 

 

124 

 

 

248 

Change in net interest income

 

$

 

$

(520)

 

$

(512)

Net interest income decreased 10%, or $512 thousand, to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Net interest margin decreased 35 basis points to 2.92% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2017. These decreases were due to the following factors.

Interest income on interest-earning assets decreased by $264 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. A rate variance accounted for $396 thousand of this decrease due to a decrease in average yield on interest-earning loans of 33 basis points. The decrease in yield is primarily due to additional net deferred fees recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. However, the actual weighted average rate on the loan portfolio increased from 6.31% to 6.43% from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018. A positive volume variance of $132 thousand, which was due to an increase in average interest-earning loans of $2.0 million, partially offset the rate variance. Slightly higher rates on interest-earning accounts with other financial institutions partially offset the decrease in interest income.

Average interest-bearing liabilities, consisting of notes payable and borrowings from financial institutions, decreased $2.7 million to $148.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $150.8 million during the same period in 2017. The decrease is attributable to a $4.9 million decrease in average term-debt offset by an increase in average notes payable of $2.2 million. The average rate paid on these liabilities, including debt issuance cost amortization, increased 23 basis points from 3.04% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as the underlying base index rates on notes payable have increased over the previous twelve months.

127


 

Provision and non-interest income and expense

Twelve months ended December 31, 2018 as compared to twelve months period ended December 31, 2017:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Twelve months ended

 

Comparison



 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2018

 

2017

 

$ Difference

 

% Difference

Net interest income

 

$

4,372 

 

$

4,884 

 

$

(512)

 

 

(10%)

Provision for loan losses

 

 

666 

 

 

262 

 

 

404 

 

 

100% 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

3,706 

 

 

4,622 

 

 

(916)

 

 

(20%)

Total non-interest income

 

 

1,444 

 

 

1,183 

 

 

261 

 

 

22% 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

4,653 

 

 

4,844 

 

 

(191)

 

 

(4%)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

497 

 

 

961 

 

 

(464)

 

 

(48%)

Provision for income taxes and state LLC fees

 

 

20 

 

 

24 

 

 

(4)

 

 

(17%)

Net income

 

$

477 

 

$

937 

 

$

(460)

 

 

(49%)

Provision

Net interest income after provision for loan losses decreased by $916 thousand for year ended December 31, 2018 over the year ended December 31, 2017 due to an increase in provision for loan losses of $404 thousand and a decrease in net interest income as discussed above. Provision for loan losses increased due to specific reserves taken for impaired loans that we expect to restructure or dispose of through foreclosure or sale.

Non-interest income

Non-interest income increased by 22% for year ended December 31, 2018 over the year ended December 31, 2017 due to several factors. Other lending income increased by $592 thousand related to the gain recognized on the sale of a note. This gain was offset by a $331 thousand decrease in broker-dealer commissions and fees due to fewer large institutional investment transactions consummated during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The results for the year ended December 31, 2018 are typical for us in periods without large institutional investment transactions.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by 4%, or $191 thousand, over the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease is partially due to lower office operations and other expenses of $63 thousand due to lower referral fees paid to strategic partners in conjunction with a decrease in security transactions referred to our broker-dealer. In addition, salaries and benefits decreased by $59 thousand primarily due to a reduction in accrued bonuses. Legal and accounting expense decreased by $44 thousand due to a decrease in legal fees expensed related to our note sales.



128


 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Related Party Transactions Exceeding $120,000

The following table lists our transactions with related persons that exceed $120,000, and in which any related person had, or will have, a direct material interest (dollars in thousands). 









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions by related parties in the amount that exceeds $120,000



 

 

 

 

 

Amount of transaction

Related Party Name

 

Basis of related party

 

Transaction description

 

2020

 

2019

Joseph Turner

 

Officer of the Company

 

Purchase of the company's notes

 

$

 —

 

$

263 

ECCU

 

5% or greater owner

 

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ECCU

 

 

11 

 

 

161 

ECCU

 

5% or greater owner

 

Loans sold to ECCU

 

 

1,164 

 

 

 —

ACCU

 

5% or greater owner

 

Loan participations sold to ACCU

 

 

441 

 

 

 —

ACCU

 

5% or greater owner

 

Loans or loan participations interests purchased from ACCU

 

 

1,126 

 

 

1,603 

NFCU

 

5% or greater owner

 

Loan participations sold to NFCU

 

 

1,863 

 

 

 —



Related Party Loan Participation Transactions

From time to time, the Company may purchase or sell a loan participation interest from or to a related party. The Company and its related party will negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of such a purchase or sell and in accordance with the Company’s related party procedures and governance practices. Each party must approve such a purchase after full disclosure of the related party transaction and must include terms and conditions that would normally be included in arm’s length transactions conducted by independent parties. Management believes these terms are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

Transactions with Equity Owners

Transactions with Evangelical Christian Credit Union (“ECCU”)

ECCU is the largest equity owner with a 42.31% ownership interest in the Company. ECCU also founded the Company in 1991. ECCU is an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units.

Loan participation interests purchased:

Occasionally, the Company sells or purchases loans or loan participation interests from ECCU. The Company earns interest income on the loan purchased from ECCU as disclosed in the table above.

129


 

Lease agreement with ECCU:

The Company leases its corporate offices and purchases other facility-related services from ECCU pursuant to a written lease and services agreement. Management believes these terms are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions. As of September 30, 2020, the Company has total contractual lease payments remaining of $486 thousand through the lease termination date of December 31, 2023.

MP Securities Networking Agreement with ECCU:

MP Securities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, has entered into a Networking Agreement with ECCU pursuant to which MP Securities agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to ECCU’s members that:

(1)

ECCU or its Board of Directors has approved;

(2)

comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(3)

are offered in accordance with National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) rules and regulations; and

(4)

comply with its membership agreement with Financial Industry Regulation Authority (“FINRA”).

The agreement entitles MP Securities to pay ECCU a percentage of total revenue received by MP Securities from transactions conducted for or on behalf of ECCU members. Either ECCU or MP Securities may terminate the Networking Agreement without cause upon thirty days prior written notice. Total networking agreement fees with ECCU for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 were immaterial.

Transactions with America’s Christian Credit Union (“ACCU”)

ACCU is an equity owner with an 8.19% ownership interest in the Company. ACCU is an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units.

Loan participation interests purchased:

Occasionally, the Company sells or purchases loan participation interests from ACCU. The Company earns interest income on the loan purchased from ECCU as disclosed in the table above.

MP Securities networking agreement with ACCU:

MP Securities has entered into a Networking Agreement with ACCU pursuant to which MP Securities has agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to ACCU’s members that:

(1)

ACCU or its Board of Directors has approved;

130


 

(2)

comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(3)

are offered in accordance with NCUA rules and regulations; and

(4)

comply with its membership agreement with FINRA.

The agreement entitles MP Securities to pay ACCU a percentage of total revenue received by MP Securities from transactions conducted for or on behalf of ACCU members. Either ACCU or MP Securities may terminate the Networking Agreement without cause upon thirty days prior written notice. Total networking agreement fees with ECCU for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 were immaterial.

Loan Participation Agreement with UNIFY Financial Credit Union (“UFCU”)

The Company has a Loan Participation Agreement with UFCU, an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units. UFCU has an 8.13% ownership interest in the Company. Under this agreement, the Company sold UFCU a $5.0 million loan participation interest in one of its mortgage loan interests on August 14, 2013. As part of this agreement, the Company retained the right to service the loan, and it charges UFCU a fee for servicing the loan.

Loan Participation Agreement with Navy Federal Credit Union (“NFCU”)

The Company has entered into a Loan Participation Agreement with NFCU, an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units. NFCU has an 8.13% ownership interest in the Company. Under this agreement, the Company sold NFCU a $5.0 million loan participation interest in one of its construction loans on March 20, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, NFCU’s outstanding balance of the drawn portion of the loan was $1.9 million. As part of this agreement, the Company retained the right to service the loan, and it charges NFCU a fee for servicing the loan.

Transactions with Subsidiaries

The Company has entered into several agreements with its subsidiary, MP Securities. The Company eliminates the income and expense related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements. MP Securities serves as the managing broker for the Company’s public and private placement note offerings. MP Securities receives compensation related to these broker dealer services ranging from 0.25% to 5.50% over the life of a note. The amount of the compensation depends on the length of the note and the terms of the offering under which MP Securities sold the note.

The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with MP Securities. The Administrative Services Agreement provides services such as the use of office space, use of equipment, including computers and phones, and payroll and personnel services. The agreement stipulates that MP Securities will provide ministerial, compliance, marketing, operational, and investor relations-related services in relation to the Company’s investor note program. As stated above, the Company eliminates all intercompany transactions related to this agreement in its consolidated financial statements.

131


 

The Company’s subsidiary, MPF, serves as the collateral agent for the Company’s Secured Notes. The Company’s private placement memorandum for the Company’s Secured Notes Offering describes the terms of this agreement.

Transactions with KCT Credit Union, an Illinois state chartered financial institution (“KCT”)

Our Board Chairperson, R. Michael Lee, serves as the Chief Executive Officer and President of KCT.

Revolving Line of Credit

On September 30, 2020, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with KCT Credit Union, an Illinois state chartered financial institution (“KCT”). The KCT line of credit is a $7.0 million short-term demand facility with a maturity date ending September 30, 2021. The interest rate on the Note is set at prime plus 0.50%. The Company approved the KCT line of credit in accordance with its Related Party Transaction Policy and concluded that the terms of the KCT line of credit were in the best interests of the Company and entered into on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from an independent third party. As of September 30, 2020, there have been no draws on the line of credit and therefore no interest or principal payments. To guarantee the loan commitment, the Company paid a customary annual loan commitment fee $17,500.

MP Securities Networking Agreement

MP Securities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, has entered into a Networking Agreement with KCT pursuant to which MP Securities agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to KCT’s members that:

(5)

KCT or its Board of Directors has approved;

(6)

comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(7)

are offered in accordance with National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) rules and regulations; and

(8)

comply with its membership agreement with Financial Industry Regulation Authority (“FINRA”).

The agreement entitles MP Securities to pay KCT a percentage of total revenue received by MP Securities from transactions conducted for or on behalf of KCT members. Either KCT or MP Securities may terminate the Networking Agreement without cause upon thirty days prior written notice. Total networking agreement fees earned with KCT under the Networking Agreement for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 were immaterial.

132


 

Loan Participation Interest Sold

Occasionally the Company the Company sells loan participation interests to KCT in the normal course of business.  The Company retains the right to service these participation loans sold to KCT, and it charges KCT a customary fee for servicing the loan.

Related Party Transaction Policy

The Board has adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy to assist in evaluating related transactions the Company may enter into with a related party. Under this policy, a majority of the members of the Company’s Board and majority of its independent Board members must approve a material transaction that it enters into with a related party. As a result, all transactions that the Company undertakes with an affiliate or a related party are entered into on terms believed by management to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties. In addition, a majority of the Company’s independent Board members must approve these transactions.

From time to time, the Company’s Board and members of its executive management team have purchased investor notes from the Company or have purchased investment products through MP Securities. Investor notes payable owned by related parties totaled $213 thousand, $368 thousand, and $394 thousand at September 30, 2020,  December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018.

133


 

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder (as defined below) with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes. This summary is generally limited to U.S. holders who will hold the Notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, which we refer to as the “Code”, and who acquire the Notes in this Offering at their “issue price.” This summary does not address special situations including those that may apply to particular holders such as exempt organizations, U.S. holders subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, non-U.S. citizens and foreign corporations or other foreign entities, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market, commodities or foreign currencies, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, U.S. holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, partnerships or other pass-through entities, and persons who hold the Notes in connection with a “straddle,” “hedging,” “conversion” or other risk reduction transaction.

This summary is based upon the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service, to whom we refer to as the “IRS”, court decisions, and rulings now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Prospective investors should particularly note that any such change could have retroactive application so as to result in federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING A PURCHASE OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTION.

A “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of the Notes, who is (1) a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a domestic corporation, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source, or (4) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

Taxation of Interest

It is expected that the Notes will be issued without original issue discount for federal income tax purposes. U.S. holders will be required to recognize as ordinary income any interest paid or accrued on the Notes, in accordance with their regular method of tax accounting. If, however, the principal amount of the Notes exceeded their issue price by more than a de minimus amount, a U.S. holder will be required to include such excess income as original issue discount, as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method based on a compounding of interest before the receipt of cash payments attributable to this income.

134


 

Disposition, Redemption or Repurchase for Cash

U.S. holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, redemption (including any repurchase or prepayment by us for cash) or other taxable disposition of the Notes in an amount equal to the difference between:

·

the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Notes (as the case may be); and

·

the amount of cash and fair market value of any property received from such disposition (other than amounts attributable to accrued interest on the Notes, which will be treated as interest for federal income tax purposes).

A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note generally will equal the cost of the Note to such U.S. holder. Gain or loss from the taxable disposition of the Notes generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

We or our designated paying agent will, where required, report to U.S. holders of Notes or our membership interests and the IRS the amount of any interest paid on the Notes (or other reportable payments) in each calendar year and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such payments. Under the backup withholding provisions of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations, a U.S. holder of Notes may be subject to backup withholding at the rate provided in Code section 3406(a)(1), which is currently 28 percent, with respect to dividends or other distributions, or interest paid on or the proceeds of a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Notes, unless such U.S. holder is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and when required demonstrates this fact; or provides correct taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISER AS TO PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE NOTES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

135


 



LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Given the nature of business and our investments made in mortgage loans, we may from time to time have an interest in, or be involved in, various litigation, including litigation arising out of our loan portfolio. We consider litigation related to our loan portfolio to be routine to the conduct of our business. As of the date of this Prospectus, we are not involved in any litigation matters that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

136


 



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering the Notes on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to the Managing Broker Agreement (the “MB Agreement”) by and between ourselves and MP Securities as the managing participating broker.   In general, the term “best efforts” means that MP Securities does not guarantee that any of the Notes will be sold, but that it will use its best efforts to sell the Notes as described in this Prospectus.

As the managing broker, MP Securities has responsibilities for maintaining Note sales records, receiving, processing and assuring we receive completed investor Purchase Applications, and approving supplemental sales materials for the Offering. However, MP Securities will not act as a lead underwriter, distribution manager, or syndicate manager of a selling group.

It is expected that MP Securities will conduct all retail and wholesale marketing and sales of the Notes. Because MP Securities is our affiliate, it is not in a position to make an independent review of our Company or this Offering. Accordingly, you will not be able to rely on a review of the terms and conditions of this Offering by a non-affiliated managing broker-dealer or underwriter. MP Securities has certain conflicts of interest between our interests and the interests of its customers in connection with the sale of the Notes.

FINRA Rule 5110 prohibits unfair underwriting arrangements to be paid in connection with a public offering of securities. Under Rule 5110, a FINRA registered broker dealer firm that participates in a public offering is required to file information about the underwriting terms and arrangements with FINRA’s Corporate Financing Department. Under the terms of the Managing Broker Dealer Agreement entered into by and between MP Securities and the Company, MP Securities will act as the primary selling agent for the Offering. As a consequence, MP Securities will be required to obtain a no objections letter from FINRA in order to participate in the Offering. Because FINRA views the Notes as interests in a direct participation program, an offer or sale of the Notes under the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part will be made in compliance with FINRA Rule 2310.

Unless sooner completed or we decide to terminate it sooner, the Offering will terminate on December 31, 2023. We may, without prior notice, in our sole discretion, suspend or discontinue the sale of one or more Note categories or Note category Series at any time or from time to time and we may terminate the Offering at any time. 

Underwriting Compensation We Will Pay

Selling Commissions

We will pay a fixed 1.50% commission on the principal amount of a 2021 Class A Note purchased to our wholly-owned subsidiary, MP Securities. The 1.50% sales commission will be a fixed amount and will apply to our Fixed Series Notes with a term ranging from 12 to 60 months and our Variable Series Notes with a

137


 

term of 60 months. By establishing a fixed 1.50% sales commission on the purchase of a Note, there will be no incentive for our selling agent, MP Securities, to favor investments made in our longer term investor notes.

Account Servicing Fee

Under the terms of the MB Agreement, MP Securities will receive an Account Servicing Fee equal to 1% per annum of the principal amount of our 2021 Class A Notes. The Account Servicing Fee is determined on a monthly basis commencing one year after the purchase of a 2021 Class A Note. In addition, the Account Servicing Fee is subject to a maximum gross dealer compensation of 5.5% assessed on any 2021 Class A Note sold. With the adoption of the Account Servicing Fee and reduction of the sales commissions previously paid to MP Securities on the sale of our publicly offered notes, there will be no incentive to favor investments made in our longer term investor notes. The Account Servicing Fee will not be assessed against or accrued on deferred interest earned but not paid on a Note.

The Company reserves the right, under the terms of the MB Agreement, to waive, reduce, or suspend payment of the Account Servicing Fee that will be assessed on any 2021 Class A Note during the term of the Offering. Under the terms of the MB Agreement, the Account Servicing Fee paid to MP Securities will never exceed 5.5% of aggregate purchase amount paid for a Note, including any accrued interest deferred and added to the Note’s principal balance. Except for the Networking Agreements entered into with Kane County Teachers Credit Union ACCU, and ECCU, no referral or similar fees will be paid to any accountants, attorneys, or other persons in connection with the distribution of the Notes. No Account Servicing Fee will be paid to MP Securities on the Company’s outstanding Class 1 Notes. See, CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE – Transactions with Subsidiaries” on page 129 of this Prospectus.

We will not pay or reimburse MP Securities for its training or education expenses in connection with marketing the Notes.

We and/or MP Securities will pay up to an additional estimated maximum expenses of $2,173,023 which are considered underwriting compensation under the FINRA Rules. These include the following estimated expenses:

·

Non-transaction based compensation of $439,367 allocated to FINRA members;

·

Dual-employee non-transaction-based compensation of $1,085,197 allocated to dual employees of the Company and MP Securities; and

·

Non-transaction based investor note servicing fees of $648,459 paid to MP Securities for administration and marketing of the investor note program.

The $439,367 of non-transaction based compensation will be paid to registered representatives of MP Securities as salary draws. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President also serves as President of MP Securities, and a portion of his salary has been included in the $1,085,197 of dual employee non-

138


 

transaction based compensation. These allocated costs for salaries paid to dual employees of the Company and MP Securities is deemed to be underwriting compensation under the FINRA Rules.

Thus, we estimate that when these expenses are added to the maximum compensation of $6,875,000 (inclusive of selling commissions and Account Servicing Fees assessed) and maximum due diligence fees of $9,000, we may pay a total of up to approximately $9,057,023 as determined under the FINRA Rules (or 7.25% of the Maximum Offering Proceeds) over the anticipated life of the Offering.

Processing Fee

For each sale of a 2021 Class A Note, we will pay 0.50% on the aggregate amount of a Note purchased commencing on the date of this Prospectus.

Other Organization and Offering Costs We May Incur for the Offering

In addition to the estimated issuance and distribution expenses of $290,000 we expect to pay, we may pay up to an estimated $202,401 which may be considered additional issuer expenses under the FINRA Rules. We intend to pay these expenses from funds other than the net proceeds of the Offering. The Company and MP Securities employ personnel that assist in administering the Note program, including processing applications and Notes investments on MP Securities’ information systems, updating sales blotters, maintaining books and records, and assisting in ministerial and clerical duties related to the Notes. The payment of these non-transaction-based salaries and expenses of dual employees will comply with applicable FINRA Rules governing participation of a member broker dealer firm in the offering of debt securities by an affiliated entity and will be deemed to be issuer expenses that will be paid by the Company. The estimated $290,000 of issuance and distribution expenses and $202,401 of additional expenses incurred for overhead and salaries of dual employees will not be treated as underwriting compensation under FINRA Rules, but rather as additional organization and offering costs incurred by the Company in connection with the Offering. Thus, we may pay total issuer expenses under the FINRA Rules of up to a maximum of $492,401 (0.39% of the maximum offering proceeds).

Commitment Regarding Organization and Offering Expenses

We undertake that the total organization and offering expenses will not exceed 15% of the maximum offering proceeds.    We also undertake that the underwriting compensation will not exceed 10% of the maximum offering proceeds.

As described above, we currently estimate that we and MP Securities will incur up to $9,549,424 in total organization and offering expenses (7.64% of the maximum offering proceeds) and we and MP Securities currently estimate that we may pay up to a total of $9,057,023 of underwriting compensation (7.25% of the maximum offering proceeds). 

139


 

Indemnification

Under the MB Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify MP Securities against certain liabilities arising under federal and state securities laws. In doing so, we understand that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and certain states take the position that indemnification against liabilities arising under the federal securities and state laws is against public policy and is unenforceable.

Conflict of Interest

Because we own all of the equity securities of MP Securities, MP Securities will face a conflict of interest in its placement of the Notes between our interests and the interests of its customers. No independent broker will be involved in the sale of Notes and no independent broker will participate in the Offering to ameliorate this conflict of interest by reviewing the circumstances underlying sales of Notes, or to conduct ongoing due diligence review of our Company and the Offering. Thus, if you purchase a Note through MP Securities, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the terms and conditions of this Offering by an independent participating broker.

Sales to IRAs

We may sell Notes under agreements with individual retirement accounts specifically permitting investment in the Notes. The minimum purchase for an IRA is $1,000 for a Fixed Series Note of 12 months or longer. Interest will be accumulated in the IRA purchaser’s account and posted on the last day of each calendar month and statements will be mailed to the custodian monthly. Under the terms of sale to an IRA, Notes may be redeemed upon 30 days’ advance written notice, although we may waive all or part of the 30-day notice requirement. This right to redeem will, however, be contingent upon sufficient funds being available at the time of the request. If sufficient funds are not available, we will inform the custodian requesting funds, and will schedule payment as soon as is practicable. Such inability to repay upon request will not be an event of default, providing payment can be made within a period not to exceed 30 days from date of request.

140


 



HOW TO PURCHASE A NOTE

Persons who meet the applicable minimum suitability standards described in the “Suitability Standards” of this Prospectus and suitability standards determined by such person’s Participating Broker or financial advisor, may purchase our Notes. After you have read the entire Prospectus and the current supplement(s), if any, accompanying this Prospectus, if you want to purchase a Note, you must proceed as follows:

1.

If you are an individual purchasing a Note for your own account, your retirement account, or for a minor, complete and execute a copy of the Retail Purchase Application (Exhibit D page 1 in the Prospectus). If the purchaser is a corporation, partnership or other legal entity, complete and execute a copy of the Commercial Purchase Application (Exhibit D page 6 in the Prospectus).

2.

You should pay for your Notes by delivering a check in the amount of the Notes you are purchasing (“Total Notes Purchased”), payable to Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, provided such payment is accompanied by a completed and executed applicable Purchase Application.

3.

By executing your completed Purchase Application and paying the full purchase price of the Note or Notes you desire to purchase, you will attest that you meet the minimum suitability standards as provided in the “Suitability Standards” section on page 10 of this Prospectus and as stated in your Purchase Application.

An approved trustee must process through us and forward us subscriptions made through IRAs, 401(k) plans or other tax-deferred plans.

Your Purchase Application will be effective only upon our acceptance. We reserve the right to reject any Purchase Application in whole or in part. We may not accept a Purchase Application for Notes until at least five (5) business days after the date you receive the final Prospectus. Subject to compliance with the prompt delivery requirement of Rule 15c2-4 of the 1934 Act, our selling agent, MP Securities, through whom you are purchasing your Notes will promptly submit your check on the business day following receipt of your Purchase Application and check.

We accept or reject Purchase Applications and checks within six (6) business days after we receive them. In certain circumstances where the suitability review procedures are more lengthy than customary, or your Purchase Application and check are not in good order, our bank will hold your check in accordance with applicable legal requirements pending our acceptance of your subscription. If your Purchase Application is rejected, your funds, without interest or reduction, will be returned to you within ten (10) business days after the date of such rejection. If your Purchase Application is accepted, we will send you confirmation of your purchase of your Note as of the date of acceptance.

141


 

LEGAL MATTERS

Bush Ross, P.A., of Tampa, Florida is acting as our counsel in connection with filing of the Company’s Registration Statement under the 1933 Act and as such, has passed on certain legal matters in connection with the Notes. As of September 30, 2020, Randy K. Sterns, a shareholder in Bush Ross, P.A., holds a $29 thousand Class A Note and is the beneficial owner of an Individual Retirement Account that holds $167 thousand of the Company’s Subordinated Capital Notes.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and the related consolidated statements of income, equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended have been included in this Prospectus and reliance is made on the report of Hutchinson and Bloodgood LLP, a limited liability partnership, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, which we refer to as the 1933 Act, relating to the Notes being offered by this Prospectus, and reference is made to such registration statement. This Prospectus constitutes our Prospectus filed as part of the registration statement, but it does not contain all information in the registration statement, as certain portions have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to as the 1934 Act. The 1934 Act requires us to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other information may be inspected at public reference facilities of the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. Because we file documents electronically with the SEC, you may also obtain this information by visiting the SEC’s internet website at http://www.sec.gov.

We are also subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the 1934 Act, and, in accordance therewith, we file periodic reports, and other information with the SEC. We maintain a website at www.ministrypartners.org. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this Prospectus. You can access documents that will be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus at the website we maintain at www.ministrypartners.org. Although there is additional information about the Company at our website, unless specifically incorporated by reference herein, the contents of our website will not be incorporated by reference herein or intended as part of the Prospectus.





 

142


 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA



Included herewith are the following financial statements:





 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Page



 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

 



 

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

F-4

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

F-5



 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-50

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-52

Consolidated Statements of Income

F-53

Consolidated Statements of Equity

F-54

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-55

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-56



















 

F-1


 



Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

(Dollars in thousands Except Unit Data)





 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

September 30,

 

December 31,



 

2020

 

2019



 

(Unaudited)

 

(Audited) 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

17,926 

 

$

25,993 

Restricted cash

 

 

50 

 

 

52 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,757 

 

 

 —

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,523 and $1,393 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

119,833 

 

 

128,843 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

835 

 

 

635 

Investment in joint venture

 

 

889 

 

 

891 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

232 

 

 

216 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

301 

 

 

301 

Servicing assets

 

 

148 

 

 

100 

Other assets

 

 

997 

 

 

990 

Total assets

 

$

142,968 

 

$

158,021 

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

52,544 

 

$

71,427 

Investor notes payable, net of debt issuance costs of $25 and $55 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

75,292 

 

 

73,046 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

301 

 

 

266 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,999 

 

 

2,211 

Total liabilities

 

 

130,136 

 

 

146,950 

Members' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A preferred units, 1,000,000 units authorized, 117,100 units issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (liquidation preference of $100 per unit); See Note 13

 

 

11,715 

 

 

11,715 

Class A common units, 1,000,000 units authorized, 146,522 units issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019; See Note 13

 

 

1,509 

 

 

1,509 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(392)

 

 

(2,153)

Total members' equity

 

 

12,832 

 

 

11,071 

Total liabilities and members' equity

 

$

142,968 

 

$

158,021 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2


 

 Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended



 

September 30,

 

September 30,



 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans

 

$

2,004 

 

$

2,340 

 

$

6,238 

 

$

7,618 

Interest on interest-bearing accounts

 

 

26 

 

 

88 

 

 

142 

 

 

250 

Total interest income

 

 

2,030 

 

 

2,428 

 

 

6,380 

 

 

7,868 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

 

427 

 

 

468 

 

 

1,310 

 

 

1,412 

Investor notes payable

 

 

670 

 

 

803 

 

 

2,119 

 

 

2,416 

Total interest expense

 

 

1,097 

 

 

1,271 

 

 

3,429 

 

 

3,828 

Net interest income

 

 

933 

 

 

1,157 

 

 

2,951 

 

 

4,040 

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

132 

 

 

(83)

 

 

195 

 

 

(421)

Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

801 

 

 

1,240 

 

 

2,756 

 

 

4,461 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker-dealer commissions and fees

 

 

183 

 

 

407 

 

 

470 

 

 

1,219 

Other income

 

 

83 

 

 

38 

 

 

228 

 

 

106 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

2,400 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,400 

 

 

 —

Total non-interest income

 

 

2,666 

 

 

445 

 

 

3,098 

 

 

1,325 

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

811 

 

 

693 

 

 

2,191 

 

 

2,078 

Marketing and promotion

 

 

206 

 

 

58 

 

 

224 

 

 

259 

Office occupancy

 

 

46 

 

 

44 

 

 

134 

 

 

132 

Office operations and other expenses

 

 

343 

 

 

392 

 

 

994 

 

 

1,113 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

 —

 

 

11 

 

 

 

 

11 

Legal and accounting

 

 

65 

 

 

83 

 

 

253 

 

 

261 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

1,471 

 

 

1,281 

 

 

3,804 

 

 

3,854 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

1,996 

 

 

404 

 

 

2,050 

 

 

1,932 

Provision for income taxes and state LLC fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 

 

 

14 

Net income

 

$

1,992 

 

$

399 

 

$

2,035 

 

$

1,918 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Nine months ended



 

September 30,



 

2020

 

2019

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,035 

 

$

1,918 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

39 

 

 

30 

Amortization of deferred loan fees

 

 

(194)

 

 

(196)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

72 

 

 

65 

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

195 

 

 

(421)

Accretion of loan discount

 

 

(22)

 

 

(79)

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

(61)

 

 

 —

Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets

 

 

 

 

(1)

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(2,400)

 

 

 —

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

(201)

 

 

(6)

Other assets

 

 

32 

 

 

(566)

Accrued interest payable

 

 

34 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(188)

 

 

1,797 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

 

 

(651)

 

 

2,550 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan purchases

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,255)

Loan originations

 

 

(16,152)

 

 

(4,634)

Loan sales

 

 

16,533 

 

 

 —

Loan principal collections

 

 

8,626 

 

 

15,222 

Purchase of certificates of deposit

 

 

(1,757)

 

 

 —

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(87)

 

 

(163)

Sale of property and equipment

 

 

24 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

7,187 

 

 

8,174 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on term debt

 

 

(16,483)

 

 

(3,785)

Net change in investor notes payable

 

 

2,216 

 

 

5,967 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(42)

 

 

(49)

Dividends paid on preferred units

 

 

(296)

 

 

(264)

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

 

 

(14,605)

 

 

1,869 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash

 

 

(8,069)

 

 

12,593 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

26,045 

 

 

9,928 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

17,976 

 

$

22,521 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

3,395 

 

$

3,820 

Income taxes paid

 

 

20 

 

 

20 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing assets recorded

 

 

85 

 

 

 —

Leased assets obtained in exchange of new operating lease liabilities

 

 

53 

 

 

680 

Lease liabilities recorded

 

 

53 

 

 

680 

Dividends declared to preferred unit holders

 

 

214 

 

 

237 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accounting and financial reporting policies of MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ministry Partners Funding, LLC, MP Realty Services, Inc., Ministry Partners Securities, LLC, and Ministry Partners for Christ, Inc. conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general financial industry practices. The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements have not been audited. A more detailed description of the Company’s accounting policies is included in its 2019 annual report filed on Form 10-K. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows at September 30, 2020 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 have been made.

Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. The results of operations for the periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.



Note 1: Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

The Company was formed in California in 1991. The Company’s primary operations are financing commercial real property secured loans and providing investment services for the benefit of evangelical churches, ministries, and individuals.

The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

·

Ministry Partners Funding, LLC (“MPF”);

·

MP Realty Services, Inc., a California corporation (“MP Realty”);

·

Ministry Partners Securities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MP Securities”); and

·

Ministry Partners for Christ, Inc., a Delaware not-for-profit corporation (“MPC”).

The Company formed MPF in 2007 and then deactivated the subsidiary on November 30, 2009. In December 2014, the Company reactivated MPF to enable it to serve as collateral agent for loans held as collateral for its Secured Investment Certificates. The Company formed MP Realty in November 2009 and obtained a license to operate as a corporate real estate broker through the California Department of Real Estate on February 23, 2010. MP Realty has conducted limited operations to date. The Company formed MP Securities on April 26, 2010 to provide investment and financing solutions for individuals, churches, charitable institutions, and faith-based organizations. MP Securities acts as the selling agent for the Company’s public and private placement investor notes.

F-5


 

The Company formed MPC on December 28, 2018 to be used exclusively for religious and charitable purposes within the meaning of Section 501(c)(3) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. MPC is a not-for-profit corporation formed and organized as a private foundation under Delaware law that will make charitable grants to Christian education, and provide accounting, consulting, and financial expertise to aid evangelical Christian ministries. On August 23, 2019, the Internal Revenue Service granted MPC tax-exempt status as a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The MPC Board of Directors approved its first charitable grant during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Management eliminates all significant inter‑company balances and transactions in consolidation.

Conversion to LLC

Effective as of December 31, 2008, the Company converted its form of organization from a California corporation to a California limited liability company by filing the Articles of Organization-Conversion with the California Secretary of State. At that time, the separate existence of Ministry Partners Investment Corporation ceased, and the entity continued by operation of law under the name Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC.

Since the conversion became effective, a group of managers provides oversight of the Company’s affairs. The managers have full, exclusive, and complete discretion, power, and authority to oversee the management of Company affairs. As an LLC, the Company’s managers and members have entered into an Operating Agreement that governs the Company’s management structure and governance procedures.

Risks and Uncertainties

Some of the Company’s borrowers have been adversely impacted by the outbreak of COVID-19 and it could impair their ability to fulfill their financial obligations to the Company. On March 12, 2020, the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 outbreak in the U.S. a national emergency. At that time, due to the pandemic’s spread, state and local governments ordered non-essential businesses to close, banned public gatherings, and required residents to shelter at home. These initial orders required churches, faith-based ministries, private schools, daycare centers, and Christian colleges to discontinue public gatherings, worship services, classes, and conference events. Churches that had typically received weekly offerings of tithes and cash contributions became dependent on online giving options and contributions sent by mail. Since that time, state and local governments lifted the initial restrictions. However, spikes in the pandemic’s spread have caused some states to reinstate restrictions to some degree. Church revenues are also dependent on general economic conditions, including unemployment rates and economic disruption to businesses, schools, and financial markets. Federal banking institutions have encouraged lenders to work with borrowers to provide loan payment relief. Furthermore, Congress enacted legislation that provided relief from reporting loan classifications that would have otherwise required adverse financial reporting obligations due to modifications granted to borrowers as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) because of the COVID-19

F-6


 

pandemic. In addition, in response to COVID-19, the Federal Reserve reduced the Federal Funds rate to zero on March 16, 2020. The reduction in interest rates and other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic raise uncertainties that could negatively affect the Company’s net interest income and non-interest income. While there has been no material impact to the Company’s employees to date, COVID-19 could also potentially create widespread business continuity issues for the Company.

Congress, the President, and the Federal Reserve have taken several actions designed to cushion the economic fallout. Most notably, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was signed into law at the end of March 2020 as a $2 trillion legislative package. The goal of the CARES Act is to prevent a severe economic downturn through various measures, including direct financial aid to American families and economic stimulus to significantly impacted industry sectors. The package also includes extensive emergency funding for hospitals and providers.

On June 5, 2020, the Paycheck Protection Flexibility Act (“Flexibility Act”) was enacted and signed into law. The Flexibility Act amended the CARES Act to extend the covered period that measures eligibility for the loan forgiveness and required use of funds from June 30, 2020 to December 31, 2020. The Flexibility Act also extends the period within which to measure whether the loan will qualify for forgiveness to a twenty four (24) week period beginning on the date the loan is disbursed. Finally, the Flexibility Act provides that a borrower must use at least 60% of the proceeds of the PPP loan for payroll costs to be eligible for loan forgiveness. In addition to the general impact of COVID-19, certain provisions of the CARES Act, as well as other recent legislative and regulatory relief efforts, could have material direct and indirect effect on the Company’s operations.

The Company’s operations are dependent upon the willingness and ability of its employees, borrowers, noteholders, and investment clients to conduct financial transactions. If the global response to contain COVID-19 results in reinstatement of lock-down or curtailment of activities orders, the Company could experience a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. While it is not possible to know the full extent that the impact of COVID-19, and resulting measures to curtail its spread, will have on the Company’s operations, the Company is disclosing potentially material items of which it is aware.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

Cash equivalents include time deposits and highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company had demand deposits and money market deposit accounts as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The National Credit Union Insurance Fund insures a portion of the Company’s cash held at credit unions, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures a portion of cash held by the Company at other financial institutions. The Company keeps cash that may exceed insured limits. Management does not expect to incur losses in these cash accounts.

F-7


 

The Company maintains cash accounts with RBC Dain as part of its clearing agreement, and with the Central Registration Depository for regulatory purposes. The cash in these accounts is restricted cash and management classifies it as such on our balance sheet.

Certificates of Deposit

Certificates of deposit include investments in certificates of deposit held at financial institutions that carry original maturities of greater than three months. The Company had $1,757 thousand in certificates of various terms greater than three months as of September 30, 2020. The Company had no certificates of deposit with original maturities of greater than three months at December 31, 2019.

Details of certificates owned by the Company are as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificate

 

Open Date

 

Certificate Amount

 

Interest Rate

 

Maturity Date

CD 1

 

1/13/2020

 

$

1,000 

 

2.25%

 

10/13/2021

CD 2

 

4/1/2020

 

$

757 

 

1.95%

 

1/1/2021

Reclassifications

The Company has made certain reclassifications to the 2019 financial statements to conform to the 2020 presentation. These reclassifications do not affect members’ equity or consolidated balance sheets for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Use of Estimates

The Company’s creation of consolidated financial statements that conform to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The estimates and assumptions made by the Company’s management also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates govern areas such as the allowance for credit losses and the fair value of our financial instruments. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Investment in Joint Venture

In 2016, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement to develop and sell property we acquired as part of a Deed in Lieu of Foreclosure agreement reached with one of our borrowers. The joint venture owns a property located in Santa Clarita, California.

On a periodic basis, management analyzes the Company’s investment in the joint venture for impairment. In this analysis, management compares the carrying value of the investment to the estimated value of the underlying real property. The Company records any impairment charges as a valuation allowance against the value of the asset. The Company’s share of income and expenses of the joint venture will increase or

F-8


 

decrease the Company’s investment in the joint venture. Management records these valuation changes as realized gains or losses on investment on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Loans Receivable

The Company reports loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future at their outstanding unpaid principal balance adjusted for an allowance for loan losses, deferred loan fees and costs, and loan discounts.

Interest Accrual on Loans Receivable

The Company accrues loan interest income daily. Management defers loan origination fees and costs generated in making a loan. The Company amortizes these fees and costs as an adjustment to the related loan yield using the interest method.

Loan discounts are related to restructured loans and represent interest accrued and unpaid which the Company added to the restructured loan’s principal balance. The Company does not accrete discounts to income on impaired loans. However, when management determines that a previously impaired loan is no longer impaired, the Company begins accreting loan discounts to interest income over the term of the restructured loan. For loans purchased from third parties, loan discounts also are the differences between the purchase price and the recorded principal balance of the loan. The Company accretes these discounts to interest income over the term of the loan using the interest method.

Management considers a loan impaired if it concludes the collection of principal or interest according to the terms of the loan agreement doubtful. The Company stops the accrual of interest when management determines the loan is impaired.

For loans that the Company places on nonaccrual status, management reverses all uncollected accrued interest against interest income. Management accounts for the interest on these loans on the cash basis or cost-recovery method until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. It is not until all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured that the Company returns a loan to accrual status.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company sets aside an allowance for loan losses by charging the provision for loan losses account on its consolidated statements of income. This charge decreases the Company’s earnings. Management charges off the part of loan balances it believes it will not collect against the allowance. The Company credits subsequent recoveries, if any, to the allowance.

Loan Portfolio Segments and Classes

Management separates the loan portfolio into portfolio segments for purposes of evaluating the allowance for loan losses. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which the Company develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses. The Company segments the loan portfolio

F-9


 

based on loan types and the underlying risk factors present in each loan type. Management periodically reviews and revises such risk factors, as it considers appropriate.

The Company’s loan portfolio consists of one segment – church loans. Management has segregated the loan portfolio into the following portfolio classes:



 

 

Loan Class

 

Class Description

Wholly-Owned First Collateral Position

 

Wholly-owned loans and the retained portion of loans originated by the Company and sold for which the Company possesses a senior lien on the collateral underlying the loan.

Wholly-Owned Junior Collateral Position

 

Wholly-owned loans and the retained portion of loans originated by the Company and sold for which the Company possesses a lien on the underlying collateral that is superseded by another lien on the same collateral. This Class Also contains any loans that are not secured. These loans present higher credit risk than loans for which the Company possesses a senior lien due to the increased risk of loss should the loan default.

Participations First Collateral Position

 

Participated loans purchased from another financial entity for which the Company possesses a senior lien on the collateral underlying the loan. Loan participations purchased may present higher credit risk than wholly-owned loans because disposition and direction of actions regarding the management and collection of the loans must be coordinated and negotiated with the other participants, whose best interests regarding the loan may not align with those of the Company.

Participations Junior Collateral Position

 

Participated loans purchased from another financial entity for which the Company possesses a lien on the underlying collateral that is superseded by another lien on the same collateral. Loan participations in the junior collateral position loans have higher credit risk than wholly-owned loans and participated loans purchased where the Company possesses a senior lien on the collateral. The increased risk is the result of the factors presented above relating to both junior lien positions and participations.

Allowance for Loan Loss Evaluation

Management evaluates the allowance for loan losses on a regular basis. The Company establishes the allowance for loan losses based upon its periodic review of several factors management believes influences the collectability of the loans, including:

·

the Company’s loss history;

·

the characteristics and volume of the loan portfolio;

·

adverse conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay;

·

the estimated value of any secured collateral; and

·

the current economic conditions.

This evaluation is subjective, as it requires estimates that are subject to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of general and specific components. The general component covers non-classified loans. Management bases the general reserve on the Company’s loss history adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative factors are significant factors management considers likely to cause estimated credit losses

F-10


 

associated with the Company’s existing portfolio to differ from its historical loss experience. Management adjusts these factors on an on-going basis, some of which include:

·

changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection;

·

changes in national, regional, and local economic and industry conditions that affect the collectability of the portfolio;

·

changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified loans;

·

changes in the value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans; and

·

the effect of credit concentrations.

Loans that management has classified as impaired receive a specific reserve. For such loans, an allowance is established when the carrying value of that loan is higher than the amount management expects to receive. Management uses multiple approaches to determine the amount the Company expects to receive. These include the discounted cash flow method, using the loan’s underlying collateral value, or using the observable market price of the impaired loan.

Impairment Analysis

Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing, and restructured loans. Non-accrual loans are loans on which management has discontinued interest accruals. Restructured loans are loans in which the Company has granted the borrower a concession due to financial distress. Concessions are usually a reduction of the interest rate or a change in the original repayment terms.

The Company monitors impaired loans on an ongoing basis as part of management’s loan review and work out process. All loans in the loan portfolio are subject to impairment analysis. The Company reviews its loan portfolio monthly by examining several data points. These include reviewing delinquency reports, any new information related to the financial condition of its borrowers, and any new appraisal or other collateral valuation. Through this process, the Company identifies potential impaired loans. Management generally deems a loan is impaired when current facts and circumstances indicate that it is probable that a borrower will be unable to make payments according to the loan agreement. If management has not already deemed a loan impaired, it will classify the loan as non-accrual when it becomes 90 days or more past due.

Management considers several factors when determining impairment status. These factors include the loan’s payment status, the value of any secured collateral, and the probability of collecting scheduled payments when due. Management generally does not classify loans that experience minor payment delays or shortfalls as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays or shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower. These circumstances include the length and reasons for the delay, the borrower's payment history, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

F-11


 

Management measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis using one of three methods:

·

the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate;

·

the obtainable market price; or

·

the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A troubled debt restructuring is a loan for which the Company, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to a borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. A restructuring of a loan usually involves an interest rate modification, extension of the maturity date, payment reduction, or reduction of accrued interest owed on the loan on a contingent or absolute basis. Under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-10, the concessions granted must last longer than an insignificant period of time for the loan to be considered a troubled debt restructuring. In cases where borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal then due and payable, management measures any impairment on the restructured loan in the same manner as for impaired loans as noted above.

Management considers loans that it renews at below-market terms to be troubled debt restructurings if the below-market terms represent a concession due to the borrower’s troubled financial condition. The Company classifies troubled debt restructurings as impaired loans. For the loans that are not considered to be collateral-dependent, management measures troubled debt restructurings at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at start of the loan. The Company reports the change in the present value of cash flows related to the passage of time as interest income. If the loan is considered to be collateral-dependent, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral.

In accordance with industry standards, the Company classifies a loan as impaired if management has modified it as part of a troubled debt restructuring. However, troubled debt restructures, upon meeting certain performance conditions, are eligible to receive non-classified loan ratings (pass or watch) and to be moved out of non-accrual status. These loans continue to be included in total impaired loans but not necessarily in non-accrual or collateral-dependent loans.

Section 403 of the CARES Act provides that a qualifying loan modification or extension is exempt by law from classification as a troubled debt restructuring pursuant to FASB ASC 340-10. On April 7, 2020, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and related financial agencies issued OCC Bulletin 2020-35, which provides further guidance regarding when a loan modification or extension is not subject to classification as a TDR pursuant to FASB ASC 340-10.

Under section 4013 of the CARES Act, financial institutions may elect not to categorize a loan modification as a troubled debt restructuring if it is

(1)

related to COVID-19;

F-12


 

(2)

executed on a loan that was not more than thirty (30) days past due as of December 31, 2019; and

(3)

executed between March 31, 2020, and the earlier of (A) sixty (60) days after the date of the National Emergency or (B) December 31, 2020.

For all other loan modifications, federal agencies that regulate financial institutions have confirmed with FASB that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to relief being extended, would not be classified as a troubled debt restructuring. This treatment includes short-term modifications including payment deferrals, fee waivers, and extension of repayment terms. Management of the Company has elected to pursue taking these measures with some of its qualifying borrowers during the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Loan Charge-offs

Management charges off loans or portions thereof when it determines the loans or portions of the loans are uncollectible. The Company evaluates collectability periodically on all loans classified as “Loans of Lesser Quality.” Key factors management uses in assessing a loan’s collectability are the financial condition of the borrower, the value of any secured collateral, and the terms of any workout agreement between the Company and the borrower. In workout situations, the Company charges off the amount deemed uncollectible due to the terms of the workout, the inability of the borrower to make agreed upon payments, and the value of the collateral securing the loan.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company has established a loan grading system to assist its management in analyzing and monitoring the loan portfolio. The Company classifies loans it considers lesser quality (“classified loans”) as watch, special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. The loan grading system is as follows:

Pass:

The borrower has sufficient cash to fund its debt obligations and should be able to obtain similar financing from other lenders with comparable terms. The risk of default is considered low.

Watch:

These loans exhibit potential or developing weaknesses that deserve extra attention from credit management personnel. If the developing weakness is not corrected or mitigated, there may be deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the debt in the future. Loans graded “watch” must be reported to executive management and the Company’s Board of Managers. Potential for loss under adverse circumstances is elevated for loans in this category, but is not foreseeable. Watch loans are considered pass loans.

Special mention:

These credit facilities exhibit potential or actual weaknesses that present a higher potential for loss under adverse circumstances, and deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected, these weaknesses may

F-13


 

result in deterioration of the prospects for repayment of the loan under the terms of the loan agreement at some future date.

Substandard:

Loans and other credit extensions bearing this grade are considered to be inadequately protected by the current sound worth and debt service capacity of the borrower or of any pledged collateral. These obligations, even if apparently protected by the estimated market value of the collateral, have well-defined weaknesses related to adverse financial, managerial, economic, ministry, or environmental conditions, which have clearly jeopardized repayment of principal and interest as, originally intended. Furthermore, there is the possibility that some future loss will be sustained if such weaknesses are not corrected.

Doubtful:

This classification consists of loans that display the properties of substandard loans with the added characteristic that the severity of the weaknesses makes collection or liquidation in full highly questionable or improbable based upon currently existing facts, conditions, and value of the collateral. The probability of some loss is very high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors, the amount of loss cannot be exactly determined. Such pending factors could include merger or liquidation, the possibility of the borrower obtaining additional capital, the borrower’s ability to refinance the loan, or the ability of the borrower to pledge additional collateral.

Loss:

Loans in this classification are considered uncollectible and cannot be justified as a viable asset. This classification does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but that it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off this loan even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes two primary types of revenue: interest income and non-interest income.

Interest Income

The Company’s principal source of revenue is interest income from loans, which is not within the scope of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (collectively, "ASC 606"). Refer to the discussion in “Loans Receivable” above to understand the Company’s recognition of interest income.

Non-interest Income

Non-interest income includes revenue from various types of transactions and services provided to customers. Contracts with customers can include multiple services, which are accounted for as separate “performance obligations” if they are determined to be distinct. Our performance obligations to our customers are generally satisfied when we transfer the promised good or service to our customer, either at a point in time or over time. The Company recognizes revenue from a performance obligation that is transferred at a point in time at

F-14


 

the time that the customer obtains control over the promised good or service. Revenue from our performance obligations satisfied over time are recognized in a manner that depicts our performance in transferring control of the good or service, which is generally measured based on time elapsed, as our customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefit of our services as they are provided.

Payment for the majority of our services is considered to be variable consideration, as the amount of revenues we expect to receive is subject to factors outside of our control, including market conditions. Variable consideration is only included in revenue when amounts are not subject to significant reversal, which is generally when uncertainty around the amount of revenue to be received is resolved.

Wealth advisory fees

Generally, management recognizes wealth advisory fees over time as the Company renders services to its clients. The Company receives these fees either based on a percentage of the market value of the assets under management, or as a fixed fee based on the services the Company provides to the client. The Company’s delivery of these services represents its related performance obligations. The Company typically collects the wealth advisory fees in advance at the beginning of each quarter from the client’s account. Management recognizes these fees ratably over the related billing period as the Company fulfills its performance obligation. In addition, management recognizes any commissions or referral fees paid related to this revenue ratably over the related billing period as the Company fulfills its performance obligation.

Investment brokerage fees

Investment brokerage fees arise from the selling, distribution, and trade execution services. The Company’s execution of these services fulfills its related performance obligations.

The Company also offers sales and distribution services, and earns commissions through the sale of annuity and mutual fund products. The Company acts as an agent in these transactions and recognizes revenue at a point in time when the customer executes a contract with a product carrier. The Company may also receive trailing commissions and 12b-1 fees related to mutual fund and annuity products. Management recognizes this revenue in the period when it is earned, estimating the revenue if necessary based on the balance of the investment and the commission rate on the product.

The Company earns and recognizes trade execution commissions on the trade date, which is when the Company fulfills its performance obligation. Payment for the trade execution is due on the settlement date.

Lending Fees

Lending fees represent charges earned for services we provide as part of the lending process, such as late charges, servicing fees, and documentation fees. The Company recognizes late charges as earned when they are paid. The Company recognizes revenue on other lending fees in the period in which the Company has performed the service.

F-15


 

Gains on sales of loans receivable

From time to time, the Company sells participation interests in loans receivable that it services. Upon completion of the loan sale, the Company recognizes a gain based on certain factors including the maturity date of the loan, the percentage of the loan sold and retained, and the servicing rate charged to the participant on the sold portion.

Other non-interest income

Other non-interest income includes fees earned based on service contracts the Company has entered into with credit unions. The Company recognizes the revenue monthly based on the terms of the contracts, which require monthly payments for services the Company performs.

Gains/losses on sales of foreclosed assets

The Company records a gain or loss from the sale of foreclosed assets when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at the time of an executed deed. When the Company finances the sale of foreclosed asset to the buyer, the Company assesses whether the buyer is committed to perform their obligation under the contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probable. Once these criteria are met, the foreclosed asset is derecognized and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon the transfer of control of the property to the buyer. In determining the gain or loss on the sale, the Company adjusts the transaction price and related gain (loss) on sale if a significant financing component is present.

Foreclosed Assets

Management records assets acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings at fair market value less estimated costs of disposal. Management determines the fair value at the date of foreclosure, which establishes a new cost for the asset. After foreclosure, the Company carries the asset at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs of disposal. Management evaluates these real estate assets regularly to ensure that the financial statements are carrying the recorded amount at management’s estimate of the current fair value and, if necessary, ensuring that valuation allowances reduce the carrying amount to fair value less estimated costs of disposal. Revenue and expense from the operation of the foreclosed assets and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. When the Company sells the foreclosed property, it recognizes a gain or loss on the sale equal to the difference between the sales proceeds received and the carrying amount of the property.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Management accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when the Company has surrendered control over the asset. Management deems the Company has surrendered control over transferred assets when:

·

the assets have been isolated from the Company;

·

the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred asset; and

F-16


 

·

the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred asset through an agreement to repurchase it before its maturity.

The Company, from time to time, sells participation interests in mortgage loans it has originated or acquired. In order to recognize the transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, the transferred portion, and any portion that continues to be held by the transferor must represent a participating interest, and the transfer of the participating interest must meet the conditions for surrender of control. To qualify as a participating interest:

·

each portion of a financial asset must represent a proportionate ownership interest in an entire financial asset;

·

from the date of transfer, all cash flows received from the entire financial asset must be divided proportionately among the participating interest holders in an amount equal to their respective share of ownership;

·

the transfer must be made on a non-recourse basis (other than standard representations and warranties made under the loan participation sale agreement);

·

the transfer may not be subordinate to any other participating interest holder; and

·

no party has the right to pledge or exchange the entire financial asset.

If the transaction does not meet either the participating interest or surrender of control criteria, management accounts for it as a secured borrowing arrangement.

Under some circumstances, when the Company sells a participation in a wholly-owned loan receivable that it services, it retains loan-servicing rights, and records a servicing asset that is initially measured at fair value. As quoted market prices are generally not available for these assets, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected cash flows associated with the loan receivable. The Company amortizes servicing assets over the life of the associated receivable using the interest method. Any gain or loss recognized on the sale of a loan receivable depends in part on both the previous carrying amount of the financial asset involved in the sale, allocated between the asset sold and the interest that continues to be held by the Company based on its relative fair value at the date of transfer, and the proceeds received.

Property and Equipment

The Company states its furniture, fixtures, and equipment at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Management computes depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The useful lives of the Company’s assets range from three to seven years.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs consist of costs related to the acquisition of debt. The Company’s debt consists of borrowings from financial institutions and obligations to investors incurred through the sale of investor

F-17


 

notes. Management amortizes these costs into interest expense over the contractual terms of the debt using the straight-line method, which approximates the interest method.

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company records contributions to the qualified employee retirement plan as compensation cost in the period incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. Therefore, the Company passes through its income and expenses to its members for tax reporting purposes.

Tesoro Hills, LLC, is a joint venture in which the Company has an investment. Tesoro Hills, according to its operating agreement, has elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes.

The Company and MP Securities are subject to a California LLC fee.

The Company uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes benefits from tax positions in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Management derecognizes previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.

New accounting guidance

Recently adopted accounting standards

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement” (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements by requiring that Level 3 fair value disclosures include the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop those fair value measurements. For certain unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information in lieu of the weighted average if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

F-18


 

In March 2020, various regulatory agencies issued an interagency statement on loan modifications and reporting for financial institutions working with borrowers affected by the Coronavirus. The interagency statement was effective immediately and impacted accounting for loan modifications. Under Accounting Standards Codification 310-40, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,” (“ASC 310-40”), a restructuring of debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the creditor, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The agencies confirmed with the staff of the FASB that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief, are not to be considered TDRs. This includes short-term (e.g., six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented. This interagency guidance is expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements; however, this impact cannot be quantified at this time.

Accounting Standards Pending Adoption

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments. ASU 2016-13 also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and provides for a simplified accounting model for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance requires companies to apply the requirements in the year of adoption through cumulative adjustment with some aspects of the update requiring a prospective transition approach. The Company’s preliminary evaluation indicates the provisions of ASU No. 2016-13 are expected to affect the level of the allowance for loan losses on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management has gathered all necessary data and reviewed potential methods to calculate the expected credit losses. The Company will use a third-party software solution to assist with the adoption of the standard. Management is currently calculating sample expected loss computations and developing the allowance methodology and assumptions that the Company will use under the new standard.

In October 2019, the FASB adopted a two-bucket approach to stagger the effective date for the credit losses standard for the fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2022 for certain entities, including certain Securities and Exchange Commission filers, public business entities, and private companies. As a smaller reporting company, the Company is eligible for the delay. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the delay on its implementation of the new standard.

Note 2: Pledge of Cash and Restricted Cash

Under the terms of its debt agreements, the Company has the ability to pledge cash as collateral for its borrowings, which will be classified as restricted cash. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company held no pledged cash.

F-19


 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the statement of financial position that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows (dollars in thousands):







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



September 30,

 

December 31,



2020

 

2019

 

2019

Cash and cash equivalents

$

17,926 

 

$

22,470 

 

$

25,993 

Restricted cash

 

50 

 

 

51 

 

 

52 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows

$

17,976 

 

$

22,521 

 

$

26,045 

Amounts included in restricted cash represent funds the Company is required to set aside with the Central Registration Depository ("CRD") account with FINRA. Also included are funds the Company has deposited with RBC Dain as clearing deposits. The Company may only use the CRD funds for certain fees charged by FINRA. These fees are to maintain the membership status of the Company or are related to the licensing of registered and associated persons of the Company.

Note 3: Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Equity Owners

Transactions with Evangelical Christian Credit Union (“ECCU”)

The tables below summarize transactions the Company conducts with ECCU, the Company’s largest equity owner.

Related party balances pertaining to the assets of the Company (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 



September 30,

 

December 31,



2020

 

2019

Total funds held on deposit at ECCU

$

3,482 

 

$

365 

Loan participations purchased from and serviced by ECCU

 

259 

 

 

1,495 



Related party transactions of the Company (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 



Three months ended



September 30,



2020

 

2019

Interest earned on funds held with ECCU

$

 

$

 —

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ECCU

 

 

 

38 

Fees paid to ECCU from MP Securities Networking Agreement

 

 

 

Income from Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU

 

 

 

Rent expense on lease agreement with ECCU

 

37 

 

 

37 







 

 

 

 

 



Nine months ended

F-20


 



September 30,



2020

 

2019

Interest earned on funds held with ECCU

$

13 

 

$

 —

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ECCU

 

11 

 

 

113 

Loans sold to ECCU

 

1,164 

 

 

 —

Fees paid to ECCU from MP Securities Networking Agreement

 

 

 

Income from Master Services Agreement with ECCU

 

 —

 

 

14 

Income from Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU

 

 

 

Rent expense on lease agreement with ECCU

 

110 

 

 

73 

Loan participation interests purchased:

In the past, the Company purchased loan participation interests from ECCU. Management negotiated the pass-through interest rates on these loans on a loan-by-loan basis. Management believes these negotiated terms were equivalent to those that would prevail in an arm's length transaction. The Company did not purchase any loans from ECCU during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

Loans sold:

From time to time, the Company will sell loans to ECCU. On January 23, 2020, the Company sold an impaired loan to ECCU in order to recoup its recorded investment in the loan. The Company had previously purchased this loan from ECCU and ECCU was servicing the loan. The Company did not sell any loans to ECCU during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Lease and Services Agreement:

The Company leases its corporate offices and purchases other facility-related services from ECCU pursuant to a written lease and services agreement. Management believes these terms are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

MP Securities Networking Agreement with ECCU:

MP Securities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a Networking Agreement with ECCU in October 2014 pursuant to which MP Securities agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to ECCU’s members that:

(1) ECCU or its Board of Directors has approved;

(2) comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(3) are offered in accordance with National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) rules and regulations; and

(4) comply with its membership agreement with Financial Industry Regulation Authority (“FINRA”).

F-21


 

The agreement entitles ECCU to be paid a percentage of total revenue received by MP Securities from transactions conducted for, or on behalf of, ECCU members. Either ECCU or MP Securities may terminate the Networking Agreement without cause upon thirty days prior written notice.

Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU:

On October 5, 2016, the Company entered into a Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU. This agreement obligates the Company to serve as the successor loan-servicing agent for mortgage loans that ECCU has designated. The Company will service these loans in the event ECCU requests that the Company assume its obligation to act as the servicing agent for those loans. In October 2019, the agreement was converted to a month-to-month agreement.

Transactions with America’s Christian Credit Union (“ACCU”)

The Company has several related party agreements with ACCU, one of the Company’s equity owners. The following describes the nature and dollar amounts of the material related party transactions with ACCU.

Related party balances pertaining to the assets of the Company (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



September 30,

 

December 31,



2020

 

2019

Total funds held on deposit at ACCU

$

6,720 

 

$

10,343 

Loan participations purchased from and serviced by ACCU

 

1,126 

 

 

1,603 



Related party transactions of the Company (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



Three months ended



September 30,



2020

 

2019

Interest earned on funds held with ACCU

$

12 

 

$

43 

Loans sold to ACCU

 

441 

 

 

 —

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ACCU

 

14 

 

 

21 

Fees paid based on MP Securities Networking Agreement with ACCU

 

23 

 

 







 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



Nine months ended



September 30,



2020

 

2019

Dollar amount of loan participation interests purchased from ACCU

$

 —

 

$

1,435 

Interest earned on funds held with ACCU

 

69 

 

 

115 

Loans sold to ACCU

 

441 

 

 

 —

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ACCU

 

42 

 

 

63 

Fees paid based on MP Securities Networking Agreement with ACCU

 

50 

 

 

31 

Loan participation interests:

From time to time, the Company may purchase a loan participation interest from a related party. The Company and its related party will negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of such a purchase and in accordance with the Company’s related party procedures and governance practices. Each party must approve

F-22


 

such a purchase after full disclosure of the related party transaction and must include terms and conditions that would normally be included in arm’s length transactions conducted by independent parties.

Occasionally, the Company sells or purchases loan participation interests from ACCU. The Company negotiates pass-through interest rates on loan participation interests purchased or sold from and to ACCU on a loan-by-loan basis. Management believes these terms are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions. On April 29, 2020, the Company sold back to ACCU a $441 thousand loan participation interest that it had previously purchased from ACCU.

MP Securities Networking Agreement with ACCU:

MP Securities entered into a Networking Agreement with ACCU in July 2014 pursuant to which MP Securities has agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to ACCU’s members that:

(1) ACCU or its Board of Directors has approved;

(2) comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(3) are offered in accordance with NCUA rules and regulations; and

(4) comply with its membership agreement with FINRA.

The agreement entitles MP Securities to pay ACCU a percentage of total revenue received by MP Securities from transactions conducted for or on behalf of ACCU members. Either ACCU or MP Securities may terminate the Networking Agreement without cause upon thirty days prior written notice.

Transactions with Other Equity Owners

The Company has entered into a Loan Participation Agreement with UNIFY Financial Credit Union (“UFCU”), an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units. Under this agreement, the Company sold UFCU a $5.0 million loan participation interest in one of its mortgage loan interests on August 14, 2013. As part of this agreement, the Company retained the right to service the loan, and it charges UFCU a fee for servicing the loan. Management believes the terms of the agreement are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

The Company has also entered into a Loan Participation Agreement with Navy Federal Credit Union (“NFCU”), an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units. Under this agreement, the Company sold NFCU a $5.0 million loan participation interest in one of its construction loans on March 20, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, NFCU’s outstanding balance of the drawn portion of the loan was $1.9 million. As part of this agreement, the Company retained the right to service the loan, and it charges NFCU a fee for servicing the loan. Management believes the terms of the agreement are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

F-23


 

Transactions with Subsidiaries

The Company has entered into several agreements with its subsidiary, MP Securities. The Company eliminates the income and expense related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements. MP Securities serves as the managing broker for the Company’s public and private placement note offerings. MP Securities receives compensation related to these broker dealer services ranging from 0.25% to 5.50% over the life of a note. The amount of the compensation depends on the length of the note and the terms of the offering under which MP Securities sold the note.

The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with MP Securities. The Administrative Services Agreement provides services such as the use of office space, use of equipment, including computers and phones, and payroll and personnel services. The agreement stipulates that MP Securities will provide ministerial, compliance, marketing, operational, and investor relations-related services in relation to the Company’s investor note program. As stated above, the Company eliminates all intercompany transactions related to this agreement in its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s subsidiary, MPF, serves as the collateral agent for the Company’s Secured Notes. The Company’s Prospectus for its Class 1A Notes and the private placement memorandum for the Company’s Secured Notes Offering describe the terms of these agreements. See, “Note 11. Investor Notes Payable” to Part I, Item I “Financial Information” of this Report.

Line of Credit with KCT Credit Union

On September 30, 2020, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with KCT Credit Union, an Illinois state chartered financial institution (“KCT”). The KCT line of credit is a $7.0 million short-term demand facility with a maturity date ending September 30, 2021. The line of credit will automatically renew for a one-year term unless either party furnishes written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the maturity date that it does not intend to renew the agreement. The KCT line of credit is secured by certain mortgage loans held as collateral and the Company is required to maintain a minimum collateralization ratio of 120% measured by the outstanding balance of mortgage notes pledged as compared to the total amount owed on the line of credit. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had borrowed $7.0 million. The KCT line of credit is evidenced by a promissory note, is payable one hundred twenty (120) days after each advance made or earlier in the event that collateral loan becomes more than sixty (60) days delinquent and the Company fails to cure such delinquency. The interest rate on the Note is set at prime plus 0.50%. Our Board Chairperson, R. Michael Lee, serves as the Chief Executive Officer and President of KCT. The Company approved the KCT line of credit in accordance with its Related Party Transaction Policy and concluded that the terms of the KCT line of credit were in the best interests of the Company and entered into on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from an independent third party.

Related Party Transaction Policy

The Board has adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy to assist in evaluating related transactions the Company may enter into with a related party. Under this policy, a majority of the members of the Company’s Board and majority of its independent Board members must approve a material transaction that it

F-24


 

enters into with a related party. As a result, all transactions that the Company undertakes with an affiliate or a related party are entered into on terms believed by management to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties. In addition, a majority of the Company’s independent Board members must approve these transactions.

From time to time, the Company’s Board and members of its executive management team have purchased investor notes from the Company or have purchased investment products through MP Securities. Investor notes payable owned by related parties totaled $213 thousand and $368 thousand at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Note 4: Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of one segment – church loans. See “Note 1 – Loan Portfolio Segments and Classes” to Part I “Financial Information” of this Report. The loans fall into four classes:

·

wholly-owned loans for which the Company possesses the first collateral position;

·

wholly-owned loans that are either unsecured or for which the Company possesses a junior collateral position;

·

participated loans purchased for which the Company possesses the first collateral position; and

·

participated loans purchased for which the Company possesses a junior collateral position.

The Company makes all of its loans to various evangelical churches and related organizations, primarily to purchase, construct, or improve facilities. Loan maturities extend through 2033. The loan portfolio had a weighted average rate of 6.51% and 6.44% as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The table below is a summary of the Company’s mortgage loans owned (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

September 30,

 

December 31,



 

2020

 

2019

Loans to evangelical churches and related organizations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate secured

 

$

121,976 

 

$

130,889 

Unsecured

 

 

149 

 

 

160 

Total loans

 

 

122,125 

 

 

131,049 

Deferred loan fees, net

 

 

(537)

 

 

(631)

Loan discount

 

 

(232)

 

 

(182)

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(1,523)

 

 

(1,393)

Loans, net

 

$

119,833 

 

$

128,843 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table shows the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

F-25


 







 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Nine months
ended

 

Year
ended



 

September 30,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

1,393 

 

$

2,480 

Provision for loan loss

 

 

195 

 

 

(544)

Charge-offs

 

 

(65)

 

 

(923)

Recoveries

 

 

 —

 

 

380 

Balance, end of period

 

$

1,523 

 

$

1,393 



The table below presents loans by portfolio segment (church loans) and the related allowance for loan losses. In addition, the table segregates loans and the allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology (dollars in thousands).





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Loans and Allowance
for Loan Losses (by segment)



 

As of



 

September 30,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

6,181 

 

$

8,843 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

115,944 

 

 

122,206 

Balance

 

$

122,125 

 

$

131,049 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

290 

 

$

175 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,233 

 

 

1,218 

Balance

 

$

1,523 

 

$

1,393 

The Company has established a loan grading system to assist management in their analysis and supervision of the loan portfolio. The following tables summarize the credit quality indicators by loan class (dollars in thousands):











 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators (by class)

As of September 30, 2020



 

Wholly-Owned First

 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

Participation First

 

Participation Junior

 

Total

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

93,636 

 

$

3,486 

 

$

1,400 

 

$

 —

 

$

98,522 

Watch

 

 

17,204 

 

 

31 

 

 

187 

 

 

 —

 

 

17,422 

Special mention

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Substandard

 

 

5,677 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,677 

Doubtful

 

 

504 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

504 

Loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

117,021 

 

$

3,517 

 

$

1,587 

 

$

 —

 

$

122,125 



F-26


 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators (by class)

As of December 31, 2019



 

Wholly-Owned First

 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

Participation First

 

Participation Junior

 

Total

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

96,674 

 

$

3,557 

 

$

1,882 

 

$

 —

 

$

102,113 

Watch

 

 

19,870 

 

 

32 

 

 

191 

 

 

 —

 

 

20,093 

Special mention

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Substandard

 

 

7,103 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,230 

 

 

 —

 

 

8,333 

Doubtful

 

 

510 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

510 

Loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

124,157 

 

$

3,589 

 

$

3,303 

 

$

 —

 

$

131,049 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s loan portfolio delinquencies by loan Class And amount (dollars in thousands):







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (by class)

As of September 30, 2020



 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Recorded Investment 90 Days or More and Still Accruing

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

4,185 

 

$

4,185 

 

$

112,836 

 

$

117,021 

 

$

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,517 

 

 

3,517 

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,587 

 

 

1,587 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

4,185 

 

$

4,185 

 

$

117,940 

 

$

122,125 

 

$

 —







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (by class)

As of December 31, 2019



 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Recorded Investment 90 Days or More and Still Accruing

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5,907 

 

$

5,907 

 

$

118,250 

 

$

124,157 

 

$

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,589 

 

 

3,589 

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,303 

 

 

3,303 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5,907 

 

$

5,907 

 

$

125,142 

 

$

131,049 

 

$

 —

Impaired Loans

The following tables are summaries of impaired loans by loan Class As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The unpaid principal balance is the contractual principal outstanding on the loan. The recorded balance is the unpaid principal balance less any interest payments that management has recorded against principal. The recorded investment

F-27


 

is the recorded balance less discounts taken. The related allowance reflects specific reserves taken on the impaired loans (dollars in thousands):









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans (by class) As of September 30, 2020

 

For the three months ended
September 30, 2020

 

For the nine months ended
September 30, 2020



 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

Recorded Balance

 

Recorded Investment

 

Related Allowance

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

With no allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

9,877 

 

$

9,813 

 

$

9,652 

 

$

 —

 

$

9,672 

 

$

92 

 

$

10,978 

 

$

266 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

 —

 

 

290 

 

 

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

296 

 

 

11 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans

$

10,167 

 

$

10,103 

 

$

9,942 

 

$

290 

 

$

9,962 

 

$

92 

 

$

11,564 

 

$

277 



F-28


 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans (by class) As of December 31, 2019

 

For the year ended
December 31, 2019



 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

Recorded Balance

 

Recorded Investment

 

Related Allowance

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

With no allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

12,497 

 

$

12,404 

 

$

12,304 

 

$

 —

 

$

12,343 

 

$

1,202 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

110 

 

 

973 

 

 

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

1,294 

 

 

1,230 

 

 

1,230 

 

 

65 

 

 

1,263 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans

$

14,081 

 

$

13,924 

 

$

13,824 

 

$

175 

 

$

14,579 

 

$

1,202 





F-29


 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans (by class) As of September 30, 2019

 

For the three months ended
September 30, 2019

 

For the nine months ended
September 30, 2019



 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

Recorded Balance

 

Recorded Investment

 

Related Allowance

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

With no allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

6,563 

 

$

6,325 

 

$

6,342 

 

$

 —

 

$

6,215 

 

$

60 

 

$

6,018 

 

$

118 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,158 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

877 

 

 

567 

 

 

568 

 

 

114 

 

 

1,038 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,100 

 

 

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

215 

 

 

181 

 

 

181 

 

 

135 

 

 

178 

 

 

 —

 

 

179 

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

1,302 

 

 

1,274 

 

 

1,274 

 

 

103 

 

 

1,283 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,283 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans

$

8,957 

 

$

8,347 

 

$

8,365 

 

$

352 

 

$

8,714 

 

$

60 

 

$

10,738 

 

$

118 





A summary of nonaccrual loans by loan class is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans on Nonaccrual Status (by class)



 

as of



 

September 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

6,181 

 

$

6,405 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

1,230 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

6,181 

 

$

7,635 



F-30


 

A summary of loans the Company restructured during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 is as follows (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (by class)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020



 

Number of Loans

 

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Recorded Investment At Period End

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

$

 

1,936 

 

$

1,955 

 

$

1,947 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participation First

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participation Junior

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

1,936 

 

$

1,955 

 

$

1,947 



There were no loan modifications made during the three months ended September 30, 2020 that qualified as troubled debt restructurings.





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (by class)

For the three months ended September 30, 2019



 

Number of Loans

 

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Recorded Investment At Period End

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

$

 

723 

 

$

890 

 

$

890 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 

 

167 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

 

 

$

890 

 

$

890 

 

$

890 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (by class)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2019



 

Number of Loans

 

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Recorded Investment At Period End

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

 

$

2,404 

 

$

2,582 

 

$

2,578 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 

 

166 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

 

 

$

2,570 

 

$

2,582 

 

$

2,578 

F-31


 

For the loan restructured during nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company agreed to a forbearance agreement with the borrower whereby management added accrued interest and fees to the loan’s principal balance, and the borrower will be making interest-only payments for 12 months. For one of the loans restructured during nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company agreed to a forbearance agreement with the borrower whereby management lowered the interest rate and added accrued interest and fees to the loan’s principal balance. For another loan, the Company agreed to extend the maturity date of the loan and added fees to the balance of the loan. For the two loans restructured during the three months ended September 30, 2019, the Company created two new loans, lowered the interest rate on both, and completely charged off one of the loans. The Company has one restructured loan that is past maturity as of September 30, 2020.

The Company closely monitors delinquency in loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring as an early indicator for future default. Management regularly evaluates loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring for potential further impairment and will make adjustments to the risk ratings and specific reserves associated with troubled debt restructurings as deemed necessary.

As of September 30, 2020, the Company has no commitments to advance additional funds in connection with loans modified as troubled debt restructurings.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the CARES Act provided the Company an option to elect to not account for certain loan modifications related to COVID-10 as troubled debt restructurings as long as the borrowers were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The loan restructurings made during the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were not related to COVID-19 modifications.

As of September 30, 2020, the Company has granted certain loan payment concessions, which qualify under the CARES Act, and the Company has elected not to account for these modifications as troubled debt restructurings. These modifications include granting temporary payment relief measures. For any payment deferral requests the Company approves, the maturity date of the mortgage note will not be extended, and any deferred payments will increase the principal amount due at maturity. The Company granted 40 loan payment deferral requests of various terms under the CARES Act. All but four of the borrowers have begun making their regular payments as of September 30, 2020.

Note 5: Investment in Joint Venture

In December 2015, the Company finalized an agreement with Intertex Property Management, Inc., a California corporation, to enter into a joint venture to form Tesoro Hills, LLC (the “Valencia Hills Project”). The Valencia Hills Project is a joint venture that will develop and market property formerly classified by the Company as a foreclosed asset. In January 2016, the Company transferred ownership in the foreclosed asset to the Valencia Hills Project as part of the agreement. In addition, the Company reclassified the carrying value of the property from foreclosed assets to an investment in a joint venture. The Company’s initial investment in the joint venture was $900 thousand. This amount was the carrying value in the foreclosed asset at December 31, 2015.

F-32


 

The joint venture incurred losses of $6 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The joint venture did not incur any gains or losses during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the value of the Company’s investment in the property was $889 thousand and $891 thousand, respectively. Management’s impairment analysis of the investment as of September 30, 2020 has determined that the investment is not impaired.



Note 6: Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes two primary types of revenue: interest income and non-interest income. The following tables reflect the Company’s non-interest income disaggregated by financial statement line item. Items outside of the scope of ASC 606 are noted as such (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended



 

September 30,

 

September 30,



 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

Non-interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth advisory fees

 

$

66 

 

$

89 

 

$

247 

 

$

217 

Investment brokerage fees

 

 

117 

 

 

318 

 

 

223 

 

 

1,002 

Lending fees (1)

 

 

43 

 

 

36 

 

 

113 

 

 

86 

Gains on loan sales

 

 

21 

 

 

 —

 

 

61 

 

 

 —

Lease income

 

 

17 

 

 

 —

 

 

47 

 

 

 —

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

2,400 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,400 

 

 

 —

Other non-interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20 

Total non-interest income

 

$

2,666 

 

$

445 

 

$

3,098 

 

$

1,325 

(1) Not within scope of ASC 606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







F-33


 

Note 7: Loan Sales

The following table shows the amount of loan participation sales and the resulting changes in servicing assets recorded during nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the year ended December 31, 2019. Management amortizes servicing assets using the interest method as an adjustment to servicing fee income.

A summary of loan participation sales and servicing assets are as follows (dollars in thousands):









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the



 

Nine months ended

 

Year ended



 

September 30,

 

December 31,



 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

Loan participation interests sold by the Company

 

$

16,533 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

100 

 

$

212 

 

$

212 

Additions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing obligations from sale of loan participations

 

 

85 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Subtractions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(37)

 

 

(103)

 

 

(112)

Balance, end of period

 

$

148 

 

$

109 

 

$

100 











Note 8: Foreclosed Assets

The Company’s investment in foreclosed assets was $301 thousand at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. On its balance sheet, the Company presents foreclosed assets net of an allowance for losses. There was no allowance for losses on foreclosed assets at September 30, 2020. The Company did not record any loss provisions on foreclosed assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Expenses and income applicable to foreclosed assets include the following (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed Asset Expenses (Income)

 

For the three months ended
September 30,

 

For the nine months ended
September 30,



 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

Net loss (gain) on sale of real estate

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Provision for losses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Operating expenses, net of income

 

 

 —

 

 

11 

 

 

 

 

11 

Net expense (income)

 

$

 —

 

$

11 

 

$

 

$

11 







F-34


 

Note 9: Premises and Equipment

The table below summarizes the premises and equipment owned by the Company (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

As of



 

September 30,

 

December 31,



 

2020

 

2019



 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and office equipment

 

$

521 

 

$

503 

Computer system

 

 

214 

 

 

214 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

43 

 

 

43 

Total premises and equipment

 

 

778 

 

 

760 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(546)

 

 

(544)

Premises and equipment, net

 

$

232 

 

$

216 







 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2020

 

2019



 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30,

 

$

39 

 

$

30 

 

Note 10: Credit Facilities

The Company has one secured term-debt credit facility. The facility is non-revolving and does not have an option to renew or extend additional credit. Additionally, the facility does not contain a prepayment penalty. Under the terms of the credit facility, the Company must maintain a minimum collateralization ratio of at least 120%. If at any time the Company fails to maintain its required minimum collateralization ratio, it will be required to deliver cash or qualifying mortgage loans in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet its obligation to maintain a minimum collateralization ratio. The collateral securing the facility at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 satisfied the 120% minimum. As of September 30, 2020, the Company has only pledged qualifying mortgage loans as collateral on the credit facility. In addition, the credit facility includes a number of borrower covenants. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Previously, the Company had an additional term-debt credit facility that carried the same terms as the facility it currently has. On September 25, 2020, the Company reached an agreement with OSK VII, LLC to pay off the entire outstanding contractual principal balance of $15.0 million. The Company realized $2.4 million in gains on the extinguishment of debt as a result of this agreement. The Company was in compliance with its covenants and its minimum collateralization ratio on the facility at December 31, 2019 and at the time of the payoff.

On April 27, 2020, MP Securities applied for and received a Paycheck Protection Program loan (“PPP Loan”) granted under the CARES Act. According to the terms of the program, as administered by the Small Business Association, payments on the loan are deferred for six months, deferred interest is capitalized into the principal balance of the loan, and qualifying amounts of the principal balance of the loan and deferred interest are eligible to be forgiven if MP Securities retains employees and maintains salary levels for its

F-35


 

existing employees. Qualifying amounts include amounts equal to eligible payroll costs, certain rent payments, and utility payments as defined by the program. No collateral is required to be pledged for the PPP Loan.

The following table summarizes the principal terms the Company’s term debt as of September 30, 2020:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of Borrowing

 

Interest Rate

 

Interest Rate Type

 

Amount Outstanding

 

Monthly Payment

 

Maturity Date

 

Amount of Loan Collateral Pledged

 

Amount of Cash Pledged

Term Loan

 

2.525%

 

Fixed

 

$

52,433 

 

$

579 

 

11/1/2026

 

$

65,966 

 

$

 —

PPP Loan

 

1.000%

 

Fixed

 

$

111 

 

$

 —

 

4/27/2022

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Future principal contractual payments of the Company’s term debt during the twelve-month periods ending September 30, are as follows (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 



 

 

 

2021

 

$

4,134 

2022

 

 

4,346 

2023

 

 

4,343 

2024

 

 

4,451 

2025

 

 

4,567 

Thereafter

 

 

30,703 



 

$

52,544 

Note that the above table includes future contractual principal payments of the PPP Loan, disregarding potential forgiveness.



On September 30, 2020, Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with KCT Credit Union, an Illinois state chartered financial institution (“CUSO LOC”). The CUSO LOC is a $7.0 million short-term demand credit facility with a one-year maturity date of September 30, 2021. The facility carried a balance of zero at September 30, 2020.  The interest rate on the facility is equal to the United States Prime Rate plus 0.50%.  The interest rate was 3.75% on September 30, 2020. The CUSO LOC will automatically renew for another one-year term unless either party furnishes written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the termination date that it does not intend to renew the agreement. The Company has secured the CUSO LOC with certain of its mortgage loan investments. The Company may draw funds on the CUSO LOC at any time until the line is fully drawn. Repayment of each advance is due one hundred and twenty (120) days after the advance is made or earlier in the event that a collateral loan becomes more than sixty (60) days delinquent and the Company fails to cure such deficiency. To secure its obligations under the CUSO LOC, the Company has agreed to grant a priority first lien and security interest in certain of its mortgage loan investments and maintain a minimum collateralization ratio measured by taking outstanding balance of mortgage notes pledged under the facility as compared to the total amount of principal owed on the CUSO LOC. The minimum ratio must equal at least 120%. The CUSO LOC contains typical affirmative covenants for a credit facility of this nature. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2020. As of September 30 2020, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the CUSO LOC.







F-36


 

Note 11: Investor Notes Payable

The table below provides information on the Company’s investor notes payable (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

As of

 

As of



 

 

 

September 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2019

SEC Registered Public Offerings

 

Offering Type

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate

 

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate

 

Class A Offering

 

Unsecured

 

$

306 

 

2.12 

%

 

$

487 

 

3.97 

%

Class 1 Offering

 

Unsecured

 

 

14,388 

 

3.75 

%

 

 

22,098 

 

4.01 

%

Class 1A Offering

 

Unsecured

 

 

42,780 

 

3.07 

%

 

 

32,732 

 

3.70 

%

Public Offering Total

 

 

 

$

57,474 

 

3.23 

%

 

$

55,317 

 

3.82 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Offerings

 

Offering Type

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated Notes

 

Unsecured

 

$

11,328 

 

4.59 

%

 

$

11,317 

 

5.24 

%

Secured Notes

 

Secured

 

 

6,515 

 

3.99 

%

 

 

6,467 

 

3.98 

%

Private Offering Total

 

 

 

$

17,843 

 

4.37 

%

 

$

17,784 

 

4.78 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Investor Notes Payable

 

 

 

$

75,317 

 

3.50 

%

 

$

73,101 

 

4.06 

%

Investor Notes Payable Totals by Security

 

Offering Type

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unsecured Total

 

Unsecured

 

$

68,802 

 

3.46 

%

 

$

66,634 

 

4.06 

%

Secured Total

 

Secured

 

$

6,515 

 

3.99 

%

 

$

6,467 

 

3.98 

%



Future maturities for the Company’s investor notes during the twelve-month periods ending September 30,are as follows (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 



 

 

 

2021

 

$

24,433 

2022

 

 

17,264 

2023

 

 

7,847 

2024

 

 

13,224 

2025

 

 

12,549 



 

$

75,317 

Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s investor notes payable were $25 thousand and $55 thousand at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The notes are payable to investors who have purchased the securities. Notes pay interest at stated spreads over an index rate. The investor may reinvest the interest or have the interest paid to them at their option. The Company may repurchase all or a portion of notes at any time at its sole discretion. In addition, the Company may allow investors to redeem their notes prior to maturity at its sole discretion.

F-37


 

SEC Registered Public Offerings 

Class A Offering.

In April 2008, the Company registered its Class A Notes with the SEC. The Company discontinued the sale of its Class A Note Offering when the offering expired on December 31, 2015. The offering included three categories of notes, including a fixed interest note, a variable interest note, and a flex note that allows borrowers to increase their interest rate once a year with certain limitations. The Class A Notes contained restrictive covenants pertaining to paying dividends, making redemptions, acquiring, purchasing or making certain payments, requiring the maintenance of minimum tangible net worth, limitations on the issuance of additional notes, and incurring of indebtedness. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The Company issued the Class A Notes under a Trust Indenture entered into between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (“US Bank”).

Class 1 Offering.

In January 2015, the Company registered its Class 1 Notes with the SEC. The Company discontinued the sale of its Class 1 Note Offering when it expired on December 31, 2017. The offering included two categories of notes, including a fixed interest note and a variable interest note. The Class 1 Notes contain restrictive covenants pertaining to paying dividends, making redemptions, acquiring, purchasing, or making certain payments, requiring the maintenance of minimum tangible net worth, limitations on the issuance of additional notes, and incurring of indebtedness. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The Company issued The Class 1 Notes under a Trust Indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank.

Class 1A Offering.

In February 2018, the Company launched its Class 1A Notes Offering. Pursuant to a Registration Statement declared effective on February 27, 2018, the Company registered $90 million of its Class 1A Notes in two series – fixed and variable notes. The Class 1A Notes are unsecured. The interest rate paid on the Fixed Series Notes is determined in reference to a Constant Maturity Treasury Index published by the U.S. Department of Treasury (“CMT Index”) in effect on the date that the note is issued plus a rate spread as described in the Company’s Class 1A Prospectus. The variable index in effect on the date the interest rate is set determines the interest rate paid on a Variable Series Note. The CMT Index refers to the Constant Maturity Treasury rates published by the U.S. Department of Treasury for actively traded Treasury securities. The variable index is equal to the 3-month LIBOR rate. The Company issued the Class 1A Notes under a Trust Indenture entered into between the Company and U.S. Bank.

Private Offerings

Series 1 Subordinated Capital Notes (“Subordinated Notes”).

In June 2018, the Company renewed the offer and sale of its Subordinated Notes initially launched in February 2013. The Company offers the notes pursuant to a limited private offering to qualified investors that meet the requirements of Rule 506 of Regulation D. The Company offers the Subordinated Notes with

F-38


 

maturity terms from 12 to 60 months at an interest rate fixed on the date of issuance, as determined by the then current seven-day average rate reported by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board for interest rate swaps.

Under the Subordinated Notes offering, the Company is subject to certain covenants, including limitations on restricted payments, limitations on the amount of notes that it can sell, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions, and proper maintenance of books and records. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Secured Investment Certificates (“Secured Notes”).

In January 2015, the Company began offering Secured Notes under a private placement memorandum pursuant to the requirements of Rule 506 of Regulation D. Under this offering, the Company is authorized to offer up to $80.0 million in Secured Notes to qualified investors. On December 31, 2017, the Company terminated its 2015 Secured Note offering.

The Company secures these notes by pledging either cash or loans receivable as collateral. The collateralization ratio is 100% on the pledged cash and 105% on the pledged loans receivable. Said another way, every dollar of cash collateralizes one dollar of secured notes and every $1.05 of loans receivable collateralizes one dollar of secured notes. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the loans receivable collateral securing the Secured Notes had an outstanding balance of $9,127 thousand and $13,019 thousand, respectively. The September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 collateral balance was sufficient to satisfy the minimum collateral requirement of the Secured Notes offering. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company did not have cash pledged for the benefit of the Secured Notes.

Effective as of April 30, 2018, the Company launched a new $80 million secured note offering. The Company issued the 2018 Secured Note offering pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement. This agreement includes the same terms and conditions previously set forth in its 2015 Secured Note offering. The 2018 Secured Note offering terminated on April 30, 2020.



Note 12: Commitments and Contingencies

Unfunded Commitments

The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include un-advanced lines of credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

The contractual amount of these commitments represents the Company’s exposure to credit loss. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

F-39


 

The table below shows the outstanding financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk (dollars in thousands):







 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Contract Amount at:



 

September 30,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Undisbursed loans

 

$

2,323 

 

$

1,999 

Undisbursed loans are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These loans are sometimes unsecured and the borrower may not necessarily draw upon the line the total amount of the commitment. Commitments to extend credit are generally at variable rates.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was a defendant in a wrongful termination of employment lawsuit. On October 16, 2020, the Company reached a settlement agreement with the plaintiff. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is not liable for any settlement payments.

Operating Leases

The Company has lease agreements for its offices in Brea and Fresno, California. The Company renewed its Brea office lease in January 2019 for an additional five-year term. The lease does not contain any additional options to renew. In March 2020, the Company signed an agreement to extend the Fresno office lease for two additional years to March 31, 2022. The Company has determined that both leases are operating leases.

Beginning on January 1, 2019, the Company has recorded right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in accordance with ASU 2016-02. The Company has elected not to reassess expired or existing leases for changes in classification. The Company has elected not to use hindsight to determine the term of existing leases and is using the term of the current lease agreements in its right-of-use asset calculations. As the interest rates implicit in the leases were not readily available, the Company used its incremental borrowing rates to determine the discount rates used in the asset calculations. Right-of-use assets included in Other Assets were $478 thousand and $536 thousand at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Lease liabilities included in Other Liabilities were $490 thousand and $545 thousand at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

F-40


 

The table below presents information regarding our existing operating leases (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



For the



Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

Year ended



September 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,



2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2019

Lease cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease cost

$

44 

 

 

$

43 

 

 

$

131 

 

 

$

130 

 

 

$

174 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for operating leases

 

43 

 

 

 

41 

 

 

 

127 

 

 

 

123 

 

 

 

164 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

53 

 

 

 

680 

 

 

 

680 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)

 

2.79 

 

 

 

4.17 

 

 

 

2.79 

 

 

 

4.17 

 

 

 

3.96 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

4.60 

%

 

 

4.77 

%

 

 

4.60 

%

 

 

4.77 

%

 

 

4.77 

%



Future minimum lease payments and lease costs for the twelve months ending September 30, are as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Lease Payments

 

Lease Costs

2021

 

$

172 

 

$

174 

2022

 

 

163 

 

 

160 

2023

 

 

154 

 

 

146 

2024

 

 

39 

 

 

37 

Total

 

$

528 

 

$

517 











Note 13: Preferred and Common Units under LLC Structure

Holders of the Series A Preferred Units are entitled to receive a quarterly cash dividend that is 25 basis points higher than the one-year LIBOR rate in effect on the last day of the calendar month for which the preferred return is approved. The Company has also agreed to set aside an annual amount equal to 10% of its net profits earned for any year, after subtracting from profits the quarterly Series A Preferred Unit dividends paid, for distribution to its Series A Preferred Unit holders.

The Series A Preferred Units have a liquidation preference of $100 per unit and have no voting rights. They are also subject to redemption in whole or in part at the Company’s election on December 31 of any year for an amount equal to the liquidation preference of each unit, plus any accrued and declared but unpaid quarterly dividends and preferred distributions on such units. The Series A Preferred Units have priority as to earnings and distributions over the Common Units. The resale of the Company’s Series A Preferred Units and Common Units are subject to the Company’s first right of refusal to purchase units proposed to be transferred. Upon the Company’s failure to pay quarterly dividends for four consecutive quarters, the holders of the Series A Preferred Units have the right to appoint two managers to its Board of Managers.

F-41


 

The Class A Common Units have voting rights, but have no liquidation preference or rights to dividends, unless declared.



Note 14: Retirement Plans

401(k)

All of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate in the Automated Data Processing, Inc. (“ADP”) 401(k) plan effective as of the date their employment commences. No minimum service is required and the minimum age is 21. Each employee may elect voluntary contributions not to exceed 86% of salary, subject to certain limits based on U.S. tax law. The plan has a matching program, which qualifies as a Safe Harbor 401(k) plan. As this is a Safe Harbor Section 401(k) plan, the Company matches each eligible employee’s contribution, dollar for dollar, up to 3% of the employee’s compensation, and 50% of the employee’s contribution that exceeds 3% of their compensation, up to a maximum contribution of 5% of the employee’s compensation. Company matching contributions for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were $60 thousand and $44 thousand, respectively.

Profit Sharing

The profit sharing plan is for all employees who, at the end of the calendar year, are at least 21 years old, still employed, and have at least 900 hours of service during the plan year. The Company’s Board of Managers determines the amount annually contributed on behalf of each qualified employee. The Company determines the amount by calculating it as a percentage of the eligible employee's annual earnings. Plan forfeitures are used to reduce the Company’s annual contribution. The Company did not make or approve a profit sharing contribution for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.



Note 15: Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements Using Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company classifies measurements of fair value within a hierarchy based upon inputs that give the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

·

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

·

Level 2 inputs include:

o

quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets,

o

quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in inactive markets,

F-42


 

o

inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.);

o

or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or by other means.

·

Level 3 inputs are unobservable and reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following tables show the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments (dollars in thousands):`







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2020 using



 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Fair Value

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash

 

$

17,976 

 

$

17,976 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

17,976 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,757 

 

 

 

 

 

1,757 

 

 

 

 

 

1,757 

Loans, net

 

 

119,833 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

118,966 

 

 

118,966 

Investment in joint venture

 

 

889 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

889 

 

 

889 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

835 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

835 

 

 

835 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

52,544 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

44,481 

 

$

44,481 

Investor notes payable

 

 

75,292 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

77,293 

 

 

77,293 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

514 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

514 

 

 

514 



F-43


 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 using



 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Fair Value

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash

 

$

25,993 

 

$

25,993 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

25,993 

Loans, net

 

 

128,843 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

126,438 

 

 

126,438 

Investment in joint venture

 

 

891 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

891 

 

 

891 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

635 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

635 

 

 

635 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

71,427 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

55,072 

 

$

55,072 

Investor notes payable

 

 

73,046 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

74,592 

 

 

74,592 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

503 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

503 

 

 

503 

Management uses judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The Company used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash and restricted cash – The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets approximate fair value for cash.

Certificates of deposit – Management estimates fair value by using a present value discounted cash flow with a discount rate approximating the current market rate for similar assets. Management classifies certificates of deposits as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Loans – Management estimates fair value by discounting the future cash flows of the loans. The discount rate the Company uses is the current average rates at which it would make loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Investments – Management estimates fair value by analyzing the operations and marketability of the underlying investment to determine if the investment is other-than-temporarily impaired.

Investor Notes Payable – Management estimates the fair value of fixed maturity notes by discounting the future cash flows of the notes. The discount rate the Company uses is the rates currently offered for investor notes payable of similar remaining maturities. Company management estimates the discount rate by using market rates that reflect the interest rate risk inherent in the notes.

Term-debt – Management estimates the fair value of borrowings from financial institutions discounting the future cash flows of the borrowings. The discount rate the Company uses is the current incremental

F-44


 

borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. Company management estimates the discount rate by using market rates that reflect the interest rate risk inherent in the notes.

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments – Management determines the fair value of loan commitments on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining term of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. The fair value of loan commitments is insignificant at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Fair Value Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. On these assets, the Company only makes fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following table presents the fair value of assets measured on a nonrecurring basis (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Fair Value Measurements Using:

 

 

 

   

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total

Assets at September 30, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral-dependent loans (net of allowance and discount)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5,815 

 

$

5,815 

Investment in joint venture

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

889 

 

 

889 

Foreclosed assets (net of allowance)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

301 

 

 

301 

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

7,005 

 

$

7,005 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets at December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral-dependent loans (net of allowance and discount)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

8,640 

 

$

8,640 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

891 

 

 

891 

Foreclosed assets (net of allowance)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

301 

 

 

301 

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,832 

 

$

9,832 



Impaired Loans

The Company records loans that management considers impaired at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Once a loan is considered impaired, the fair value is measured using one of several methods, including collateral liquidation value, market value of similar debt and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring a specific charge against the allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral meet or exceed the recorded investment in the loan. Loans which management deems to be impaired are primarily valued on a nonrecurring basis at the fair value of the underlying real estate collateral. Such fair values are obtained using independent appraisals, which the Company considers to be Level 3 inputs.

F-45


 

Foreclosed Assets

The Company initially records real estate acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings (foreclosed assets) at fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated costs of disposal, which establishes a new cost. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations on foreclosed assets. The Company carries foreclosed assets held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs of disposal. The fair values of real properties initially are determined based on appraisals. In some cases, management adjusts the appraised values for various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparable properties included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market or in the collateral. The Company makes subsequent valuations of the real properties based either on management estimates or on updated appraisals. If management makes significant adjustments to appraised values based on unobservable inputs, the Company categorizes foreclosed assets under Level 3. Otherwise, if management bases the foreclosed assets’ value on recent appraisals and the only adjustments made are for known contractual selling costs, the Company will categorize the foreclosed assets under Level 2.

The fair value of impaired loans at September 30, 2020 has decreased from December 31, 2019 as two loans previously classified as impaired were classified as non-impaired, performing loans. In addition, one impaired loan that was outstanding at December 31, 2019 was sold during the first nine months of 2020.

The table below summarizes the valuation methodologies used to measure the fair value adjustments for Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2020

Assets

 

Fair Value
(in thousands)

 

Valuation
Techniques

 

Unobservable
Input

 

Range
(Weighted Average)

Impaired Loans

 

$

5,815 

 

Discounted appraised value

 

Selling cost / Estimated market decrease

 

21% - 81% (23%)

Investment in joint venture

 

 

889 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Estimated future market value

 

0% (0%)

Foreclosed Assets

 

 

301 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Selling cost

 

6% (6%)









 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

Assets

 

Fair Value
(in thousands)

 

Valuation
Techniques

 

Unobservable
Input

 

Range
(Weighted Average)

Impaired loans

 

$

8,640 

 

Discounted appraised value

 

Selling cost / Estimated market decrease

 

21% - 81% (23%)

Investments in joint venture

 

 

891 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Estimated future market value

 

0% (0%)

Foreclosed assets

 

 

301 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Selling cost

 

6% (6%)



 

F-46


 

Note 16: Income Taxes and State LLC Fees

MPIC is subject to a California gross receipts LLC fee of approximately $12,000 per year, and the state minimum franchise tax of $800 per year. MP Securities is subject to a California gross receipts LLC fee of approximately $6,000 and the state minimum franchise tax of $800 per year.

MP Realty incurred a tax loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and recorded a provision of $800 per year for the state minimum franchise tax. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, MP Realty has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $407 thousand and $402 thousand, respectively, which begin to expire in 2030. Management assessed its ability to realize the deferred tax asset and determined that a 100% valuation against the deferred tax asset was appropriate at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Tax years ended December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2019 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the tax years ended December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2019 remain subject to examination by the California Franchise Tax Board.



Note 17: Segment Information

The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. The Company manages the segments separately because each business requires different management, personnel proficiencies, and marketing strategies.

The Company has two reportable segments that represent the primary businesses reported in the consolidated financial statements: the finance company (the parent company), and the investment advisor and insurance firm (MP Securities). The finance company segment uses funds from the sale of debt securities, income from operations, and the sale of loan participations to originate or purchase mortgage loans. The finance company also services loans. MP Securities generates fee income by selling debt securities and other investment and insurance products, as well as providing investment advisory and financial planning services.

The accounting policies applied to determine the segment information are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Management accounts for intersegment revenues and expenses at amounts that assume the Company entered into the transaction with unrelated third parties at the current market prices at the time of the transaction. Management evaluates the performance of each segment based on net income or loss before provision for income taxes and LLC fees.

F-47


 

Financial information with respect to the reportable segments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020 is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended September 30, 2020



 

Finance
Company

 

Investment Advisor and Insurance Firm

 

Other Segments

 

Adjustments / Eliminations

 

Total

Total revenue

 

$

4,514 

 

$

409 

 

$

 —

 

$

(227)

 

$

4,696 

Total non-interest expense and provision for tax

 

 

1,185 

 

 

289 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,475 

Net profit

 

 

1,852 

 

 

120 

 

 

(1)

 

 

21 

 

 

1,992 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2020



 

Finance
Company

 

Investment Advisor and Insurance Firm

 

Other Segments

 

Adjustments / Eliminations

 

Total

Total revenue

 

$

9,002 

 

$

1,202 

 

$

 —

 

$

(726)

 

$

9,478 

Total non-interest expense and provision for tax

 

 

2,923 

 

 

895 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

3,819 

Net profit (loss)

 

 

1,601 

 

 

307 

 

 

(1)

 

 

128 

 

 

2,035 

Total assets

 

 

139,724 

 

 

2,933 

 

 

371 

 

 

(60)

 

 

142,968 



Financial information with respect to the reportable segments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2019 is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended September 30, 2019



 

Finance
Company

 

Investment Advisor and Insurance Firm

 

Other Segments

 

Adjustments / Eliminations

 

Total

Total revenue

 

$

2,840 

 

$

620 

 

$

 —

 

$

(212)

 

$

3,248 

Total non-interest expense and provision for tax

 

 

1,006 

 

 

280 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,286 

Net profit (loss)

 

 

12 

 

 

340 

 

 

 —

 

 

47 

 

 

399 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2019



 

Finance
Company

 

Investment Advisor and Insurance Firm

 

Other Segments

 

Adjustments / Eliminations

 

Total

Total revenue

 

$

7,971 

 

$

1,947 

 

$

 —

 

$

(725)

 

$

9,193 

Total non-interest expense and provision for tax

 

 

3,029 

 

 

841 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

3,868 

Net profit (loss)

 

 

824 

 

 

1,106 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

 

1,918 

Total assets

 

 

158,621 

 

 

2,452 

 

 

55 

 

 

(30)

 

 

161,098 

F-48


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Members

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC

Brea, California

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgment. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial

F-49


 

statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Assessment of the allowance for loan losses related to the loan portfolio that is collectively evaluated for impairment

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for loan losses related to loans collectively evaluated for impairment (ALL) was based on quantitative historical loss rates. The Company also adjusted the quantitative historical loss rates by considering qualitative factors that cause the estimated losses to differ from quantitatively calculated amounts. The Company recorded a total allowance for loan losses of $1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

We identified the assessment of the ALL as a critical audit matter because it required a significant degree of subjective auditor judgment and specialized industry knowledge and experience. There was subjectivity in performing procedures over key factors and assumptions used by the Company. There were also subjective judgments and specialized knowledge needed to assess loan characteristics, such as loan risk ratings, and to evaluate the development and application of the ALL methodology and the use of qualitative factors.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We evaluated the relevance of the historical data used to develop loss rates. We assessed how the underlying assumptions used by the Company were applied in accordance with the qualitative framework. In addition, we tested the Company’s process, including:

·

evaluating the Company’s ALL methodology to determine if it is sufficiently structured, transparent, and repeatable to produce an estimate that is compliant with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,

·

performing credit file reviews on a selection of loans to assess loan characteristics, such as loan risk ratings, and

·

evaluating the conceptual soundness of the qualitative framework to determine if it identified the relevant incremental risks not captured by the quantitative estimate.

/s/ Hutchinson and Bloodgood LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2005.

Glendale, California

March 27, 2020













 

F-50


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollars in thousands Except Unit Data)







 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2019

 

2018

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

25,993 

 

$

9,877 

Restricted cash

 

 

52 

 

 

51 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,393 and $2,480 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

128,843 

 

 

143,380 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

635 

 

 

711 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

891 

 

 

887 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

216 

 

 

87 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

301 

 

 

 —

Servicing assets

 

 

100 

 

 

212 

Other assets

 

 

990 

 

 

234 

Total assets

 

$

158,021 

 

$

155,439 

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

71,427 

 

$

76,515 

Notes payable, net of debt issuance costs of $55 and $92 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

73,046 

 

 

68,300 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

266 

 

 

249 

Other liabilities

 

 

2,211 

 

 

844 

Total liabilities

 

 

146,950 

 

 

145,908 

Members' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A preferred units, 1,000,000 units authorized, 117,100 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (liquidation preference of $100 per unit); See Note 13

 

 

11,715 

 

 

11,715 

Class A common units, 1,000,000 units authorized, 146,522 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018; See Note 13

 

 

1,509 

 

 

1,509 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(2,153)

 

 

(3,693)

Total members' equity

 

 

11,071 

 

 

9,531 

Total liabilities and members' equity

 

$

158,021 

 

$

155,439 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-51


 

 Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollars in thousands)





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

2019

 

2018

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on loans

 

 

$

9,812 

 

$

9,112 

Interest on interest-bearing accounts

 

 

 

343 

 

 

96 

Total interest income

 

 

 

10,155 

 

 

9,208 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

 

 

1,867 

 

 

2,000 

Notes payable

 

 

 

3,196 

 

 

2,836 

Total interest expense

 

 

 

5,063 

 

 

4,836 

Net interest income

 

 

 

5,092 

 

 

4,372 

Provision (credit) for loan losses

 

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

 

5,636 

 

 

3,706 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker-dealer commissions and fees

 

 

 

1,415 

 

 

523 

Other income

 

 

 

154 

 

 

921 

Total non-interest income

 

 

 

1,569 

 

 

1,444 

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

 

2,810 

 

 

2,695 

Marketing and promotion

 

 

 

275 

 

 

140 

Office occupancy

 

 

 

177 

 

 

153 

Office operations and other expenses

 

 

 

1,483 

 

 

1,224 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

 

97 

 

 

 —

Legal and accounting

 

 

 

343 

 

 

441 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

 

5,185 

 

 

4,653 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

 

2,020 

 

 

497 

Provision for income taxes and state LLC fees

 

 

 

19 

 

 

20 

Net income

 

 

$

2,001 

 

$

477 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-52


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollars in thousands)







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Series A Preferred Units

 

Class A Common Units



 

Number of Units

 

Amount

 

Number of Units

 

Amount

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

 

117,100 

 

$

11,715 

 

 

146,522 

 

$

1,509 

 

$

(3,795)

 

$

9,429 

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

477 

 

 

477 

Dividends on preferred units

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(375)

 

 

(375)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

 

117,100 

 

$

11,715 

 

 

146,522 

 

$

1,509 

 

$

(3,693)

 

$

9,531 

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,001 

 

 

2,001 

Dividends on preferred units

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(461)

 

 

(461)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

117,100 

 

$

11,715 

 

 

146,522 

 

$

1,509 

 

$

(2,153)

 

$

11,071 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-53


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Dollars in thousands)





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

2019

 

2018

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,001 

 

$

477 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

43 

 

 

30 

Amortization of deferred loan fees

 

 

(269)

 

 

(258)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

86 

 

 

85 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

Accretion of loan discount

 

 

(247)

 

 

(24)

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

 —

 

 

(13)

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

76 

 

 

31 

Other assets

 

 

(469)

 

 

103 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

17 

 

 

41 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,236 

 

 

(15)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,930 

 

 

1,123 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan purchases

 

 

(2,255)

 

 

(2,721)

Loan originations

 

 

(7,951)

 

 

(15,486)

Loan sales

 

 

 —

 

 

5,414 

Loan principal collections

 

 

25,324 

 

 

17,817 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(176)

 

 

(14)

Sale of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 —

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

14,946 

 

 

5,010 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of term debt

 

 

(5,088)

 

 

(4,977)

Net change in notes payable

 

 

4,709 

 

 

(696)

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(49)

 

 

(92)

Dividends paid on preferred units

 

 

(331)

 

 

(405)

Net cash (used) by financing activities

 

 

(759)

 

 

(6,170)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash

 

 

16,117 

 

 

(37)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

9,928 

 

 

9,965 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

26,045 

 

$

9,928 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

5,046 

 

$

4,795 

Income taxes paid

 

$

20 

 

$

23 

Leased assets obtained in exchange of new operating lease liabilities

 

$

680 

 

$

 —

Lease liabilities recorded

 

$

680 

 

$

 —

Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets

 

$

479 

 

$

 —

Transfer of foreclosed assets to other assets

 

$

178 

 

$

 —

Dividends declared to preferred unit holders

 

$

237 

 

$

107 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-54


 

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

Throughout these notes to consolidated financial statements, we refer to Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and its subsidiaries as “the Company.” The Company was formed in California in 1991. The Company’s primary operations are financing commercial real property secured loans and providing investment services for the benefit of evangelical churches, ministries, and individuals. The Company funds its operations primarily through the sale of debt securities.

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries are:

·

Ministry Partners Funding, LLC (“MPF”);

·

MP Realty Services, Inc., a California corporation (“MP Realty”);

·

Ministry Partners Securities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MP Securities”); and

·

Ministry Partners for Christ, Inc., a not-for-profit Delaware corporation (“MPC”).

The Company formed MPF in 2007 and then deactivated the subsidiary on November 30, 2009. In December 2014, the Company reactivated MPF to enable it to serve as collateral agent for loans held as collateral for its Secured Investment Certificates. The Company formed MP Realty in November 2009, and obtained a license to operate as a corporate real estate broker through the California Department of Real Estate on February 23, 2010. MP Realty has conducted limited operations to date. The Company formed MP Securities on April 26, 2010 to provide investment and financing solutions for individuals, churches, charitable institutions, and faith-based organizations. MP Securities acts as the selling agent for the Company’s public and private placement notes investor notes.

The Company formed MPC on December 28, 2018 to be used exclusively for religious and charitable purposes within the meaning of Section 501(c)(3) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. MPC is a not-for-profit corporation formed and organized as a private foundation under Delaware law that will make charitable grants to Christian education, and provide accounting, consulting, and financial expertise to aid evangelical Christian ministries. Although the Company has made an initial cash contribution to launch the private foundation, MPC had not yet begun activities as of December 31, 2019. On August 23, 2019, the Internal Revenue Service granted MPC tax-exempt status as a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.



F-55


 

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Management eliminates all significant inter‑company balances and transactions in consolidation.

Conversion to LLC

Effective as of December 31, 2008, the Company converted its form of organization from a corporation organized under California law to a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of California. With the filing of Articles of Organization-Conversion with the California Secretary of State, the separate existence of Ministry Partners Investment Corporation ceased and the entity continued by operation of law under the name Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC.

Since the conversion became effective, a group of managers provides oversight of the Company’s affairs. The managers have full, exclusive, and complete discretion, power, and authority to oversee the management of Company affairs. As an LLC, the Company’s managers and members have entered into an Operating Agreement that governs the Company’s management structure and governance procedures.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include time deposits, certificates of deposit, and all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company had demand deposits and money market deposit accounts as of December 31, 2019. The Company had no cash positions other than demand deposits as of December 31, 2018.

The National Credit Union Insurance Fund insures a portion of the Company’s cash held at credit unions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insures a portion of cash held by the Company at other financial institutions. The Company keeps cash that may exceed insured limits. Management does not expect to incur losses in these cash accounts.

The Company maintains cash accounts with RBC Dain as part of its clearing agreement, and with the Central Registration Depository for regulatory purposes. The cash in these accounts is considered restricted cash and is classified as such on our balance sheet.

Reclassifications

The Company has made certain reclassifications to the 2018 financial statements to conform to the 2019 presentation. These reclassifications do not affect member’s equity or net income for the year ended December 31, 2018

F-56


 

Use of Estimates

The Company’s creation of consolidated financial statements that conform to United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates govern areas such as the allowance for credit losses and the fair value of financial instruments. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Investments in Joint Venture

On a periodic basis, management analyzes the Company’s investment in a joint venture for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the investment to the estimated value of the underlying real property. Management records any impairment charges as a valuation allowance against the value of the asset. The Company’s share of income and expenses of the joint venture will increase or decrease the Company’s investment and will be recorded on the income statement as realized gains or losses on investment.

Loans Receivable

The Company reports loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future at their outstanding unpaid principal balance adjusted for an allowance for loan losses, deferred loan fees and costs, and loan discounts.

Interest Accrual on Loans Receivable

The Company accrues loan interest income daily. Management defers loan origination fees and costs generated in making a loan. The Company amortizes these fees and costs as an adjustment to the related loan yield using the interest method.

Loan discounts are interest accrued and unpaid which the Company added to loan principal balances when it restructured the loan. The Company does not accrete discounts to income on impaired loans. However, when management determines that a previously impaired loan is no longer impaired, the Company begins accreting loan discounts to interest income over the term of the restructured loan. For loans purchased from third parties, loan discounts also are the differences between the purchase price and the recorded principal balance of the loan. The Company accretes these discounts to interest income over the term of the loan using the interest method.

Management considers a loan impaired if it concludes the collection of principal or interest according to the terms of the loan agreement doubtful. The Company stops the accrual of interest when management determines the loan is impaired.

F-57


 

For loans that the Company places on nonaccrual status, management reverses all uncollected accrued interest against interest income. Management accounts for the interest on these loans on the cash basis or cost-recovery method until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. It is not until all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured that the Company returns a loan to accrual status.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company sets aside an allowance for loan losses by charging the provision for loan losses account on the Company’s consolidated statements of income. This charge decreases the Company’s earnings. Management charges off the part of loan balances it believes it will not collect against the allowance. The Company credits subsequent recoveries, if any, to the allowance.

Loan Portfolio Segments and Classes

Management separates the loan portfolio into portfolio segments for purposes of evaluating the allowance for loan losses. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which the Company develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses. The Company segments the loan portfolio based on loan types and the underlying risk factors present in each loan type. Management periodically reviews and revises such risk factors, as it considers appropriate.

The Company’s loan portfolio consists of one segment – church loans. Management has segregated the loan portfolio into the following portfolio classes:



 



 

Loan Class

Class Description

Wholly-Owned First Collateral Position

Wholly-owned loans and the retained portion of loans originated by the Company and sold for which the Company possesses a senior lien on the collateral underlying the loan.

Wholly-Owned Junior Collateral Position

Wholly-owned loans and the retained portion of loans originated by the Company and sold for which the Company possesses a lien on the underlying collateral that is superseded by another lien on the same collateral. This Class Also contains any loans that are not secured. These loans present higher credit risk than loans for which the Company possesses a senior lien due to the increased risk of loss should the loan default.

Participations First Collateral Position

Participated loans purchased from another financial entity for which the Company possesses a senior lien on the collateral underlying the loan. Loan participations purchased may present higher credit risk than wholly owned loans because disposition and direction of actions regarding the management and collection of the loans must be coordinated and negotiated with the other participants, whose best interests regarding the loan may not align with those of the Company.

F-58


 

Participations Junior Collateral Position

Participated loans purchased from another financial entity for which the Company possesses a lien on the underlying collateral that is superseded by another lien on the same collateral. Loan participations in the junior collateral position loans have higher credit risk than wholly owned loans and participated loans purchased where the Company possesses a senior lien on the collateral. The increased risk is the result of the factors presented above relating to both junior lien positions and participations.



Allowance for Loan Loss Evaluation

Management evaluates the allowance for loan losses on a regular basis. The Company establishes the allowance for loan losses based upon its periodic review of several factors management believes influences the collectability of the loans, including:

·

the Company’s loss history;

·

the characteristics and volume of the loan portfolio;

·

adverse conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay;

·

the estimated value of any secured collateral; and

·

the current economic conditions.

This evaluation is subjective, as it requires estimates that are subject to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of general and specific components. The general component covers non-classified loans. Management bases the general reserve on the Company’s loss history adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative factors are significant factors management considers likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the Company’s existing portfolio to differ from its historical loss experience. Management adjusts these factors on an on-going basis, some of which include:

·

changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection;

·

changes in national, regional, and local economic and industry conditions that affect the collectability of the portfolio;

·

changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified loans;

·

changes in the value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans; and

·

the effect of credit concentrations.

F-59


 

Loans that management has classified as impaired receive a specific reserve. For such loans, an allowance is established when the carrying value of that loan is higher than the amount management expects to receive. Management uses multiple approaches to determine the amount the Company expects to receive. These include the discounted cash flow method, using the loan’s underlying collateral value, or using the observable market price of the impaired loan.

Impairment Analysis

All loans in the loan portfolio are subject to impairment analysis. The Company reviews its loan portfolio monthly by examining several data points. These include reviewing delinquency reports, any new information related to the financial condition of its borrowers, and any new appraisal or other collateral valuation. Through this process, the Company identifies potential impaired loans. Management generally deems a loan is impaired when current facts and circumstances indicate that it is probable that a borrower will be unable to make payments according to the loan agreement. If management has not already deemed a loan impaired, it will classify the loan as non-accrual when it becomes 90 days or more past due.

Management considers several factors when determining impairment status. These factors include the loan’s payment status, the value of any secured collateral, and the probability of collecting scheduled payments when due. Management generally does not classify loans that experience minor payment delays or shortfalls as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays or shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower. These circumstances include the length and reasons for the delay, the borrower's payment history, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Management measures impairment on a loan-by-loan basis using one of three methods:

·

the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate;

·

the obtainable market price; or

·

the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A troubled debt restructuring is a loan for which the Company, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to a borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. A restructuring of a loan usually involves an interest rate modification, extension of the maturity date, payment reduction, or reduction of accrued interest owed on the loan on a contingent or absolute basis.

F-60


 

Management considers loans that it renews at below-market terms to be troubled debt restructurings if the below-market terms represent a concession due to the borrower’s troubled financial condition. The Company classifies troubled debt restructurings as impaired loans. For the loans that are not considered to be collateral-dependent, management measures troubled debt restructurings at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at start of the loan. The Company reports the change in the present value of cash flows related to the passage of time as interest income. If the loan is considered to be collateral-dependent, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral.

Loan Charge-offs

Management charges off loans or portions thereof when it determines the loans or portions of the loans are uncollectible. The Company evaluates collectability periodically on all loans classified as “Loans of Lesser Quality.” Key factors management uses in assessing a loan’s collectability are the financial condition of the borrower, the value of any secured collateral, and the terms of any workout agreement between the Company and the borrower. In workout situations, the Company charges off the amount deemed uncollectible due to the terms of the workout, the inability of the borrower to make agreed upon payments, and the value of the collateral securing the loan.

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company has established a loan grading system to assist its management in analyzing and monitoring the loan portfolio. The Company classifies loans it considers lesser quality (“classified loans”) as watch, special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. The loan grading system is as follows:

Pass:

The borrower has sufficient cash to fund debt services. The borrower may be able to obtain similar financing from other lenders with comparable terms. The risk of default is considered low.

Watch:

These loans exhibit potential or developing weaknesses that deserve extra attention from credit management personnel. If the developing weakness is not corrected or mitigated, there may be deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the debt in the future. Loans graded Watch must be reported to executive management and the Board of Managers. Potential for loss under adverse circumstances is elevated, but not foreseeable. Watch loans are considered pass loans.

Special mention:

These credit facilities exhibit potential or actual weaknesses that present a higher potential for loss under adverse circumstances, and deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected, these weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan at some future date.

F-61


 

Substandard:

Loans and other credit extensions bearing this grade are considered to be inadequately protected by the current sound worth and debt service capacity of the borrower or of any pledged collateral. These obligations, even if apparently protected by collateral value, have well-defined weaknesses related to adverse financial, managerial, economic, ministry, or environmental conditions which have clearly jeopardized repayment of principal and interest as originally intended. Furthermore, there is the possibility that some future loss will be sustained if such weaknesses are not corrected.

Doubtful:

This classification consists of loans that display the properties of substandard loans with the added characteristic that the severity of the weaknesses makes collection or liquidation in full highly questionable or improbable based upon currently existing facts, conditions, and values. The probability of some loss is very high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors, the amount of loss cannot be exactly determined. Such pending factors could include merger or liquidation, additional capital injection, refinancing plans, or perfection of liens on additional collateral.

Loss:

Loans in this classification are considered uncollectible and cannot be justified as a viable asset. This classification does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but that it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off this loan even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes two primary types of revenue: interest income and non-interest income.

Interest Income

The Company’s principal source of revenue is interest income from loans, which is not within the scope of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and all subsequent amendments to the ASU (collectively, "ASC 606"). Refer to the discussion in “Loans Receivable” above to understand the Company’s recognition of interest income.

Non-interest Income

Non-interest income includes revenue from various types of transactions and services provided to customers. Contracts with customers can include multiple services, which are accounted for as separate “performance obligations” if they are determined to be distinct. Our performance obligations to our customers are generally satisfied when we transfer the promised good or service to our customer, either at a point in time or over time. Revenue from a performance obligation transferred at a point in time is recognized at the time that the customer obtains control over the promised good or service. Revenue from our performance obligations satisfied over time are recognized in a manner that depicts our performance in transferring control of the good or service, which is generally measured based on time elapsed, as our customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefit of our services as they are provided.

F-62


 

Payment for the majority of our services is considered to be variable consideration, as the amount of revenues we expect to receive is subject to factors outside of our control, including market conditions. Variable consideration is only included in revenue when amounts are not subject to significant reversal, which is generally when uncertainty around the amount of revenue to be received is resolved.

Wealth advisory fees

Generally, management recognizes wealth advisory fees over time as the Company renders services to its clients. The Company receives these fees either based on a percentage of the market value of the assets under management, or as a fixed fee based on the services the Company provides to the client. The Company’s delivery of these services represents its related performance obligations. The Company typically collects the wealth advisory fees at the beginning of each quarter from the client’s account. Management recognizes these fees ratably over the related billing period as the Company fulfills its performance obligation. In addition, management recognizes any commissions or referral fees paid related to this revenue ratably over the related billing period as the Company fulfills its performance obligation.

Investment brokerage fees

Investment brokerage fees arise from the selling, distribution, and trade execution services. The Company’s execution of these services fulfills its related performance obligations.

The Company also offers sales and distribution services, and earns commissions through the sale of annuity and mutual fund products. The Company acts as an agent in these transactions and recognizes revenue at a point in time when the customer executes a contract with a product carrier. The Company may also receive trailing commissions and 12b-1 fees related to mutual fund and annuity products. Management recognizes this revenue in the period when it is earned, estimating the revenue if necessary based on the balance of the investment and the commission rate on the product.

The Company earns and recognizes trade execution commissions on the trade date, which is when the Company fulfills its performance obligation. Payment for the trade execution is due on the settlement date.

Lending Fees

Lending fees represent charges earned for services we provide as part of the lending process, such as late charges, servicing fees, and documentation fees. The Company recognizes late charges as earned when they are paid. The Company recognizes revenue on other lending fees in the period in which the Company has performed the service.

Other non-interest income

Other non-interest income includes fees earned based on service contracts the Company has entered into with credit unions. The Company recognizes the revenue monthly based on the terms of the contracts, which require monthly payments for services the Company performs.

F-63


 

Gains/losses on sales of foreclosed assets

The Company records a gain or loss from the sale of foreclosed assets when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at the time of an executed deed. When the Company finances the sale of foreclosed asset to the buyer, the Company assesses whether the buyer is committed to perform their obligation under the contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probable. Once these criteria are met, the foreclosed asset is derecognized and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon the transfer of control of the property to the buyer. In determining the gain or loss on the sale, the Company adjusts the transaction price and related gain (loss) on sale if a significant financing component is present.

Foreclosed Assets

Management records assets acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings at fair market value less estimated costs of disposal. Management determines the fair value at the date of foreclosure, which establishes a new cost for the asset. After foreclosure, the Company carries the asset at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs of disposal. Management evaluates these real estate assets regularly to ensure that the recorded amount is supported by the current fair value and, if necessary, ensuring that valuation allowances reduce the carrying amount to fair value less estimated costs of disposal. Revenue and expense from the operation of the Company’s foreclosed assets and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. When the Company sells the foreclosed property, it recognizes a gain or loss on the sale equal to the difference between the sales proceeds received and the carrying amount of the property.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Management accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when the Company has surrendered control over the asset. Management deems the Company has surrendered control over transferred assets when:

·

the assets have been isolated from the Company;

·

the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred asset; and

·

the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred asset through an agreement to repurchase it before its maturity.

The Company, from time to time, sells participation interests in mortgage loans it has originated or acquired. In order to recognize the transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, the transferred portion, and any portion that continues to be held by the transferor must represent a participating interest, and the transfer of the participating interest must meet the conditions for surrender of control. To qualify as a participating interest:

·

each portion of a financial asset must represent a proportionate ownership interest in an entire financial asset;

F-64


 

·

from the date of transfer, all cash flows received from the entire financial asset must be divided proportionately among the participating interest holders in an amount equal to their respective share of ownership;

·

the transfer must be made on a non-recourse basis (other than standard representations and warranties made under the loan participation sale agreement);

·

the transfer may not be subordinate to any other participating interest holder; and

·

no party has the right to pledge or exchange the entire financial asset.

If the transaction does not meet either the participating interest or surrender of control criteria, management accounts for it as a secured borrowing arrangement.

Under some circumstances, when the Company sells a participation in a wholly-owned loan receivable that it services, it retains loan-servicing rights, and records a servicing asset that is initially measured at fair value. As quoted market prices are generally not available for these assets, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected cash flows associated with the loan receivable. The Company amortizes servicing assets over the life of the associated receivable using the interest method. Any gain or loss recognized on the sale of a loan receivable depends in part on both the previous carrying amount of the financial asset involved in the sale, allocated between the asset sold and the interest that continues to be held by the Company based on its relative fair value at the date of transfer, and the proceeds received.

Property and Equipment

The Company states its furniture, fixtures, and equipment at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Management computes depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The useful lives of the Company’s assets range from three to seven years.

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company’s debt consists of borrowings from financial institutions and obligations to investors incurred through the sale of investor notes. Management amortizes these costs into interest expense over the contractual terms of the debt using the straight-line method.

Employee Benefit Plan

Contributions to the qualified employee retirement plan are recorded as compensation cost in the period incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. Therefore, the Company passes through its income and expenses to its members for tax reporting purposes.

F-65


 

Tesoro Hills, LLC, is a joint venture in which the Company has an investment. Tesoro Hills, according to its operating agreement, has elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes.

The Company and MP Securities are subject to a California LLC fee.

The Company uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes benefits from tax positions in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Management derecognizes previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.

New accounting guidance

Adoption of New Accounting Standards:

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” and subsequent amendments thereto, which requires the Company to recognize most leases on the balance sheet. The Company adopted the standard under a modified retrospective approach as of the date of adoption and elected to apply several of the available practice expedients, including:

·

Carry over of historical lease determination and lease classification conclusions

·

Carry over of historical initial direct cost balances for existing leases

·

Accounting for lease and non-lease components in contracts in which the Company is a lessee as a single lease component

Adoption of leasing standard resulted in the recognition of operating right-of-use assets of $680 thousand, and operating lease liabilities of $680 thousand as of January 1, 2019. These amounts were determined based on the present value of remaining minimum lease payments, discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate as of the date of adoption. There was no material impact to the timing of expense or income recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Income Statements. Prior periods were not restated and continue to be presented under legacy GAAP. Disclosures about the Company’s leasing activities are presented in Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies.

F-66


 

Accounting Standards Pending Adoption

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments. ASU 2016-13 also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and provides for a simplified accounting model for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance requires companies to apply the requirements in the year of adoption through cumulative adjustment with some aspects of the update requiring a prospective transition approach. The Company’s preliminary evaluation indicates the provisions of ASU No. 2016-13 are expected to affect the level of the allowance for loan losses on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management has gathered all necessary data and reviewed potential methods to calculate the expected credit losses. The Company will use a third-party software solution to assist with the adoption of the standard. Management is currently calculating sample expected loss computations and developing the allowance methodology and assumptions that the Company will use under the new standard.

In July 2019, the FASB decided to adopt a two-bucket approach to stagger the effective date for the credit losses standard for the fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2022 for certain entities, including certain Securities and Exchange Commission filers, public business entities, and private companies. As a smaller reporting company, the Company would be eligible for the proposed delay. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the proposed delay on its implementation project plan.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” The ASU removes, modifies, and adds certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. For example, the ASU will no longer require public entities to disclose the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. However, they will be required to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU No. 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. In addition, entities may early adopt the modified or eliminated disclosure requirements and delay adoption of the additional disclosure requirements until the effective date. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU No. 2018-13 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, as the update only revises disclosure requirements.

F-67


 

Note 2. Pledge of Cash and Restricted Cash

Under the terms of its debt agreements, the Company has the ability to pledge cash as collateral for its borrowings. This cash is restricted cash. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company held no pledged cash.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the statement of financial position that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

25,993 

 

$

9,877 

Restricted cash

 

 

52 

 

 

51 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows

 

$

26,045 

 

$

9,928 

Amounts included in restricted cash represent those required to be set aside with the Central Registration Depository ("CRD") account with FINRA, as well as funds the Company has deposited with RBC Dain as clearing deposits. The CRD funds may only be used for fees charged by FINRA to maintain the membership status of the Company or for fees related to registered and associated persons of the Company. 

Note 3. Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Equity Owners

Transactions with Evangelical Christian Credit Union (“ECCU”)

The tables below summarize transactions the Company conducts with ECCU, the Company’s largest equity owner.

ECCU related parties who serve on the Company’s Board of Managers:



 

ECCU Role

MPIC Role

Chairman of the Board

Board of Managers



Related party balances pertaining to the assets of the Company (in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 



December 31,

 

December 31,



2019

 

2018

Total funds held on deposit at ECCU

$

365 

 

$

457 

Loan participations purchased from and serviced by ECCU

 

1,495 

 

 

5,109 



F-68


 

Related party transactions of the Company (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 



Year ended



December 31,



2019

 

2018

Interest earned on funds held with ECCU

$

 —

 

$

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ECCU

 

161 

 

 

278 

Fees paid to ECCU from MP Securities Networking Agreement

 

 

 

25 

Income from Master Services Agreement with ECCU

 

14 

 

 

54 

Income from Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU

 

 

 

Rent expense on lease agreement with ECCU

 

138 

 

 

116 

Loan participation interests purchased:

In the past, the Company purchased loan participation interests from ECCU. Management negotiated the pass-through interest rates on these loans on a loan-by-loan basis. Management believes these negotiated terms were equivalent to those that would prevail in an arm's length transaction. The Company did not purchase any loans from ECCU during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Lease and Services Agreement:

The Company leases its corporate offices and purchases other facility-related services from ECCU pursuant to a written lease and services agreement. Management believes these terms are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

MP Securities Networking Agreement with ECCU:

MP Securities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, has entered into a Networking Agreement with ECCU pursuant to which MP Securities agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to ECCU’s members that:

(1) ECCU or its Board of Directors has approved;

(2) comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(3) are offered in accordance with National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”) rules and regulations; and

(4) comply with its membership agreement with Financial Industry Regulation Authority (“FINRA”).

F-69


 

Master Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with ECCU:

The Company and ECCU had entered into the Services Agreement, pursuant to which the Company was to provide relationship management services to ECCU’s members and business development services to new leads in the southeast region of the United States. On March 1, 2018, the Company and ECCU amended the agreement to include referral fees to be paid by either party on the successful closing of a referred loan. The terms of the agreement allowed either party to terminate the Services Agreement for any reason by providing thirty days written notice. On April 4, 2019, the Company received written notice from ECCU requesting termination of the agreement. The agreement terminated on May 4, 2019.

Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU:

On October 5, 2016, the Company entered into a Successor Servicing Agreement with ECCU. This agreement obligates the Company to serve as the successor loan servicing agent for certain mortgage loans designated by ECCU. The Company will service these loans in the event ECCU requests that the Company assume its obligation to act as the servicing agent for those loans. The Agreement terminated in October 2019 and has converted to a month-to-month agreement.

Transactions with America’s Christian Credit Union (“ACCU”)

The Company has several related party agreements with ACCU, one of the Company’s equity owners. The following describes the nature and dollar amounts of the material related party transactions with ACCU.

Ownership transfer:

On May 4, 2017, ACCU acquired 12,000 Class A Units and 12,000 Series A Preferred Units of the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units, respectively, which represents 8.19% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Class A Units and 10.25% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Units from Financial Partners Credit Union, a California state chartered credit union (“FPCU”). The Company’s Board of Managers approved ACCU’s purchase of the Class A and Series A Preferred Units from FPCU and consented to ACCU’s request to be admitted as a new member of the Company. ACCU’s purchase of the Class A Units and Series A Preferred Units was consummated pursuant to a privately negotiated transaction.

On June 29, 2018, ACCU acquired 2,000 of the Company’s Series A Preferred Units, which represents 1.71% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Units from The National Credit Union Administration Board as Liquidating Agent of Telesis Community Credit Union, a federally chartered credit union (“NCUAB”). The Company’s Board of Managers has approved ACCU’s purchase of the Membership Units from NCUAB and has consented to ACCU’s acquisition of additional membership interests of the Company.

ACCU related parties who serve on the Company’s Board of Managers:



 



 

ACCU Role

MPIC Role

President, Chief Executive Officer

Board of Managers



F-70


 

Related party balances pertaining to the assets of the Company (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



December 31,

 

December 31,



2019

 

2018

Total funds held on deposit at ACCU

$

10,343 

 

$

5,675 

Dollar outstanding loan participations sold to ACCU and serviced by the Company

 

 —

 

 

3,184 

Loan participations purchased from and serviced by ACCU

 

1,603 

 

 

1,662 



Related party transactions of the Company (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



Year ended



December 31,



2019

 

2018

Dollar amount of loans purchased from ACCU

 

1,435 

 

 

 —

Dollar amount of loans sold to ACCU

$

 —

 

$

554 

Interest earned on funds held with ACCU

 

159 

 

 

69 

Interest income earned on loans purchased from ACCU

 

84 

 

 

86 

Income from Master Services Agreement with ACCU

 

 —

 

 

20 

Fees paid based on MP Securities Networking Agreement with ACCU

 

45 

 

 

56 

Loan participation interests purchased:

Occasionally, the Company sells or purchases loan participation interests from ACCU. The Company negotiates pass-through interest rates on loan participation interests purchased or sold from and to ACCU on a loan-by-loan basis. Management believes these terms are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

From time to time, the Company may purchase a loan participation interest from a related party. The Company and its related party will negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of such a purchase and in accordance with the Company’s related party procedures and governance practices. Each party must approve such a purchase after full disclosure of the related party transaction and must include terms and conditions that would normally be included in arm’s length transactions conducted by independent parties.

MP Securities networking agreement with ACCU:

MP Securities has entered into a Networking Agreement with ACCU pursuant to which MP Securities has agreed to offer investment and insurance products and services to ACCU’s members that:

(1) ACCU or its Board of Directors has approved;

(2) comply with applicable investor suitability standards required by federal and state securities laws and regulations;

(3) are offered in accordance with NCUA rules and regulations; and

(4) comply with its membership agreement with FINRA.

F-71


 

The agreement entitles MP Securities to pay ACCU a percentage of total revenue received by MP Securities from transactions conducted for or on behalf of ACCU members. Either ACCU or MP Securities may terminate the Networking Agreement without cause upon thirty days prior written notice.

Transactions with Other Equity Owners

The Company has a Loan Participation Agreement with UNIFY Financial Credit Union (“UFCU”), an owner of both the Company’s Class A Common Units and Series A Preferred Units. Under this agreement, the Company sold UFCU a $5.0 million loan participation interest in one of its mortgage loan interests on August 14, 2013. As part of this agreement, the Company retained the right to service the loan, and it charges UFCU a fee for servicing the loan. Management believes the terms of the agreement are equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

Transactions with Subsidiaries

The Company has entered into several agreements with its subsidiary, MP Securities. The Company eliminates the income and expense related to these agreements in the consolidated financial statements. MP Securities serves as the managing broker for the Company’s public and private placement note offerings. MP Securities receives compensation related to these broker dealer services ranging from 0.25% to 5.50% over the life of a note. The amount of the compensation depends on the length of the note and the terms of the offering under which MP Securities sold the note.

The Company also has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with MP Securities. The Administrative Services Agreement provides services such as the use of office space, use of equipment, including computers and phones, and payroll and personnel services. The agreement stipulates that MP Securities will provide ministerial, compliance, marketing, operational, and investor relations-related services in relation to the Company’s investor note program. As stated above, the Company eliminates all intercompany transactions related to this agreement in its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s subsidiary, MPF, serves as the collateral agent for the Company’s Secured Notes. The Company’s Prospectus for its Class 1A Notes and the private placement memorandum for the Company’s Secured Notes Offering describe the terms of these agreements. Additional details regarding the Company’s Notes are described in “Note 11. Investor Notes Payable” to Part I of this Report, “Financial Information.”

Related Party Transaction Policy

The Board has adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy to assist in evaluating related transactions the Company may enter into with a related party. Under this policy, a majority of the members of the Company’s Board and majority of its independent Board members must approve a material transaction that it enters into with a related party. As a result, all transactions that the Company undertakes with an affiliate or a related party are entered into on terms believed by management to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties. In addition, a majority of the Company’s independent Board members must approve these transactions.

F-72


 

From time to time, the Company’s Board and members of its executive management team have purchased investor notes from the Company or have purchased investment products through MP Securities. Investor notes payable owned by related parties totaled $368 thousand and $394 thousand at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Note 4. Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of one segment – church loans. See “Note 1 – Loan Portfolio Segments and Classes” to the Financial Statements. The loans fall into four classes:

·

wholly-owned loans for which the Company possesses the first collateral position;

·

wholly-owned loans that are either unsecured or for which the Company possesses a junior collateral position;

·

participated loans purchased for which the Company possesses the first collateral position; and

·

participated loans purchased for which the Company possesses a junior collateral position.

The Company makes all of its loans to various evangelical churches and related organizations, primarily to purchase, construct, or improve facilities. Loan maturities extend through 2033. The loan portfolio had a weighted average rate of 6.59% and 6.44% as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

F-73


 

The table below is a summary of the Company’s mortgage loans owned (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Loans to evangelical churches and related organizations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate secured

 

$

130,889 

 

$

147,061 

Unsecured

 

 

160 

 

 

274 

Total loans

 

 

131,049 

 

 

147,335 

Deferred loan fees, net

 

 

(631)

 

 

(848)

Loan discount

 

 

(182)

 

 

(627)

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(1,393)

 

 

(2,480)

Loans, net

 

$

128,843 

 

$

143,380 

Allowance for Loan Losses

Management believes it has properly calculated the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2018. The following table shows the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

2,480 

 

$

2,097 

Provision for loan loss

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

Chargeoffs

 

 

(923)

 

 

(283)

Recoveries

 

 

380 

 

 

 —

Balance, end of period

 

$

1,393 

 

$

2,480 



The table below presents loans by portfolio segment (church loans) and the related allowance for loan losses. In addition, the table segregates loans and the allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology (dollars in thousands).



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Loans and Allowance
for Loan Losses (by segment)



 

As of



 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

13,924 

 

$

13,601 

Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 

 

117,125 

 

 

133,734 

Balance

 

$

131,049 

 

$

147,335 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

175 

 

$

1,463 

Collectively evaluated for impairment 

 

 

1,218 

 

 

1,017 

Balance

 

$

1,393 

 

$

2,480 



F-74


 

The Company has established a loan grading system to assist management in their analysis and supervision of the loan portfolio. The following tables summarize the credit quality indicators by loan class (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators (by class)

As of December 31, 2019



 

Wholly-Owned First

 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

Participation First

 

Participation Junior

 

Total

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

96,674 

 

$

3,557 

 

$

1,882 

 

$

 —

 

$

102,113 

Watch

 

 

19,870 

 

 

32 

 

 

191 

 

 

 —

 

 

20,093 

Special mention

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Substandard

 

 

7,103 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,230 

 

 

 —

 

 

8,333 

Doubtful

 

 

510 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

510 

Loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

124,157 

 

$

3,589 

 

$

3,303 

 

$

 —

 

$

131,049 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators (by class)

As of  December 31, 2018



 

Wholly-Owned First

 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

Participation First

 

Participation Junior

 

Total

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

100,140 

 

$

4,067 

 

$

2,004 

 

$

 —

 

$

106,211 

Watch

 

 

27,321 

 

 

 —

 

 

202 

 

 

 —

 

 

27,523 

Special mention

 

 

1,208 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,208 

Substandard

 

 

6,497 

 

 

187 

 

 

3,586 

 

 

 —

 

 

10,270 

Doubtful

 

 

2,123 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,123 

Loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

137,289 

 

$

4,254 

 

$

5,792 

 

$

 —

 

$

147,335 



The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s loan portfolio delinquencies by loan Class And amount (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (by class)

As of December 31, 2019



 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Recorded Investment 90 Days or more and Accruing

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5,907 

 

$

5,907 

 

$

118,250 

 

$

124,157 

 

$

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,589 

 

 

3,589 

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,303 

 

 

3,303 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5,907 

 

$

5,907 

 

$

125,142 

 

$

131,049 

 

$

 —







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (by class)

As of  December 31, 2018

F-75


 



 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

Greater Than 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Recorded Investment 90 Days or more and Accruing

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

3,259 

 

$

 —

 

$

5,804 

 

$

9,063 

 

$

128,226 

 

$

137,289 

 

$

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

187 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

187 

 

 

4,067 

 

 

4,254 

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

2,293 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,292 

 

 

3,585 

 

 

2,207 

 

 

5,792 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

5,739 

 

$

 —

 

$

7,096 

 

$

12,835 

 

$

134,500 

 

$

147,335 

 

$

 —



Impaired Loans

Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing, and restructured loans. Non-accrual loans are loans on which management has discontinued interest accruals. Restructured loans are loans in which the Company has granted the borrower a concession due to financial distress. Concessions are usually a reduction of the interest rate or a change in the original repayment terms.

The Company monitors impaired loans on an ongoing basis as part of management’s loan review and work out process. Management evaluates the potential risk of loss on these loans by comparing the loan balance to the fair value of any secured collateral or the present value of projected future cash flows.

In accordance with industry standards, loans that have been modified as part of a troubled debt restructuring are considered impaired. However, troubled debt restructures, upon meeting certain performance conditions, are eligible to receive non-classified loan ratings and to be moved out of non-accrual status. These loans continue to be included in total impaired loans but not necessarily in non-accrual or collateral-dependent loans.

The following tables are summaries of impaired loans by loan Class As of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The unpaid principal balance reflects the contractual principal outstanding on the loan. The recorded balance reflects the unpaid principal balance less any interest payments that have been recorded against principal. The recorded investment reflects the recorded balance less discounts taken. The related allowance reflects specific reserves taken on the impaired loans (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans (by class)
As of December 31, 2019

 

For the year ended
December 31, 2019



 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

Recorded Balance

 

Recorded Investment

 

Related Allowance

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

With no allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

12,497 

 

$

12,404 

 

$

12,304 

 

$

 —

 

$

12,343 

 

$

1,202 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-76


 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

290 

 

 

110 

 

 

973 

 

 

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

1,294 

 

 

1,230 

 

 

1,230 

 

 

65 

 

 

1,263 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans

 

$

14,081 

 

$

13,924 

 

$

13,824 

 

$

175 

 

$

14,579 

 

$

1,202 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired Loans (by class)
As of December 31, 2018

 

For the year ended
December 31, 2018



 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

Recorded Balance

 

Recorded Investment

 

Related Allowance

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

With no allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

5,734 

 

$

5,687 

 

$

5,694 

 

$

 —

 

$

5,915 

 

$

123 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

2,293 

 

 

2,293 

 

 

2,316 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,312 

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

4,818 

 

 

4,142 

 

 

3,632 

 

 

1,165 

 

 

3,714 

 

 

 —

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

215 

 

 

187 

 

 

176 

 

 

176 

 

 

181 

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

1,302 

 

 

1,292 

 

 

1,292 

 

 

122 

 

 

1,299 

 

 

10 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Church loans

 

$

14,362 

 

$

13,601 

 

$

13,110 

 

$

1,463 

 

$

13,421 

 

$

133 



A summary of nonaccrual loans by loan class is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans on Nonaccrual Status (by class)



 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

$

6,405 

 

$

8,619 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

187 

Participation First

 

 

1,230 

 

 

1,292 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

7,635 

 

$

10,098 



F-77


 

The Company restructured six and four loans during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. A summary of troubled debt restructures by loan class during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (by class)

For the year ended December 31, 2019



 

Number of Loans

 

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Recorded Investment At Period End

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

 

$

6,270 

 

$

6,458 

 

$

6,167 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 

 

166 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

 

 

$

6,436 

 

$

6,458 

 

$

6,167 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (by class)

For the year ended December 31, 2018



 

Number of Loans

 

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

 

Recorded Investment At Period End

Church loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly-Owned First

 

 

 

$

1,748 

 

$

1,668 

 

$

1,668 

Wholly-Owned Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Participation First

 

 

 

 

3,595 

 

 

3,595 

 

 

3,586 

Participation Junior

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

 

 

$

5,343 

 

$

5,264 

 

$

5,254 



The Company had one previously restructured loan that was past maturity as of December 31, 2019. The Company has entered into a forbearance agreement with the borrowers and is evaluating what actions it should undertake to protect its investment on this loan.

The Company closely monitors delinquency in loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring as an early indicator for future default. Management regularly evaluates loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring for potential further impairment and will make adjustments to the risk ratings and specific reserves associated with troubled debt restructurings as deemed necessary.

No loans that were restructured during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 subsequently defaulted during those respective years.

As of December 31, 2019, no additional funds were committed to be advanced in connection with loans modified as troubled debt restructurings. 

F-78


 

Note 5. Investments in Joint Venture

In December 2015, the Company finalized an agreement with Intertex Property Management, Inc., a California corporation, to enter into a joint venture to form Tesoro Hills, LLC (the “Valencia Hills Project”). The Valencia Hills Project is a joint venture that will develop and market property formerly classified by the Company as a foreclosed asset. In January 2016, the Company transferred ownership in the foreclosed asset to the Valencia Hills Project as part of the agreement. In addition, the Company reclassified the carrying value of the property from foreclosed assets to an investment in a joint venture. The Company’s initial investment in the joint venture was $900 thousand. This amount was the carrying value in the foreclosed asset at December 31, 2015.

The value of the Company’s investment in the joint venture was $891 thousand and $887 thousand, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Management’s impairment analysis of the investment as of December 31, 2019 has determined that the investment is not impaired. 

Note 6. Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes two primary types of revenue: interest income and non-interest income. The following tables reflect the Company’s non-interest income disaggregated by financial statement line item. Items outside of scope of ASC 606 are noted as such (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Non-interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth advisory fees

 

$

338 

 

$

231 

Investment brokerage fees

 

 

1,077 

 

 

292 

Lending fees (1)

 

 

124 

 

 

838 

Lease income

 

 

 

 

 —

Other non-interest income

 

 

22 

 

 

83 

Total non-interest income

 

$

1,569 

 

$

1,444 

(1) Not within scope of ASC 606

 

 

 

 

 

 



F-79


 

Note 7. Loan Sales

The Company did not sell any loans during the year ended December 31, 2019. The following table shows the amount of loan participation sales and the resulting changes in servicing assets recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Management amortizes servicing assets using the interest method as an adjustment to servicing fee income.

A summary of loan participation sales and servicing assets are as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the years ended



 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Participation loans sold by the Company

 

$

 —

 

$

4,254 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

212 

 

$

270 

Additions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing obligations from sale of loan participations

 

 

 —

 

 

21 

Subtractions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(112)

 

 

(79)

Balance, end of period

 

$

100 

 

$

212 



Note 8. Foreclosed Assets

The Company’s investment in foreclosed assets was $301 thousand at December 31, 2019. The Company did not have any investment in foreclosed assets at December 31, 2018. On its balance sheet, the Company presents foreclosed assets net of an allowance for losses. There was no allowance for losses on foreclosed assets at December 31, 2019. The Company did not record any loss provisions on foreclosed assets during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Expenses and income applicable to foreclosed assets include the following (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Foreclosed Asset
Expenses (Income)
for the years ended
December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Net loss (gain) on sale of real estate

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Provision for losses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Operating expenses, net of rental income

 

 

97 

 

 

 —

Net expense (income)

 

$

97 

 

$

 —



F-80


 

Note 9. Premises and Equipment

The table below summarizes our premises and equipment (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

As of



 

December 31,

 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018



 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and office equipment

 

$

503 

 

$

491 

Computer system

 

 

214 

 

 

231 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

43 

 

 

25 

Total premises and equipment

 

 

760 

 

 

747 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(544)

 

 

(660)

Premises and equipment, net

 

$

216 

 

$

87 









 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2019

 

2018



 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31,

 

$

43 

 

$

30 



Note 10. Credit Facilities

The Company has two secured credit facilities. The facilities are non-revolving and do not have an option to renew or extend additional credit. Additionally, the facilities do not contain a prepayment penalty. Under the terms of the credit facilities, the Company must maintain a minimum collateralization ratio of at least 110% for each of the individual facilities (120% for the combined facilities). If at any time the Company fails to maintain its required minimum collateralization ratio, it will be required to deliver cash or qualifying mortgage loans in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet its obligation to maintain a minimum collateralization ratio. In total, the collateral securing both facilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 satisfied the 120% minimum. In addition, the collateral securing both facilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 separately satisfied the 110% minimum. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has only pledged qualifying mortgage loans as collateral on the credit facilities. In addition, the credit facilities include a number of borrower covenants. The Company is following these covenants as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The following table summarizes the principal terms the Company’s credit facilities as of December 31, 2019 (dollars in millions):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of Borrowing

 

Interest Rate

 

Interest Rate Type

 

Monthly Payment

 

Maturity Date

 

Loan Collateral Pledged

 

Cash Pledged

Term-borrowing

 

2.53%

 

Fixed

 

579 

 

11/1/2026

 

85,914 

 

 —



Future principal contractual payments of the Company’s borrowings from financial institutions during the twelve-month periods ending December 31, are as follows (dollars in thousands):



F-81


 



 

 

 



 

 

 

2020

 

$

5,164 

2021

 

 

5,341 

2022

 

 

5,477 

2023

 

 

5,617 

2024

 

 

5,757 

Thereafter

 

 

44,071 



 

$

71,427 



Note 11. Investor Notes Payable

The table below provides information on the Company’s investor notes payable (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

As of

 

As of



 

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

SEC Registered Public Offerings

Offering Type

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate

 

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate

 

Class A Offering

Unsecured

 

$

487 

 

4.20 

%

 

$

8,758 

 

4.14 

%

Class 1 Offering

Unsecured

 

 

22,098 

 

4.02 

%

 

 

29,114 

 

3.88 

%

Class 1A Offering

Unsecured

 

 

32,732 

 

3.85 

%

 

 

13,817 

 

3.71 

%

Public Offering Total

 

 

$

55,317 

 

3.92 

%

 

$

51,689 

 

3.88 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Offerings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special Subordinated Notes

Unsecured

 

 

11,317 

 

5.21 

%

 

 

7,533 

 

4.68 

%

Secured Notes

Secured

 

 

6,467 

 

3.92 

%

 

 

9,170 

 

3.83 

%

Private Offering Total

 

 

$

17,784 

 

4.74 

%

 

$

16,703 

 

4.21 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Notes Payable

 

 

$

73,101 

 

4.12 

%

 

$

68,392 

 

3.96 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes Payable Totals by Security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unsecured Total

Unsecured

 

$

66,634 

 

4.14 

%

 

$

59,222 

 

3.98 

%

Secured Total

Secured

 

$

6,467 

 

3.92 

%

 

$

9,170 

 

3.83 

%



Future maturities for the Company’s investor notes during the twelve month periods ending December 31, are as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 



 

 

 

2020

 

$

21,562 

2021

 

 

18,953 

2022

 

 

10,761 

2023

 

 

10,543 

2024

 

 

11,282 



 

$

73,101 

Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s notes payable were $55 thousand and $92 thousand at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

F-82


 

The notes are payable to investors who have purchased the securities. Notes pay interest at stated spreads over an index rate. The investor may reinvest the interest or have the interest paid to them at their option. The Company may repurchase all or a portion of notes at any time at its sole discretion. In addition, the Company may allow investors to redeem their notes prior to maturity at its sole discretion.

SEC Registered Public Offerings 

Class A Offering.

In April 2008, the Company registered its Class A Notes with the SEC. The Company discontinued the sale of its Class A Note Offering when the offering expired on December 31, 2015. The offering included three categories of notes, including a fixed interest note, a variable interest note, and a flex note that allows borrowers to increase their interest rate once a year with certain limitations. The Class A Notes contained restrictive covenants pertaining to paying dividends, making redemptions, acquiring, purchasing or making certain payments, requiring the maintenance of minimum tangible net worth, limitations on the issuance of additional notes, and incurring of indebtedness. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The Company issued the Class A Notes under a Trust Indenture entered into between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (“US Bank”).

Class 1 Offering.

In January 2015, the Company registered its Class 1 Notes with the SEC. The Company discontinued the sale of its Class 1 Note Offering when it expired on December 31, 2017. The offering included two categories of notes, including a fixed interest note and a variable interest note. The Class 1 Notes contain restrictive covenants pertaining to paying dividends, making redemptions, acquiring, purchasing, or making certain payments, requiring the maintenance of minimum tangible net worth, limitations on the issuance of additional notes, and incurring of indebtedness. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. The Company issued The Class 1 Notes under a Trust Indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank.

Class 1A Offering.

In February 2018, the Company launched its Class 1A Notes Offering. Pursuant to a Registration Statement declared effective on February 27, 2018, the Company registered $90 million of its Class 1A Notes in two series – fixed and variable notes. The Class 1A Notes are unsecured. The interest rate paid on the Fixed Series Notes is determined in reference to a Constant Maturity Treasury Index published by the U.S. Department of Treasury (“CMT Index”) in effect on the date that the note is issued plus a rate spread as described in the Company’s Class 1A Prospectus. The variable index in effect on the date the interest rate is set determines the interest rate paid on a Variable Series Note. The CMT Index refers to the Constant Maturity Treasury rates published by the U.S. Department of Treasury for actively traded Treasury securities. The variable index is equal to the 3-month LIBOR rate. The Company issued the Class 1A Notes under a Trust Indenture entered into between the Company and U.S. Bank.

F-83


 

Private Offerings

Secured Investment Certificates (“Secured Notes”).

In January 2015, the Company began offering Secured Notes under a private placement memorandum pursuant to the requirements of Rule 506 of Regulation D. Under this offering, the Company may sell up to $80.0 million in Secured Notes to qualified investors.

The Company secures these notes by pledging either cash or loans receivable as collateral. The collateralization ratio is 100% on the pledged cash and 105% on the pledged loans receivable. Said another way, every dollar of cash collateralizes one dollar of secured notes and every $1.05 of loans receivable collateralizes one dollar of secured notes. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the loans receivable collateral securing the Secured Notes had an outstanding balance of $13.02 million and $10.9 million, respectively. The December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 collateral balance was sufficient to satisfy the minimum collateral requirement of the Secured Notes offering. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company did not have cash pledged for the benefit of the Secured Notes. On December 31, 2017, the Company terminated its 2015 Secured Note offering.

Effective as of April 30, 2018, the Company launched a new $80 million secured note offering. The Company issued the 2018 Secured Note offering pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement. This agreement includes the same terms and conditions previously set forth in its 2015 Secured Note offering. The offering will continue through April 30, 2020.

Series 1 Subordinated Capital Notes (“Subordinated Notes”).

In June 2018, the Company renewed the offer and sale of its Subordinated Notes initially launched in February 2013. The Company offers the notes pursuant to a limited private offering to qualified investors that meet the requirements of Rule 506 of Regulation D. The Company offers the Subordinated Notes with maturity terms from 12 to 60 months at an interest rate fixed on the date of issuance, as determined by the then current seven-day average rate reported by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board for interest rate swaps.

Under the Subordinated Notes offering, the Company is subject to certain covenants, including limitations on restricted payments, limitations on the amount of notes that it can sell, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions, and proper maintenance of books and records. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Note 12. Commitments and Contingencies

Unfunded Commitments

The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include un-advanced lines of credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

F-84


 

The contractual amount of these commitments represents the Company’s exposure to credit loss. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

The table below shows the outstanding financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Contract Amount at:



 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Undisbursed loans

 

$

1,999 

 

$

1,919 



Undisbursed loans are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These loans are sometimes unsecured and the borrower may not necessarily draw upon the line the total amount of the commitment. Commitments to extend credit are generally at variable rates.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings. As of December 31, 2019, the Company is a defendant in a wrongful termination of employment lawsuit. The Company is contesting the claim and at December 31, 2019, the Company’s liabilities include an accrual of $30 thousand for litigation-related expenses incurred in connection with this claim. Although the Company believes that it will prevail on the merits, the litigation could have a lengthy process, and the ultimate outcome cannot be predicted.

Operating Leases

The Company has lease agreements for its offices in Brea and Fresno, California. The Company renewed its Brea office lease in January 2019 for an additional five-year term. The lease does not contain any additional options to renew. The Fresno office lease expires in 2020. There are no options to renew in the lease agreement; however, the Company has entered into discussions with the lessor on a new lease agreement. The Company has determined that both leases are operating leases.

Beginning on January 1, 2019, the Company has recorded right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in accordance with ASU 2016-02. The Company has elected not to reassess expired or existing leases for changes in classification. The Company has elected not to use hindsight to determine the term of existing leases and is using the term of the current lease agreements in its right-of-use asset calculations. As the interest rates implicit in the leases were not readily available, the Company used its incremental borrowing rates to determine the discount rates used in the asset calculations.

F-85


 

The table below presents information regarding our existing operating leases (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



For the Year Ended



2019

 

2018

 

Lease cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease cost

$

174 

 

 

$

143 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for operating leases

 

164 

 

 

 

149 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

680 

 

 

 

 —

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)

 

3.96 

 

 

 

1.25 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

4.77 

%

 

 

 —

%



Future minimum lease payments and lease costs for the twelve months ending December 31 are as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Lease Payments

 

Lease Costs

2020

 

$

149 

 

 

153 

2021

 

 

146 

 

 

146 

2022

 

 

150 

 

 

146 

2023

 

 

155 

 

 

146 

2024

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total

 

$

600 

 

 

591 



Note 13. Office Operations and Other Expenses

Office operations and other expenses comprise the following (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

Technology and communication expenses

 

 

428 

 

 

439 

Insurance

 

 

282 

 

 

275 

Lease and occupancy expense

 

 

206 

 

 

166 

Outsourced operations

 

 

190 

 

 

34 

Staff and travel expense

 

 

140 

 

 

117 

Loan Expenses

 

 

110 

 

 

71 

Clearing firm Fees

 

 

60 

 

 

60 

Other

 

 

66 

 

 

62 

Total

 

$

1,482 

 

$

1,224 

Note 14. Preferred and Common Units Under LLC Structure

Holders of the Series A Preferred Units are entitled to receive a quarterly cash dividend that is 25 basis points higher than the one-year LIBOR rate in effect on the last day of the calendar month for which the preferred return is approved. The Company has also agreed to set aside an annual amount equal to 10% of its net profits earned for any year, after subtracting from profits the quarterly Series A Preferred Unit dividends paid, for distribution to its Series A Preferred Unit holders.

F-86


 

The Series A Preferred Units have a liquidation preference of $100 per unit and have no voting rights. They are also subject to redemption in whole or in part at the Company’s election on December 31 of any year for an amount equal to the liquidation preference of each unit, plus any accrued and declared but unpaid quarterly dividends and preferred distributions on such units. The Series A Preferred Units have priority as to earnings and distributions over the Common Units. The resale of the Company’s Series A Preferred Units and Common Units are subject to the Company’s first right of refusal to purchase units proposed to be transferred. Upon the Company’s failure to pay quarterly dividends for four consecutive quarters, the holders of the Series A Preferred Units have the right to appoint two managers to its Board of Managers.

The Class A Common Units have voting rights, but have no liquidation preference or rights to dividends, unless declared.

Note 15. Retirement Plans

401(k)

All of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate in the Automated Data Processing, Inc. (“ADP”) 401(k) plan effective as of the date their employment commences. No minimum service is required and the minimum age is 21. Each employee may elect voluntary contributions not to exceed 86% of salary, subject to certain limits based on U.S. tax law. The plan has a matching program, which qualifies as a Safe Harbor 401(k) plan. As a Safe Harbor Section 401(k) plan, the Company matches each eligible employee’s contribution, dollar for dollar, up to 3% of the employee’s compensation, and 50% of the employee’s contribution that exceeds 3% of their compensation, up to a maximum contribution of 5% of the employee’s compensation. Company matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $66 thousand and $76 thousand, respectively.

Profit Sharing

The profit sharing plan is for all employees who, at the end of the calendar year, are at least 21 years old, still employed, and have at least 900 hours of service during the plan year. The Company’s Board of Managers determines the amount annually contributed on behalf of each qualified employee. The Company determines the amount by calculating it as a percentage of the eligible employee's annual earnings. Plan forfeitures are used to reduce the Company’s annual contribution. The Company did not make or approve a profit sharing contribution to the plan during the years ended year ended December 31, 2019.  

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements Using Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company classifies measurements of fair value within a hierarchy based upon inputs that give the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

·

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

F-87


 

·

Level 2 inputs include:

o

quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets,

o

quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in inactive markets,

o

inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.);

o

or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or by other means.

·

Level 3 inputs are unobservable and reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following tables show the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments (dollars in thousands):`





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 using



 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Fair Value

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash 

 

$

25,993 

 

$

25,993 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

25,993 

Loans, net

 

 

128,843 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

126,438 

 

 

126,438 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

891 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

891 

 

 

891 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

635 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

635 

 

 

635 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

71,427 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

55,072 

 

$

55,072 

Notes payable

 

 

73,046 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

74,592 

 

 

74,592 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

503 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

503 

 

 

503 















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-88


 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 using



 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Fair Value

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash 

 

$

9,877 

 

$

9,877 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,877 

Loans, net

 

 

143,380 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

140,989 

 

 

140,989 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

887 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

887 

 

 

887 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

711 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

711 

 

 

711 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

76,515 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

57,386 

 

$

57,386 

Notes payable

 

 

68,300 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

68,865 

 

 

68,865 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

356 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

356 

 

 

356 



Management uses judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

The Company used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash – The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets approximate fair value for cash.

Loans – Management estimates fair value by discounting the future cash flows of the loans. The discount rate the Company uses is the current average rates at which it would make loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Investments – Management estimates fair value by analyzing the operations and marketability of the underlying investment to determine if the investment is other-than-temporarily impaired.

Investor Notes Payable – Management estimates the fair value of fixed maturity notes by discounting the future cash flows of the notes. The discount rate the Company uses is the rates currently offered for investor notes payable of similar remaining maturities. Company management estimates the discount rate by using market rates that reflect the interest rate risk inherent in the notes.

Credit facilities – Management estimates the fair value of borrowings from financial institutions discounting the future cash flows of the borrowings. The discount rate the Company uses is the current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. Company management estimates the discount rate by using market rates that reflect the interest rate risk inherent in the notes.

F-89


 

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments – Management determines the fair value of loan commitments on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining term of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. The fair value of loan commitments is insignificant at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

Fair Value Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. On these assets, the Company only makes fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following table presents the fair value of assets measured on a nonrecurring basis (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Fair Value Measurements Using:

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total

Assets at December 31, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral-dependent loans (net of allowance and discount)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

8,640 

 

$

8,640 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

891 

 

 

891 

Foreclosed assets (net of allowance and discount)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

301 

 

 

301 

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,531 

 

$

9,531 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets at December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateral-dependent loans (net of allowance and discount)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

11,616 

 

$

11,616 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

887 

 

 

887 

Total

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

12,503 

 

$

12,503 



Activity in Level 3 assets is as follows for the year ended years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Impaired loans
(net of allowance
and discount)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

11,616 

Changes in allowance and discount

 

 

1,764 

Transfer of loans into foreclosed assets

 

 

(479)

Loans no longer considered collateral dependent

 

 

(1,232)

Loans that became collateral dependent

 

 

1,936 

Loan payments, payoffs, sales, and charge-offs

 

 

(4,965)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

$

8,640 



F-90


 





 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Investments
in joint venture
(net of allowance
and discount)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

887 

Pro rata share of joint venture income

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

$

891 







 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Foreclosed assets



 

(net of allowance and discount)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

--

Transfer of loans into foreclosed assets

 

 

496 

Transfer of foreclosed assets to other assets

 

 

(195)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

$

301 







 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Impaired loans
(net of allowance
and discount)

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

$

6,135 

Re-classifications of assets from Level 3 into Level 2

 

 

 —

Changes in allowance and discount

 

 

(306)

Loans no longer considered impaired

 

 

 —

Loans that became impaired

 

 

7,620 

Loan payments, payoffs, sales, and charge-offs

 

 

(1,833)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

11,616 







 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Investments
in joint venture
(net of allowance
and discount)

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

$

896 

Pro rata share of joint venture income

 

 

(9)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

887 



Impaired Loans

Collateral-dependent impaired loans are carried at the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell, incorporating assumptions that experienced parties might use in estimating the value of such collateral. The fair value of collateral is determined based on appraisals. In some cases, the Company has adjusted the appraised values for various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparable properties included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral. When the Company has made significant adjustments based on unobservable inputs, management categorizes the resulting fair value measurement as a Level 3 measurement. Otherwise, the Company categorizes collateral-dependent impaired loans under Level 2.

F-91


 

Foreclosed Assets

The Company initially records real estate acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings (foreclosed assets) at fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated costs of disposal, which establishes a new cost. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations on foreclosed assets. The Company carries foreclosed assets held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs of disposal. The fair values of real properties initially are determined based on appraisals. In some cases, management adjusts the appraised values for various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparable properties included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market or in the collateral. The Company makes subsequent valuations of the real properties based either on management estimates or on updated appraisals. If management makes significant adjustments to appraised values based on unobservable inputs, the Company categorizes foreclosed assets under Level 3. Otherwise, if management bases the foreclosed assets’ value on recent appraisals and the only adjustments made are for known contractual selling costs, the Company will categorize the foreclosed assets under Level 2.

The table below summarizes the valuation methodologies used to measure the fair value adjustments for Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

Assets

 

Fair Value
(in thousands)

 

Valuation
Techniques

 

Unobservable
Input

 

Range
(Weighted Average)

Impaired loans

 

$

8,640 

 

Discounted appraised value

 

Selling cost / Estimated market decrease

 

21% - 81% (23%)

Investments in joint venture

 

$

891 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Estimated future market value

 

0% (0%)

Foreclosed assets

 

$

301 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Selling cost

 

6% (6%)







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

Assets

 

Fair Value
(in thousands)

 

Valuation
Techniques

 

Unobservable
Input

 

Range
(Weighted Average)

Impaired loans

 

$

11,616 

 

Discounted appraised value

 

Selling cost / Estimated market decrease

 

15% - 72% (33%)

Investment in joint venture

 

$

887 

 

Internal evaluations

 

Estimated future market value

 

0% (0%)



Note 17. Income Taxes and State LLC Fees

MPIC is subject to a California gross receipts LLC fee of approximately $12,000 per year, and the state minimum franchise tax of $800 per year. MP Securities is subject to a California gross receipts LLC fee of approximately $6,000 and the state minimum franchise tax of $800 per year.

F-92


 

MP Realty incurred a tax loss for the year ended December 31, 2018, and recorded a provision of $800 per year for the state minimum franchise tax. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, MP Realty has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $430 thousand and $407 thousand, respectively, which begin to expire in 2030. Management assessed the realizability of the deferred tax asset and determined that a 100% valuation against the deferred tax asset was appropriate at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Tax years ended December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2019 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the tax years ended December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2019 remain subject to examination by the California Franchise Tax Board.

Note 18. Segment Information

The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. The Company manages the segments separately because each business requires different management, personnel proficiencies, and marketing strategies.

The Company has two reportable segments that represent the primary businesses reported in the consolidated financial statements: the finance company (the parent company), and the investment advisor and insurance firm (MP Securities). The finance company segment uses funds from the sale of debt securities, income from operations, and the sale of loan participations to originate or purchase mortgage loans. The finance company also services loans. MP Securities generates fee income by selling debt securities and other investment and insurance products, as well as providing investment advisory and financial planning services.

The accounting policies applied to determine the segment information are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Management accounts for intersegment revenues and expenses at amounts that assume the Company entered into the transaction with unrelated third parties at the current market prices at the time of the transaction. Management evaluates the performance of each segment based on net income or loss before provision for income taxes and LLC fees.

Financial information with respect to the reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Finance
Company

 

Broker
Dealer

 

Other Segments

 

Adjustments / Eliminations

 

Total

Total revenue

 

$

10,289 

 

$

2,304 

 

$

316 

 

$

(1,194)

 

$

11,715 

Total non-interest expense and prov. for tax

 

 

4,020 

 

 

1,177 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 —

 

 

5,195 

Net profit (loss)

 

 

811 

 

 

1,126 

 

 

318 

 

 

(254)

 

 

2,001 

Total assets

 

 

155,180 

 

 

2,506 

 

 

371 

 

 

(36)

 

 

158,021 



F-93


 

Financial information with respect to the reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows (dollars in thousands):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Finance
Company

 

Broker
Dealer

 

Other Segments

 

Adjustments / Eliminations

 

Total

Total revenue

 

$

10,126 

 

$

1,189 

 

$

 —

 

$

(663)

 

$

10,652 

Total non interest expense and prov. for tax

 

 

3,655 

 

 

995 

 

 

23 

 

 

 —

 

 

4,673 

Net profit (loss)

 

 

157 

 

 

194 

 

 

(23)

 

 

149 

 

 

477 

Total assets

 

 

154,072 

 

 

1,307 

 

 

55 

 

 

 

 

155,439 

 

Note 19. Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

Financial information pertaining only to the parent company, Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC Balance Sheet



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

As of December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

23,297 

 

$

8,612 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses

 

 

128,843 

 

 

143,380 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

635 

 

 

711 

Investments in joint venture

 

 

891 

 

 

887 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

211 

 

 

85 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

301 

 

 

 —

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

1,926 

 

 

796 

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

536 

 

 

488 

Servicing assets

 

 

100 

 

 

212 

Other assets

 

 

926 

 

 

209 

Total assets

 

$

157,666 

 

$

155,380 

Liabilities and members’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

$

71,427 

 

$

76,515 

Notes payable, net of debt issuance costs

 

 

73,046 

 

 

68,300 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

266 

 

 

249 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,855 

 

 

785 

Total liabilities

 

 

146,594 

 

 

145,849 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

11,072 

 

 

9,530 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members' equity

 

$

157,666 

 

$

155,379 



 

 

 

 

 

 





F-94


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC Statement of Income





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

For the years ended



 

 

December 31,



 

 

2019

 

2018

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

 

$

10,144 

 

$

9,207 

Other income

 

 

 

154 

 

 

920 

Total income

 

 

 

10,298 

 

 

10,127 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term-debt

 

 

 

1,867 

 

 

2,000 

Notes payable

 

 

 

4,135 

 

 

3,649 

Total interest expense

 

 

 

6,002 

 

 

5,649 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

4,017 

 

 

3,647 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

 

823 

 

 

165 

Provision for income taxes and state LLC fees

 

 

 

12 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

 

811 

 

 

157 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

 

1,190 

 

 

320 

Net income

 

 

$

2,001 

 

$

477 



F-95


 

Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC Statement of Cash Flows

1. 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the years ended



 

December 31,



 

2019

 

2018

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,001 

 

$

477 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

(1,190)

 

 

(320)

Depreciation

 

 

40 

 

 

27 

Amortization of deferred loan fees

 

 

(269)

 

 

(258)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

86 

 

 

85 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(544)

 

 

666 

Provision for losses on foreclosed assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Accretion of allowance for loan losses on restructured loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Accretion of loan discount

 

 

(247)

 

 

(24)

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

 —

 

 

(13)

Gain on sale of foreclosed assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 —

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

76 

 

 

31 

Other assets

 

 

(418)

 

 

179 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

17 

 

 

41 

Other liabilities

 

 

940 

 

 

97 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

492 

 

 

988 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan purchases

 

 

(2,255)

 

 

(2,721)

Loan originations

 

 

(7,951)

 

 

(15,486)

Loan sales

 

 

 —

 

 

5,414 

Loan principal collections

 

 

25,324 

 

 

17,817 

Proceeds from foreclosed asset sales

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sale of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 —

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(170)

 

 

(13)



 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

14,952 

 

 

5,011 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in term-debt

 

 

(5,088)

 

 

(4,977)

Net change in notes payable

 

 

4,709 

 

 

(696)

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(49)

 

 

(92)

Dividends paid on preferred units

 

 

(331)

 

 

(405)

Net cash (used) by financing activities

 

 

(759)

 

 

(6,170)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash

 

 

14,685 

 

 

(171)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

8,612 

 

 

8,783 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

23,297 

 

$

8,612 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

5,046 

 

$

4,795 

Income taxes paid

 

$

20 

 

$

23 

Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets

 

$

479 

 

$

 —

Loans made to facilitate the sale of foreclosed assets

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Dividends declared to preferred unit holders

 

$

 —

 

$

107 







 

F-96


 

EXHIBIT A



2021 CLASS A NOTES

TRUST INDENTURE



THIS TRUST INDENTURE, dated as of January 06, 2021 (the “Indenture”), is entered into by Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, a California limited liability company, the “Company”, and U.S. Bank National Association, as “Trustee,” pursuant to the terms hereof.



WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue up to an aggregate of $300,000,000 of the Notes (as defined herein) to investors; and



WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this Indenture with the Trustee, whereby the Company hereby appoints Trustee and Trustee agrees to act as Trustee hereunder for the Holders of the Notes;



NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Company and the Trustee agrees as follows for the benefit of the other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:



ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS



Section 1.01. Definitions. The terms used in this Indenture, unless otherwise expressly stated in this Indenture, have the following meanings.



“1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



“1934 Act” means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.



“1939 Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.



“2021 Class A Notes” means the up to $300 million in aggregate Principal Amount of the 2021 Class A Notes which the Company issues to Holders after the Effective Date under this Indenture.  The 2021 Class A Notes may be issued in one or more series or subseries as may be determined from time to time by the Company at its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the Fixed Series and Variable Series as defined in this Indenture.



“Act” means any Vote, request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action required or permitted by this Indenture (including any act embodied therein and evidenced thereby).



“Adjusted Net Worth” means the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the outstanding Equity Securities of the Company and any consolidated subsidiary, plus (ii) the respective amounts reported on such entity’s most recent balance sheet with respect to any series of preferred stock, plus (iii) the amount of any Subordinated Loan, whether or not then funded. For purposes of computing Adjusted Net Worth, any Subordinated Loan included in Adjusted Net Worth as provided in the foregoing that is from an Affiliate shall be treated as a transaction with an unaffiliated third-party under GAAP.



“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” “controlling” and “controlled,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.



“Bankruptcy Law” means the federal statutes, rules, and court and administrative proceedings decisions under or pertaining to the Federal Bankruptcy Law contained in Title 11 of the United States Code.



“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of California or by federal regulation are not required to be open.



A-1


 

“Cash Flow” means with respect to any period, the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and any subsidiary for such period plus (a) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with the sale or other disposition of any assets (to the extent such net losses were deducted in computing Net Income for such period), plus (b) provision for taxes based on income or profits to the extent any such provision for taxes was deducted in computing Net Income for such period, plus (c) Fixed Charges for such period, plus (d) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Net Income for such period, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (e) interest expense paid or accrued for such period with respect to the Subordinated Loan and any additional Indebtedness which is subordinated to the Notes, plus (f) the unused amount of any Subordinated Loan available to the Company on the date the determination of Cash Flow is made.



“Category” means a subseries of a 2021 Class A Notes as so designated by the Company.



“Certificate” means a document certifying that the condition or requirement referenced therein has or has not been met or has occurred. The Certificate must be certified by the person executing it, but need not be acknowledged or verified.



“Class 1 Notes” means the up to $300 million in aggregate principal amount of the Class 1 Notes which the Company has issued under that certain Class 1 Notes Indenture dated January 6, 2015.



“Class 1A Notes” means the up to $300 million in aggregate Principal Amount of the Class 1A Notes which the Company has issued under that certain Class 1 Notes Indenture dated December 20, 2017.



“Default” means any event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both is or could be an Event of Default.



“Effective Date” means the date the Prospectus is declared effective by the SEC.



“Equity Security” means any class or series of membership interest, including but not limited to, in the case of the Company, all classes of its membership interests.



“Events of Default” means those Events of Default defined under “Events of Default” herein, whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.



“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any period, the ratio of the Cash Flow of the Company for such period to the Fixed Charges of the Company for such period. In the event the Company incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, redeems or otherwise retires any Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated Loan) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, redemption or retirement of Indebtedness, including, if applicable, the application of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. In making such calculations on a pro forma basis, interest attributable to Indebtedness bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire period.



“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any period, consolidated interest expense for such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, noncash interest payments and the interest component of capital leases, but excluding amortization of deferred financing fees) plus, without duplication, all interest capitalized for such period on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Fixed Charges shall not include any interest expense for such period paid or accrued with respect to any loan to the extent it is expressly subordinated in right of payment to amounts due and payable with respect to the 2021 Class A Notes.



“Fixed Series Note” means any Note designated as a Fixed Series Note and issued in the form determined by the Company and deposited with the Trustee as part of this Indenture. Fixed Series Notes may be issued in one or more of the following Categories.





 

 

“Fixed 1” Notes which require an initial investment of at least $1,000 but less than $5,000;







 

 

“Fixed 5” Notes which require an initial investment of at least $5,000 but less than $10,000.







 

 

“Fixed 10” Notes which require an initial investment of at least $10,000 but less than $25,000.







 

A-2


 

 

“Fixed 25” Notes which require an initial investment of at least $25,000 but less than $50,000.







 

 

“Fixed 50” Notes which require an initial investment of at least $50,000 but less than $100,000.







 

 

“Fixed 100” Notes which require an initial investment of at least $100,000.



Each Category of Fixed Note shall pay interest at the rate designated for its respective Category designated on the Rate Schedule effective on the date the Fixed Series Note is issued. The Fixed Series Notes shall have a term (“maturity”) of not less than twelve (12) months nor more than sixty (60) months.



“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles of the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.



“Holder” means the Person or Persons in whose name a 2021 Class A Note is registered on the books and records of the Company as a holder of 2021 Class A Notes.



“Holder Representative” means the person who may be designated by a Majority in Interest of the Holders to act on behalf of the Holders as provided in Section 11.02.



“Indebtedness” means any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, (i) in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (ii) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, (iii) representing capital lease obligations; and (iv) representing any hedging obligations, except, in each case, any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than hedging obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee of obligations of other persons that would be included within this definition.



“Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented, modified or amended by one or more supplemental agreements hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.



“Issuance Date” means the date the Note is first issued on the Company’s books and records.



“Majority in Interest” means, as of the date of determination, a majority of the unpaid Principal Amount of all Outstanding Notes plus all unpaid interest due thereon (as reflected on the books and records of the Company). In determining whether the required Vote of the Holders has been met, Notes owned by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded. For the purposes of determining whether the Trustee may rely on any such Vote, only Notes which the Trustee knows are owned by the Company or its Affiliate shall be disregarded.



“Maturity Date” means the date on which the unpaid balance of principal and accrued interest is due and payable on the respective 2021 Class A Notes. The Maturity Date of the Fixed Series Notes may be twelve (12), twenty-four (24), thirty (30) or sixty (60) months from the Issuance Date. The Maturity Date of the Variable Series Notes shall have a Maturity Date of sixty (60) months from the Issuance Date.



“Net Income” means, with respect to the Company for any period, the aggregate of the net income of the Company for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that the Net Income of any entity that is not a subsidiary of the Company or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent entity or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.



“Net Tangible Assets” means, with respect to the Company, the total amount of assets of the Company and any subsidiary (less applicable reserves) on a consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with GAAP, less intangible assets. For purposes of computing Net Tangible Assets, all transactions between the Company and any Affiliates shall be treated as if the transactions had been entered into with an unaffiliated third-party except to the extent GAAP would require any different treatment.



“Note Document” means a Note and any other document or instrument, other than this Indenture, which pertains to a Note issued under this Indenture.



A-3


 

“Note Document Amendment” means any amendment, change or other modification to an outstanding Note which is intended to be legally binding on the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.



“Notes” means the 2021 Class A Notes.



“Opinion” means a written document expressly stating that it is the formal opinion of the Person executing it.



“Other Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding, except any balance owing on the the Class 1Notes, the Class 1A Notes, and/or 2021 Class A Notes including any extension, refinancing, refunding, renewal, substitution or replacement of any such Notes, but only to the extent that any such extension, refinancing, refunding, renewal, substitution or replacement does not exceed the Principal Amount of the Note being extended, refinanced, refunded, renewed, substituted or replaced (plus the amount of the reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) and that no additional security is granted in connection with any such extension, refinancing, refunding, renewal, substitution or replacement.



“Outstanding Notes” when used with respect to 2021 Class A Notes means, as of the date of determination, all 2021 Class A Notes theretofore issued and delivered by the Company and not paid, prepaid or redeemed in full pursuant to their terms.



“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.



“Principal Amount” means, for the purposes of determining the amount of the 2021 Class A Notes issued or at any time outstanding, the unpaid aggregate advances to principal of the 2021 Class A Notes made by the holders thereof, whether upon issuance or subsequent thereto, except “Principal Amount” shall not include any unpaid interest, penalties or other charges added to principal of the Notes under the terms of the 2021 Class A Notes or otherwise.



“Prospectus” means, at any time determined, the final Prospectus then current as filed as part of the Registration Statement filed by the Company with the SEC under the 1933 Act covering the offer and the sale of the Notes, as it may be amended or supplemented.



“Rate Schedule” means the schedule of interest rates payable on the 2021 Class A Notes as the Company may from time to time designate.



“Responsible Officer” means in the case of the Trustee, any officer within the Trustee’s Global Corporate Trust department (or successor group) or in the case of the Company or any non-individual Holder Representative, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer or Secretary.



“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.



“State” means the State of California.



“Subordinated Loan” means any loan, credit line or other credit facility, whether or not then funded, to the extent the Company’s obligation to repay such loan, credit line or other credit facility is expressly subordinated in right to payment on a current basis to the 2021 Class A Notes.



“Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company or partnership over which the Company may exercise majority control.



“Supplemental Agreement” means any amendment, change or other modification of this Indenture.


“Tangible Adjusted Net Worth” means the Adjusted Net Worth of the Company less the Company’s intangible assets, if any.



“Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association or a successor Trustee approved pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.



“Variable Series Note” means any Note designated as a Variable Series Note and issued in the form determined by the Company and deposited with the Trustee as part of this Indenture. Variable Series Notes may be issued in one or more of the following Categories:



A-4


 

“Variable 10 Notes” which require an initial investment of at least $10,000, but less than $25,000.

 

“Variable 25 Notes” which require an initial investment of at least $25,000, but less than $50,000.



“Variable 50 Notes” which require an initial investment of at least $50,000, but less than $100,000.



“Variable 100 Notes” which require an initial investment of at least $100,000.



Each Category of Variable Note shall pay interest at the variable rate designated by the Company for the respective Category designated on the Rate Schedule effective on the date of issuance of the Note and shall have a term or maturity of sixty (60) months from the date of issuance.



“Vote” means any vote held at a meeting, whether by written ballot or by oral roll call, or any written consent or approval given without a meeting.



ARTICLE II

 

CONTINUING COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY



Section 2.01. Limitation on Restricted Payment. While any Note is outstanding, the Company shall not, and will not permit any subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s Equity Security or the Equity Security of any subsidiary (other than dividends or distributions payable (a) in Equity Security of the Company or the Equity Security of the subsidiary or (b) to the Company or any subsidiary); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Security of the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary; (iii) voluntarily purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to the scheduled maturity of any mandatory sinking fund payments thereon or the stated maturity thereof, any Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the 2021 Class A Notes (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”) unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:



(a)no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;



(b)such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company or any subsidiary, does not exceed the sum of:



(i)50% of the Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on January 1, 2000 and ending on the last day of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Net Income for such period is a deficit, 100% of such deficit), plus

(ii)100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of Equity Security of the Company (other than Equity Security sold to a subsidiary of the Company), debt securities or Equity Security convertible into Equity Security of the Company upon such conversion, or any funds advanced or loaned to the Company pursuant to any Subordinated Loan; plus



(iii)100% of the cash contributed to the capital of the Company by the holders of the Company’s Equity Securities;



(c)The foregoing notwithstanding, the provisions of subsection(b)(i), (ii) and (iii) above shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments:



(i)the payment of any dividend within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the foregoing provisions; or



(ii)the payment of interest or principal on, or the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value prior to the stated maturity of any of the Class 1 Notes, Class 1A Notes, or 2021 Class A Notes; or



(iii)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Security of the Company, (b) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value prior to the scheduled maturity of any mandatory sinking fund payments or stated maturity of Indebtedness of the Company subordinated in right of payment to the Holders, or (c) the making of any investment in the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in each case of (a), (b) and (c) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Company) of, Equity Security of the Company.

A-5


 



Section 2.02. Limitation on Outstanding 2021 Class A Notes. The Company shall not issue any 2021 Class A Notes if, after giving effect to such issuance, the unpaid Principal Amount of the 2021 Class A Notes outstanding at any time would have an aggregate unpaid balance exceeding one hundred seventy-five million dollars ($175,000,000).



Section 2.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness.  



(a)While any 2021 Class A Notes is outstanding, the Company shall not, and will not permit any subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guaranty or otherwise become liable with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness; unless, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company, determined on a consolidated basis, for the Company’s most recently ended four (4) full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least one and one-fifth (1.20) to one (1.0), determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom to a repayment of any Indebtedness), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.



(b)Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may incur Indebtedness that constitutes one or more of the following: (i) is evidenced by a Note issued pursuant to this Indenture; (ii) any Class 1 Note, Class 1A Notes or any Indebtedness which was existing on the last day of the calendar quarter last ending before the Effective Date, as such Indebtedness may be later renewed, extended or modified; (iii) is incurred in the Company’s ordinary course of business for the funding of its mortgage loan investments, including, but not limited to warehouse lines of credit, letters of credit, and/or gestation or repurchase credit facilities; (iv) is in respect of performance, completion, guarantee, surety and similar bonds, banker’s acceptances or letters of credit provided by the Company in its ordinary course of business; or (v) when incurred, does not result in aggregate Other Indebtedness in excess of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) outstanding immediately after the Indebtedness is incurred.


 Section 2.04. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. While any 2021 Class A Notes is outstanding, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person) or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (excepting loans held for sale in the normal course of the Company’s ordinary course of business) in one or more related transactions to, another Person, unless, immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists, and either: (i) the Company is the entity surviving such transaction, or (ii) if the entity surviving such transaction is not the Company, such entity assumes, by contract or operation of law, the Company’s obligations under the 2021 Class A Notes and under this Agreement.



Section 2.05. Maintenance of Tangible Adjusted Net Worth. In the event that, while any 2021 Class A Notes is outstanding, within 55 days after the end of any fiscal quarter (100 days after the end of any fiscal year) as of the end of which the Company’s Tangible Adjusted Net Worth is less than four million dollars ($4,000,000) (the “Minimum Tangible Adjusted Net Worth”), the Company shall notify the Holders of such event and shall within sixty (60) days thereafter restore its Tangible Adjusted Net Worth to an amount greater than the Minimum Tangible Adjusted Net Worth.



Section 2.06. Payment of Trustee’s Compensation and Expenses. The Company shall pay the Trustee’s compensation and expenses provided for in Section 3.08, and the Trustee shall look only to the Company for such payment except as the Holders may from time to time otherwise agree.



Section 2.07. SEC Reports. The Company shall file with the Trustee within fifteen (15) days after it files them with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the 1939 Act.



Section 2.08. The Company to Furnish Trustee Lists of Holders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee not more than five (5) days after its appointment and acceptance as Trustee, and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within ten (10) business days after receipt by the Company of any such request, a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably request containing all the information in the possession or control of the Company, or any of its paying agents, as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes, obtained since the date as of which the next previous list, if any, was furnished, and the status of the amount of principal and interest paid or outstanding in respect of each of the Notes.



Section 2.09. Books and Records. The Company shall keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all dealings or transactions of or in relation to the 2021 Class A Notes and the business and affairs of the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company shall furnish to the Trustee any and all information related to the Notes as the Trustee may reasonably request and which is in the Company’s possession.



A-6


 

ARTICLE III

 

TRUSTEE



Section 3.01. Appointment of Trustee; Acceptance. The Company hereby appoints U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee hereunder. The Trustee shall signify its acceptance of the duties and obligations imposed upon it by this Indenture, by executing this Indenture.



Section 3.02. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.



(a)The Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.



(b)If an Event of Default exists, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and subject to subsection (c)(iii), use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.



(c)No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, in each case, as finally adjudicated by a court of law, except that



(i)this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (a);



(ii)the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;



(iii)the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction of the Holder Representative, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture; and



(iv)no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to it in its sole discretion.



(d)Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.02.



(e)The Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Certificates of the Company’s officers and/or Opinions of the Company’s legal counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such Certificates or Opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.



(f)The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty.



(g)The rights of the Trustee and limitations of liability enumerated herein and in Section 3.04 shall extend to actions taken or omitted in its role as assignee of the Company under any Note Documents.



Section 3.03. Notice of Defaults. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder and provided that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is aware of or has received notice of the existence of such Event of Default, promptly with respect to the Company and the Holder Representative, and within thirty (30) days with respect to any other Holder, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to the Company and the Holder Representative, and to the Holders, notice of such Event of Default known to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.03, unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived.



Section 3.04. Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.02:



(a)The Trustee may rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Certificate, statement, instrument, Opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

A-7


 



(b)Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Certificate or order executed by a Responsible Officer;



(c)Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon a Certificate from an executive officer of the Company;



(d)The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of the Holder Representative pursuant to this Indenture, unless the Holder Representative shall have offered to the Trustee in writing security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, provided that nothing contained in this subparagraph (d) shall be construed to require such security or indemnity for the performance by the Trustee of its obligations under this Indenture;



(e)The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, Certificate, statement, instrument, Opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books and records of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney after reasonable notice and during normal business hours;



(f)The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and pay reasonable compensation thereto and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. The Trustee may act, or refrain from acting, upon the advice of legal counsel of its choice concerning all matters regarding this Indenture and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss or damage resulting from any action or inaction taken in reliance upon said advice; and



(g)The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default except for Events of Default specified in Section 4.01, unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall be specifically notified by a notice of such Default or Event of Default by the Company, the Holder Representative, or by any Holder, and all notices or other instruments required by this Indenture to be delivered to the Trustee, must, in order to be effective, be delivered in writing to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee at the address set forth in Section 11.03, and in the absence of such notice so delivered the Trustee may conclusively assume there is no Default or Event of Default as aforesaid.

 

Section 3.05. Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Certificate of authentication on the Notes, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the value or condition of the Notes, or as to any security which may be afforded thereby, or as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes.

 

Section 3.06. May Hold Notes. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the Holder or pledgee of the Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

Section 3.07. Money Held in Trust. Any money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture.



Section 3.08. Compensation and Expenses of the Trustee. The Company shall pay compensation to and the expenses of the Trustee as follows:



(a)To pay the compensation set forth in Schedule 1 to this Indenture;



(b)To reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Trustee, except as such expense, disbursement or advance may be attributable to the Trustee’s gross negligence or bad faith;



(c)To indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The obligations of the Company hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the discharge of this Indenture.

A-8


 

 

Section 3.09. Trustee Required; Eligibility. Any successor Trustee shall at all times be a trust company, a state banking corporation or a national banking association with the authority to exercise trust powers in the State and (a) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition; or (b) be a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank holding company, or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a company that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank holding company, having a combined capital surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, or having at least $50,000,000 of trust assets under management and have a combined capital surplus of at least $2,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition; or (c) is otherwise acceptable to the Holder Representative in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Section 3.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.



(a)No resignation or removal of the Trustee hereunder and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article III shall become effective until the written acceptance by the successor Trustee of such appointment.



(b)The Trustee may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ notice thereof to the Company and the Holder Representative. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.



(c)The Company or the Holder Representative may remove the Trustee at any time with thirty (30) days’ notice delivered to the Trustee, the Company, and the Holder Representative.



(d)If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee for any cause, the Holder Representative shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within sixty (60) days after such resignation, removal or incapability or the occurrence of such vacancy, no successor Trustee shall have been appointed by the Holder Representative and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder or retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Company, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.



(e)The retiring Trustee shall cause notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of the successor Trustee.

 

Section 3.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.



(a)Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; notwithstanding the foregoing, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument conveying and transferring to such successor Trustee upon the trusts herein expressed all the estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts.



(b)No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article III, to the extent operative.

 

Section 3.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article III, to the extent operative, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

A-9


 

Section 3.13. Requirements for Holder Consent and Instruction to the Trustee.



(a)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, except for any provision of Article IX and Article XI regarding the consent or approval of all Holders to any supplement or amendment to this Indenture, the Notes, or to any of the other documents relating to the Notes, the following provisions shall govern and control with respect to any consents, determinations, elections, approvals, waivers, acceptances, satisfactions or expression of opinion of or the taking of any discretionary act or the giving of any instructions or the taking of actions by the Holder Representative or the Holders under this Indenture.



(b)The Company and the Trustee acknowledge that the Holders by a Majority in Interest may designate a successor Holder Representative. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Holder Representative shall have the authority to bind the Holders for all purposes under this Indenture and under any Note Documents, including, without limitation, for purposes of exercising the rights of the Holder Representative. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon the acts of any such Holder Representative as binding upon the Holder Representative and the Holders.



(c)Until the Trustee receives notice signed by the Holder Representative that a new Holder Representative has been appointed by a Majority in Interest of the Holders, the Holder Representative shall continue to act in such capacity and the Trustee shall continue to rely on the actions of such Holder Representative for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

Section 3.14. Appointment of Co-Trustee.



(a)It is the intent and purpose of this Indenture that it result in no violation of any laws of any jurisdiction (including particularly the laws of the State) by denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Indenture, and in particular in case of litigation as a result of any Event of Default, or in case the Trustee deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the powers, rights or remedies herein granted to the Trustee, in trust, as herein provided, or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that the Trustee appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate or co-trustee. The following provisions of this Section 3.14 are adopted to these ends.



(b)The Trustee is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate or co-trustee under this Indenture, upon notice to the Company and with the consent of the Company, but without the necessity of further authorization or consent, in which event each and every remedy, power, right, claim, demand, cause of action, immunity, estate, title, interest and lien expressed or intended by this Indenture to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Trustee with respect thereto shall be exercisable by and vest in such separate or co-trustee but only to the extent necessary to exercise such powers, rights and remedies, and every covenant and obligation necessary to the exercise thereof by such separate or co-trustee shall run to and be enforceable by either of them.



(c)Should any instrument in writing from the Company be required by the separate trustee or co-trustee appointed by the Trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations, any and all such instruments in writing shall, on request of the Trustee, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Company. In case any separate trustee or co-trustee, or a successor to either, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of such separate trustee or co-trustee, so far as permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee until the appointment of a successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee.

 

Section 3.15. Loan Servicing. The Company and the Trustee acknowledge that the Company shall service the Notes directly but may, in its sole discretion, appoint a Paying Agent as provided in Section 8.04.



Section 3.16. No Recourse Against Officers or Employees of Trustee. No recourse with respect to any claim related to any obligation, duty or agreement contained in this Indenture or any Note Document shall be had against any officer, shareholder, director or employee, as such, of the Trustee, it being expressly understood that the obligations, duties and agreements of the Trustee contained in this Indenture and any Note Documents are solely corporate in nature.



A-10


 

Section 3.17. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture, or documents related thereto, may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Trustee hereunder, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes (based on the aggregate amount of unpaid principal and interest due each such Holder on such date) in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.



Section 3.18. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion, may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion, may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 3.18 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a suit by Holders holding more than 10% of the Principal Amount of the Notes.



Section 3.19. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee is subject to Section 311(a) of the 1939 Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the 1939 Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed is subject to Section 311(a) of the 1939 Act to the extent indicated.



Section 3.20. Rights to Settle or Compromise. The Trustee may not waive or make any settlement or compromise concerning the rights of Holders, including in regard to payments of principal or interest, unless it is approved by a Majority in Interest of the Holders. Any waiver, settlement or compromise so approved would be binding upon all the Holders, except if and only if required by law, the Trustee may provide a procedure for any Holder so desiring to remove itself from the group settlement and to allow the Holder opting out of the group settlement to proceed to enforce its rights individually and as it sees fit.



Section 3.21. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:



(a)An Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and



(b)An Opinion of legal counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.



Section 3.22. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each Certificate or Opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:



(a)A statement that the person making such Certificate or Opinion has read such covenant or condition;



(b)A brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such Certificate or Opinion are based;



(c)A statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and



(d)A statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.



ARTICLE IV

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES



Section 4.01. Events of Default. Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default under the Notes:



(a)Default for thirty (30) days in the payment when due of interest on any Note;



(b)Default for thirty (30) days in the payment when due of principal of any Note;



(c)If not cured in a timely manner, failure by the Company to observe or perform any of the covenants or agreements in the Notes or set forth under Article II hereof required to be performed by it;

A-11


 



(d)If not cured in a timely manner, default under the instruments governing any Other Indebtedness or any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Other Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company, whether such Other Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is hereafter created, which default:



(i)is caused by a failure to pay when due principal or interest on such Other Indebtedness within the grace period provided in such Other Indebtedness and which continues beyond any applicable grace period (a “Payment Default”) or



(ii)results in the acceleration of such Other Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, provided in each case the unpaid principal balance of any such Other Indebtedness, together with the unpaid principal balance of any other such Other Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $250,000 or more;

 

(e)The Company fails to comply with any of its other agreements in the Notes or this Indenture and the Default continues;

 

(f)The Company pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)commences a voluntary case,



(ii)consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,



(iii)consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or



(iv)makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or



(g)A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:



(i)is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case,



(ii)appoints a custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(iii)orders the liquidation of the Company,



and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) days.



Section 4.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% of the Principal Amount of the Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such declaration the principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Holders of a Majority in Interest by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration.



Section 4.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.



The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right to remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.



Section 4.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a Majority in Interest by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereof.



Section 4.05. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:



A-12


 

(a)The Holder gives to the Trustee notice of a continuing Event of Default;



(b)The Holders of at least a Majority in Interest in Principal Amount of the Notes make a request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;



(c)Such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;



(d)The Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and



(e)During such 60-day period the Holders of a Majority in Interest do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.



A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.



Section 4.06. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.



Section 4.07. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable, as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise, and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,



(a)To file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal, interest and penalty owing and unpaid in respect of the Outstanding Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including to the extent permitted by law any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and



(b)To collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under this Indenture.



Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to Vote in respect of the claim of any Holder.



Section 4.08. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article, together with any other sums then held by the Trustee hereunder, shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest upon presentation of the Notes, and the notation thereof of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:



(a)First: To the payment of all unpaid amounts due to the Trustee hereunder;



(b)Second: To the payment of the whole amount then due and unpaid on the Outstanding Notes, for principal and interest and any penalties which may be due under the terms of the Notes, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected; and in case such proceeds shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid on such Notes, then to the payment of such principal and interest and without any preference or priority, ratably according to the aggregate amount so due; and



(c)Third: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

A-13


 



Section 4.09. Cure of a Default. To cure a Payment Default, the Company must mail to the Holder, direct deposit or credit if that option is selected, the amount of the nonpayment plus a late payment penalty equal to simple interest on the amount unpaid at the rate of seven and one-half percent (7 ½%) per annum, measured from the date the payment should have been mailed, deposited or credited pursuant to the terms of the 2021 Class A Notes until the date it actually is mailed, deposited or credited.



Section 4.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except insofar as same shall contradict the express terms of this Indenture, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law and the terms of this Indenture, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.



Section 4.11. Delay or Omission not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.



ARTICLE V

 

CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE HOLDERS



Section 5.01. Control by Majority in Interest. The Holders of a Majority in Interest may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that the Trustee, in its sole discretion, determines to conflict with law or this Indenture, to be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders, or to cause the Trustee to incur personal liability.



Section 5.02. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal and interest on the Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.



Section 5.03. Limitation on Actions. DURING THE PERIOD OF THE OPERATION OF THIS INDENTURE, NO HOLDER SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT TO INSTITUTE OR CONTINUE ANY PROCEEDING or judicial action pursuant to Article IV or otherwise, under or with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy hereunder, unless all of the following have occurred:



(a)Such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;



(b)The Holders of not less than a Majority in Interest shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;



(c)Such Holder has offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably acceptable to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request and has provided security therefor reasonably acceptable to the Trustee;



(d)The Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and



(e)No written direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a Majority in Interest.



It being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of the Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or pursuant to any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights created under this Indenture or the rights of any other Holders of the Notes, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Outstanding Notes, no Holder shall have the right and each Holder hereby waives the right to sue individually except in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.



A-14


 

ARTICLE VI

 

HOLDER LISTS, REPORTS BY THE

TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY



Section 6.01. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within sixty (60) days after December 31 of each year (the “reporting date”), the Trustee shall mail to Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Section 313(a) of the 1939 Act. The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b)(2) of the 1939 Act.



Section 6.02. Reports to SEC. A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and any stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Company shall notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.



SECTION VII

 

SATISFACTION OF NOTES



Section 7.01. Payment of Notes, Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. Whenever the Company has paid or caused to be paid all amounts then due and payable pursuant to the terms of the Notes then this Indenture and the rights and interests created hereby shall cease and become null and void (except as to any surviving rights of transfer or exchange of Notes herein or therein provided for) and the Trustee then acting as such hereunder shall, at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver such instruments of satisfaction and discharge as may be necessary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the obligations of the Company to pay or reimburse the Trustee as provided herein shall survive the termination, satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.



ARTICLE VIII

 

THE NOTES



Section 8.01. Form and Dating. The Notes shall be substantially in the forms included in Exhibit A, which is part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.



Section 8.02. Execution and Authentication. The following provisions shall govern authentication of the Notes.



(a)A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Company. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.



(b)At least one executive officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual, electronic or facsimile signature.



(c)If an executive officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.



Section 8.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company may, in its sole discretion, upon prior notice to the Trustee maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and/or an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). Until such time, the Company shall perform all sufficient and necessary functions as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more additional conversion agents. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.



Section 8.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company may but is not required to appoint a Paying Agent for the Notes. The Company will require any Paying Agent to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.



A-15


 

Section 8.05. Holder Lists. The Registrar shall furnish to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.



Section 8.06. Transfer and Exchange. Where Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register transfer or to exchange them for an equal Principal Amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Company shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Company may charge a reasonable fee for any registration of transfer or exchange.



Section 8.07. Replacement Notes. If the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and authenticate a replacement Note if the Company’s requirements are met. The Company may, in its sole discretion, require the Holder requesting replacement of a Note to post an indemnity bond sufficient in amount, in the Company’s judgment, to protect the Company from any loss if the Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.



Section 8.08. Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the authenticated Notes except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 8.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Company receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. If Notes are considered paid under Section 7.01, they cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.



Section 8.09. Treasury Notes. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate holds the Note. However, in determining whether the Holders of the required Principal Amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or an Affiliate shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.



Section 8.10. Cancellation. The Registrar, the Trustee and any Paying Agent shall forward to the Company any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Company shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes as the Company determines. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered for cancellation.



Section 8.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner. It may pay the defaulted interest, plus any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least fifteen (15) days before the record date, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice that states the record date, payment date, and amount of interest to be paid.



ARTICLE IX

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS;

AMENDMENT OF ANY NOTE DOCUMENTS

 

Section 9.01. Supplemental Trust Agreements without Holders’ Consent. The Company and the Trustee from time to time may enter into a Supplemental Agreement, without the consent of any Holders, as are necessary or desirable to:



(a)Cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission or correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein;



(b)Grant to or confer upon the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders any additional rights, remedies, powers, authority or security that may lawfully be granted to or conferred upon the Holders or the Trustee;



(c)Amend any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent required to maintain the exclusion of interest on the Notes from gross income for federal income tax purposes;



(d)Add to the covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture other covenants and agreements thereafter to be observed by the Company or to surrender any right or power herein reserved to or conferred upon the Company;

A-16


 



(e)Make any change herein which may be required by any Rating Agency in order to obtain a rating by such Rating Agency on the Notes;



(f)Amend, alter, modify or supplement this Indenture in a manner necessary or desirable in connection with either the use or maintenance of a Book-Entry System for the Notes, or the issuance of certificated Notes following the termination of a Book-Entry System for the Notes; or



(g)Make any other change, which, pursuant to the notice of the Holder Representative, is not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders. The Trustee will provide the Holder Representative with at least ten (10) Business Days’ notice of any proposed Supplemental Agreement. Immediately after the execution of any Supplemental Agreement for any of the purposes of this Section 9.01, the Trustee shall cause a notice of the proposed execution of such Supplemental Agreement to be mailed, postage prepaid, to the Holders. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature of the proposed Supplemental Agreement and shall state that copies thereof are on file at the designated office of the Trustee for inspection by Holders. A failure on the part of the Trustee to mail the notice required by this Section 9.01 shall not affect the validity of such Supplemental Agreement.



Section 9.02. Supplemental Trust Agreements with Holders’ Consent.



(a)Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.01, subject to the terms and provisions contained in this Section 9.02 and Section 9.03, the Holder Representative, or if none, the Majority in Interest of the Holders, anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, must consent to and approve the execution by the Company and the Trustee, of each Supplemental Agreement as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Company or the Holder Representative for the purpose of modifying, altering, amending, adding to or rescinding, in any particular, any of the terms or provisions contained in this Indenture or in any Supplemental Agreement; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall permit, or be construed as permitting, without the consent of the Holders of all of the Notes affected by such Supplemental Agreement, (i) an extension in the payment with respect to any Note issued hereunder, or (ii) a reduction in any payment payable under or with respect to any Note, or the rate of interest on any Note, or (iii) the creation of a lien upon or pledge of the money or other assets pledged to the payment of the Notes hereunder, or the release of any such assets from the lien of this Indenture, or (iv) a preference or priority of any Note over any other Notes, or (v) a reduction in the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes required for consent to such Supplemental Agreement or to any amendment, change or modification to this Indenture as provided in this Article IX, or (vi) an extension or reduction in the payment of any other amount payable on or in connection with any Note issued hereunder. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as making necessary the approval of Holders (other than the Holder Representative) of the execution of any Supplemental Agreement authorized in Section 9.01.



(b)If at any time the Company shall request the Trustee to enter into a Supplemental Agreement for any of the purposes of this Section 9.02, the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of such Supplemental Agreement and solicitation of the Vote of the Holders to consent to or approve such Supplemental Agreement as required by Section 9.02(a), to be mailed, postage prepaid, to the Holders. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature and reason of the proposed Supplemental Agreement, advise the Holders that they must submit their approval within sixty (60) days of the date of such notice (or such shorter period as the Company may choose in its sole discretion), and shall state that copies thereof are on file at the designated office of the Trustee for inspection by Holders. The Trustee shall not, however, be subject to any liability to any Holders by reason of its failure to mail the notice required by this Section 9.02, and any such failure shall not affect the validity of such Supplemental Agreement when consented to and approved as provided in this Section 9.02.



(c)Whenever, at any time within one year after the date of mailing of such notice, the Company delivers to the Trustee an instrument or instruments in writing purporting to be executed by the Holder Representative which instrument or instruments shall refer to the proposed Supplemental Agreement described in such notice and shall specifically consent to and approve the execution thereof in substantially the form of the copy thereof referred to in such notice, thereupon but not otherwise, the Trustee may, subject to the provisions of the subsection (a), execute such Supplemental Agreement in substantially such form.



(d)Subject to subsection (a), if, at the time of the execution of such Supplemental Agreement, the Holder Representative shall have consented to and approved the execution thereof as herein provided, no Holder shall have any right to object to the execution of such Supplemental Agreement, or to object to any of the terms and provisions contained therein or the operation thereof, or in any manner to question the propriety of the execution thereof, or to enjoin or restrain the Trustee or the Company from executing the same or from taking any action pursuant to the provisions thereof.



A-17


 

Section 9.03. Supplemental Agreements Part of Indenture. Any Supplemental Agreement executed in accordance with the provisions of this Article IX shall thereafter be a part of this Indenture, and for any and all purposes and this Indenture shall be deemed modified and amended in accordance with such Supplemental Agreement. This Indenture shall thereafter be interpreted in the manner required by and consistent with the terms and conditions contained in such Supplemental Agreement and the respective rights, duties and obligations of the Company, the Trustee and Holders under this Indenture shall be determined, exercised and enforced in all respects in accordance with this Indenture as so supplemented. Express reference to any Supplemental Agreement may be made in the text of any Notes authenticated after the execution of such Supplemental Agreement, if deemed necessary or desirable by the Trustee.



Section 9.04. Discretion of Trustee to Execute Supplemental Agreement. Except in the case of a direction from the Holder Representative (unless the Trustee determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such Supplemental Agreement increases its duties or adversely affects its rights, privileges or indemnities), the Trustee shall not be under any responsibility or liability to the Company or to any Holder or to anyone whomsoever for its refusal in good faith to enter into any Supplemental Agreement if such Supplemental Agreement is deemed by it to be contrary to the provisions of this Article IX or if the Trustee has received an Opinion of the Company’s legal counsel that such Supplemental Agreement is contrary to law or materially adverse to the rights of the Holders.



Section 9.05. Consents and Opinions. Subject to Section 9.01, any Supplemental Agreement entered into under this Article IX shall not become effective unless and until the Holder Representative shall have approved the same in writing, each in its sole discretion. No Supplemental Agreement shall be effective until the Company, the Holder Representative and the Trustee shall have received a favorable Opinion of the Company’s legal counsel. The Trustee and the Company shall receive, at the expense of the Company, or, if such Supplemental Agreement is requested by the Holder Representative, at the expense of the Holder Representative, an Opinion of the Company’s legal counsel to the effect that any such proposed Supplemental Agreement is authorized and complies with the provisions of this Indenture.



Section 9.06. Notation of Modification on Notes; Preparation of New Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any Supplemental Agreement pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation, in form approved by the Trustee and the Company, as to any matter provided for in such Supplemental Agreement, and if such Supplemental Agreement shall so provide, new Notes, so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such Supplemental Agreement, may be prepared by the Company, at the expense of the Company, or, if such amendment is requested by the Holder Representative, at the expense of the Holder Representative, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered without cost to the Holders of the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender for cancellation of such Notes in the equal aggregate Principal Amount.



Section 9.07. Consents and Opinions.  



(a)No Supplemental Agreement shall be effective until the Company and the Trustee shall have received an Opinion of the Company’s legal counsel to the effect that any such Supplemental Agreement complies with the provisions of this Indenture.



(b)Subject to Section 9.01, any Supplemental Agreement otherwise permitted under this Article IX shall not become effective unless the Holder Representative shall have approved the same in writing, in its sole discretion. The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility or liability to the Company or to any Holder or to anyone whomsoever for its refusal in good faith to enter into any Supplemental Agreement as provided in this Section 9.07 if it seems such instrument to be contrary to the provisions of this Article IX or if the Trustee has received an Opinion of its legal counsel that such Supplemental Agreement is contrary to law or materially adverse to the rights of the Holders or the liabilities or indemnities of the Trustee.



ARTICLE X



AMENDMENT TO NOTE DOCUMENTS



Section 10.01. Note Document Amendments Not Requiring Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of or notice to the Holders, consent to a Note Document Amendment that the Company deems to be necessary or desirable to:



(a)Cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission, correct or supplement any provision in a Note Document;



(b)Amend any of the provisions of a Note Document to the extent required to maintain the exclusion from gross income of interest on the Notes for federal income tax purposes;



A-18


 

(c)Make any change to a Note Document that is required by any Rating Agency in order to obtain or maintain a rating by such Rating Agency on the Notes;



(d)Amend, alter, modify or supplement a Note Document in a manner required in connection with either the use or maintenance of a Book-Entry System for the Notes, or the issuance of certificated Notes following the termination of a Book-Entry System for the Notes; or



(e)Make any other change to a Note Document which is not materially adverse to the interests of a Holder of the applicable Note.



Section 10.02. Amendments to Note Documents Requiring Consent of Holders.



(a)Except for a Note Document Amendment permitted by Section 10.01, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall consent to any other amendment, change or modification of any Note Document Amendment without the consent of the Holder Representative, or if there is none, the consent or approval of a Majority in Interest of the Holders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall permit or be construed as permitting, without the consent of the Holders of all of the Notes, (i) an extension of the time of payment of any amounts payable under the Notes, or (ii) a reduction in the amount of any payment to be made with respect to the Notes, or the rate of interest on the Notes, or (iii) the creation of a lien upon or pledge of the money or other assets pledged to the payment of the Notes hereunder, or the release of any such assets from the lien of this Indenture, or (iv) a preference or priority of any Notes over any other Notes, or (v) a reduction in the aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes required for consent to any such amendment, change or modification as provided herein, or (vi) an extension or reduction in the payment of any other amount payable on or in connection with the Notes issued hereunder.



(b)If at any time the Company shall request the Trustee to enter into a Note Document Amendment for any of the purposes of this Section 10.02, the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of such Note Document Amendment and solicitation of the Vote of the Holders to approve such Note Document Amendment as required by Section 10.02(a), to be mailed, postage prepaid, to the Holders. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature and reason of the proposed Note Document Amendment, advise the Holders that they must submit their approval within sixty (60) days of the date of such notice (or such shorter period as the Company may choose in its sole discretion), and shall state that copies thereof are on file at the designated office of the Trustee for inspection by Holders. The Trustee shall not, however, be subject to any liability to any Holders by reason of its failure to mail the notice required by this Section 10.02, and any such failure shall not affect the validity of such Note Document Amendment when consented to and approved as provided in this Section 10.02.



(c)Whenever, at any time within one year after the date of mailing such notice, the Company delivers to the Trustee an instrument or instruments in writing purporting to be executed by the Holder Representative, which instrument or instruments shall refer to the proposed Note Document Amendment described in such notice and shall specifically consent to and approve the execution thereof in substantially the form of the copy thereof referred to in such notice, thereupon but not otherwise, the Company and/or the Trustee may execute such amendment in substantially the form on file as provided above, without liability or responsibility to any Holder, whether or not such Holder has consented thereto.



(d)Subject to subsection (a), if, at the time of the execution of such Note Document Amendment, the Holder Representative shall have consented to and approved the execution thereof as herein provided, no Holder shall have any right to object to the execution of such Note Document Amendment, or to object to any of the terms and provisions contained therein or the operation thereof, or in any manner to question the propriety of the execution thereof, or to enjoin or restrain the Trustee or the Company from executing the same or from taking any action pursuant to the provisions thereof.



ARTICLE XI

 

PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION



Section 11.01. Acts by the Holders.



(a)Any Act required or permitted under this Indenture may be given by a Vote at a meeting of the Holders or without a meeting of the Holders. The Secretary of the Company shall conduct any Vote of the Holders and shall act as the inspector of the process resulting in the Vote however made. For the purposes of this Indenture, the Trustee shall rely exclusively on a certificate of the Secretary certifying the result of a Vote by the Holders in determining the outcome of a Vote of the Holders.



A-19


 

(b)Any Act to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by an instrument duly executed and delivered by the Holder Representative, or if there is then none, by one or more substantially concurrent instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent or attorney duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is herein expressly required or permitted, to the Company.



(c)Any Act by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.



(d)The ownership of the Notes shall be conclusively proven by the books and records of the Company.



Section 11.02. Holder Representative.



(a)In the event of a Default, Holders shall appoint a Holder Representative to act on their behalf. The Holder Representative shall provide written notice to the Trustee designating particular individuals authorized to execute any consent, waiver, approval, direction or other instrument on behalf of the Holder Representative and such notice may be amended or rescinded by the Holder Representative at any time. The Holder Representative may be removed and a successor appointed by a written notice given by a Majority in Interest of the Holders to the Holder Representative, to the Trustee, and to the Company. The removal and reappointment shall be effective immediately upon receipt of such notice by the Trustee. A Majority in Interest of the Holders may appoint any Person to act as Holder Representative.



(b)If for any reason, no Holder Representative shall then be appointed, any act by a Holder Representative which is required or permitted in this Indenture may be taken by a Majority in Interest of the Holders and in such event all references to Holder Representative herein shall be deemed to refer to a Majority in Interest of the Holders.



(c)Whenever pursuant to this Indenture or any other Note Document the Holder Representative exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to the Holder Representative, the decision of the Holder Representative to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein or therein provided) be in the sole discretion of the Holder Representative, and shall be final and conclusive.



(d)Whenever this Indenture or any Note Document requires the consent, determination, election, approval, waiver, acceptance, satisfaction or expression of opinion of the Trustee, or the taking of any discretionary Act by the Trustee (all being referred to as “Consent” in this Section 11.02), the right, power, privilege and option of the Trustee to withhold or grant its Consent shall be deemed to be the right, power, privilege and option of the Holder Representative to withhold or grant such Consent, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for any action or inaction with respect thereto, except as may be otherwise set forth in this Indenture.



Section 11.03. Notices. Any notice, request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other direction, demand, notice or document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, given, delivered or filed under this Indenture shall, unless otherwise expressly permitted in this Indenture, be in writing and shall be delivered as required to:



(a)The Trustee, U.S. Bank National Association, at 633 W. Fifth Street, 24th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071, Attention: Global Corporate Trust;



(b)The Company, Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, at 915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120, Brea, California 92821, Attention: the President;



(c)To each Holder of such Notes, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the books and records of the Company, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the first publication of such notice.



(d)Any notice to a Holder shall be delivered in person, sent via electronic communication, or mailed by first-class mail to the Holder’s address shown on the Note register kept by the Company. Failure to deliver a notice to a Holder or any defect in the delivery of a notice shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If the Company delivers a notice to Holders, it shall deliver a copy of the notice to the Trustee at the same time.



A-20


 

(e)Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other that is duly given in writing and delivered in person, by facsimile or e-mail, or mailed by first-class mail to the other’s address stated in this Section 11.03 shall be sufficiently given. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.



Section 11.04. Computations. All accounting computations herein provided for shall be made in accordance with GAAP.



Section 11.05. Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Any reference to an Article or Section shall, unless otherwise stated, be to the corresponding Article or Section number of this Indenture.



Section 11.06. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.



Section 11.07. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.



Section 11.08. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the 2021 Class A Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.



Section 11.09. Governing Law and Venue. This Indenture and all rights and obligations of the undersigned hereof shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law principles. Any proceeding in law or equity regarding or arising from this Indenture shall be conducted and prosecuted in the County of Orange, State of California.



Section 11.10. Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, the Trustee, and any of their respective agents may treat the Person named as the Holder of a Note as the correct recipient of any payment of principal of or interest on that Note and as the true owner of the Note for all other purposes whatsoever.



Section 11.11. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the 1939 Act, the required provision shall control.



Section 11.12. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(c) of the 1939 Act.



Section 11.13. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all the parties have not signed the same counterpart.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 



 

 

California corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-21


 

 

THE COMPANY

 

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC,

a California limited liability company

 

 

By:     _______________________________

 

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

By:      _______________________________

 

Title:   _______________________________ 







A-22


 



SCHEDULE 1

TO 2021 CLASS A NOTES TRUST INDENTURE

 



 

SCHEDULE OF FEES FOR TRUSTEE

Acceptance Fee

$8,000

Legal Expenses

At Cost

Annual Trustee Fee

$10,000

Direct Out of Pocket Expenses

At Cost





[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]













 

A-23


 

EXHIBIT B



SPECIMEN



MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC



2021 Class A



FIXED SERIES NOTE





 

HOLDER:

INTEREST RATE: ____%

Name:

_________________________________

ISSUANCE DATE:___________, 20_______

Name 2:__________________________

PAYMENT DATE: ________ day of ______

Address:__________________________

MATURITY DATE:__________, 20_______

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $____________

CATEGORY OF FIXED SERIES NOTE: ____________

DEFERRED INTEREST ELECTION MADE:

_________________________________

[See Section 5 Below]

TERM:______________________________

 

NOTE NO.:__________________________



THIS FIXED SERIES 2021 Class A NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE dated November __, 2020 (the “Indenture”), which authorizes the issuance of up to $300,000,000 of 2021 Class A Notes.



1.Maker’s Obligation to Pay. For value received, MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Maker”), hereby promises to pay to the order of the registered holder of this Note (“Holder”) at such address of Holder as stated above and set forth on the records of Maker, or at such other place as Holder may designate in writing to Maker, the Principal Amount plus any additional advances to the Principal Amount by Holder and accepted by Maker, together with interest accrued on the Principal Amount at the Interest Rate stated above. The Interest Rate equals the sum of the Fixed Spread and the CMT Index in effect on the Issuance Date.



2.Manner and Form of Payment. This Note shall be payable interest only, in arrears, commencing on the Payment Date of the month immediately following the month in which the Issuance Date occurs and continuing on the same day of each month following thereafter until the Maturity Date stated above occurs, on which date the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount and accrued interest shall be due and payable. All payments hereunder shall be in lawful money of the United States of America and shall be applied first to the payment of accrued interest and then to the payment of the Principal Amount.



3.Subject to the Indenture. This Note is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture.



4.Events of Default and Remedies. This Note shall be subject to each of the Events of Default and remedies set forth in the Indenture. In order to cure Payment Default, Maker must mail to the Holder, or direct deposit if that option is selected, the amount of the nonpayment plus a late payment penalty equal to simple interest on the amount unpaid at the rate of 10% per annum, measured from the date the payment should have been mailed, deposited or credited pursuant to the terms of this Note until the date it actually is mailed, deposited or credited.



If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Holders of at least 25% of the Principal Amount of the Notes may give notice to Maker and declare the unpaid balance of the Notes immediately due and payable. However, the Holders of at least a majority of the Principal Amount of the Notes (a “Majority of the Holders”) is required to direct the Trustee to act for the Holders and bring an action to collect payment of the Notes or to pursue another remedy for our default. No Holder has the right to institute or continue any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Notes except through an action authorized by the Indenture.



5. Deferred Interest Election. If the Holder makes this election, payment of accrued interest on this Note will be deferred and Maker shall defer all interest payable on this Note until the Payment Date by increasing the Principal Amount by an amount equal to each accrued interest payment otherwise payable on this Note, as of the Payment Date of such interest payment. Interest shall be payable on such increased Principal Amount thereon in the manner otherwise provided herein.



B-1


 

6.Maker’s Election to Prepay. The Maker may at any time, upon not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Holder, elect to prepay the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount and interest of the Note, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Holder the payment so required. Notice of prepayment shall be mailed by first class mail to Holder. If less than all of the Series of the Note is prepaid, Maker shall prepay all Notes of the Series on a pro rata basis. In the event of such prepayment, a new Note in Principal Amount equal to the unpaid Principal Amount of the original Note shall be issued in the name of Holder and the original Note shall be canceled. On and after the prepayment date, interest shall cease to accrue on the portion of the Principal Amount prepaid. The foregoing obligation to prepay a Series of Notes on a pro rata basis herein shall not in any manner limit the Maker’s right to repurchase or prepay any Note on a voluntary basis agreed to by the Holder thereof, including any prepayment of the Note prior to maturity as described below.



7Early Presentment. Holder may, upon written notice to Maker, request prepayment of the Note by reason of the Holder’s demonstrated bona fide hardship at any time prior to maturity. Maker is under no obligation to prepay the Note. Maker will take into consideration Holder’s circumstances indicating family emergency or undue financial hardship. Regardless, whether to so prepay the Note shall be determined in Maker’s sole judgment. In the event Maker determines to prepay the Note, it shall prepay the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount or portion thereof, plus the accrued but unpaid interest through the date of prepayment, less an amount equal to an administrative fee not to exceed an amount equal to three (3) months’ interest on the Principal Amount of the Note prepaid.



8.Waivers. The Maker waives demand for payment, presentment for payment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of nonpayment, notice of acceleration or maturity, and/or diligence in taking any action to collect sums owing hereunder.



9. Severability. In case any provision in this Note shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.



10.   California Law; Jurisdiction. This Note is made in the State of California and the provisions hereof shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by federal law. In the event of a default hereunder, this Note may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of California, and as a condition to the issuance of this Note, Maker and Holder submit to the jurisdiction of such court regardless of their residence or where this Note or any endorsement hereof may have been executed.



Orange County, California







 

 

 

 

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

By: ___________________________________________











 

B-2


 

EXHIBIT C



SPECIMEN



MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC



2021 Class A.



VARIABLE SERIES NOTE





 

HOLDER:

INTEREST RATE: ____%

Name:

_________________________________

ISSUANCE DATE:___________, 20_______

Name 2:__________________________

PAYMENT DATE: ________ day of ______

Address:__________________________

MATURITY DATE:__________, 20_______

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $____________

CATEGORY OF VARIABLE SERIES NOTE: ____________

DEFERRED INTEREST ELECTION MADE:

_________________________________

[See Section 7 Below]

TERM:______________________________

 

NOTE NO.:__________________________



THIS VARIABLE SERIES 2021 Class A NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE dated November __, 2020 (the “Indenture”), which authorizes the issuance of up to $300,000,000 of 2021 Class A Notes.



1. Maker’s Obligation to Pay. For value received, MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Maker”), hereby promises to pay to the order of the registered holder of this Note (“Holder”) at such address of Holder as stated above and set forth on the records of Maker, or at such other place as Holder may designate in writing to Maker, the Principal Amount plus any additional advances to the Principal Amount by Holder and accepted by Maker, together with interest accrued on the Principal Amount at the Interest Rate stated above. The Interest Rate equals the Variable Spread plus the Variable Index in effect on the Issuance Date.



2. Interest Rate Adjustments. On the ___ day of each month, commencing with the month immediately following the month of the Issuance Date (an “Adjustment Date”) and continuing until the Note is repaid in full, the Interest Rate paid on this Note shall be adjusted to equal the Interest Rate which Maker would pay on the Category of this Variable Series Note had it been issued on the respective Adjustment Date.



3. Manner and Form of Payment. This Note shall be payable interest only, in arrears, commencing on the Payment Date of the month immediately following the month in which the Issuance Date occurs and continuing on the same day of each month following thereafter until the Maturity Date stated above occurs, on which date the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount and accrued interest shall be due and payable. All payments hereunder shall be in lawful money of the United States of America and shall be applied first to the payment of accrued interest and then to the payment of the Principal Amount.



4. Holder’s Call for Payment. Anything else in this Note to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holder may call the entire unpaid balance of the Principal Amount and accrued interest on this Note due and payable upon written notice to Maker at any time after the unpaid principal balance on the Note has equaled $10,000 or more for at least ninety consecutive (90) days.



5. Subject to the Indenture. This Note is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture.



6. Events of Default and Remedies. This Note shall be subject to each of the Events of Default and remedies set forth in the Indenture. In order to cure Payment Default, Maker must mail to the Holder, or direct deposit if that option is selected, the amount of the nonpayment plus a late payment penalty equal to simple interest on the amount unpaid at the rate of 10% per annum, measured from the date the payment should have been mailed, deposited or credited pursuant to the terms of this Note until the date it actually is mailed, deposited or credited.



C-1


 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Holders of at least 25% of the Principal Amount of the Notes may give notice to Maker and declare the unpaid balance of the Notes immediately due and payable. However, the Holders of at least a majority of the Principal Amount of the Notes (a “Majority of the Holders”) is required to direct the Trustee to act for the Holders and bring an action to collect payment of the Notes or to pursue another remedy for our default. No Holder has the right to institute or continue any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Notes except through an action authorized by the Indenture.



7. Deferred Interest Election. If the Holder makes this election, payment of accrued interest on this Note will be deferred and Maker shall defer all interest payable on this Note until the Payment Date by increasing the Principal Amount by an amount equal to each accrued interest payment otherwise payable on this Note, as of the Payment Date of such interest payment. Interest shall be payable on such increased Principal Amount thereon in the manner otherwise provided herein.



8. Maker’s Election to Prepay. The Maker may at any time, upon not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Holder, elect to prepay the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount and interest of the Note, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Holder the payment so required. Notice of prepayment shall be mailed by first class mail to Holder. If less than all of the Series of the Note is prepaid, Maker shall prepay all Notes of the Series on a pro rata basis. In the event of such prepayment, a new Note in Principal Amount equal to the unpaid Principal Amount of the original Note shall be issued in the name of Holder and the original Note shall be canceled. On and after the prepayment date, interest shall cease to accrue on the portion of the Principal Amount prepaid. The foregoing obligation to prepay a Series of Notes on a pro rata basis herein shall not in any manner limit the Maker’s right to repurchase or prepay any Note on a voluntary basis agreed to by the Holder thereof, including any prepayment of the Note prior to maturity as described below.



9. Early Presentment. Holder may, upon written notice to Maker, request prepayment of the Note by reason of the Holder’s demonstrated bona fide hardship at any time prior to maturity. Maker is under no obligation to prepay the Note. Maker will take into consideration Holder’s circumstances indicating family emergency or undue financial hardship. Regardless, whether to so prepay the Note shall be determined in Maker’s sole judgment. In the event Maker determines to prepay the Note, it shall prepay the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount or portion thereof, plus the accrued but unpaid interest through the date of prepayment, less an amount equal to an administrative fee not to exceed an amount equal to three (3) months’ interest on the Principal Amount of the Note prepaid.



10. Waivers. The Maker waives demand for payment, presentment for payment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of nonpayment, notice of acceleration or maturity, and/or diligence in taking any action to collect sums owing hereunder.



11. Severability. In case any provision in this Note shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.



12. California Law; Jurisdiction. This Note is made in the State of California and the provisions hereof shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by federal law. In the event of a default hereunder, this Note may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of California, and as a condition to the issuance of this Note, Maker and Holder submit to the jurisdiction of such court regardless of their residence or where this Note or any endorsement hereof may have been executed.



Orange County, California

 





 

 

 

 

 MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

By: ___________________________________________









 

C-2


 



EXHIBIT D



SPECIMEN



MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC 

RETAIL PURCHASE APPLICATION

2021 Class A NOTES



This Retail Purchase Application (“Application”) constitutes your offer, as a natural person and Purchaser, to purchase the 2021 Class A Note(s) you identify in Section IV. The Forms to purchase the Note(s) are set forth as Exhibit B (Fixed Series Note) and Exhibit C (Variable Series Note), respectively, in the Prospectus dated January 6, 2021, as amended and supplemented (the “Prospectus”). Unless otherwise expressly stated, the capitalized terms used in this Application have the respective meanings set forth in the Prospectus. 



This Application is subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

PAYMENT. This Application must be accompanied by payment in full for the Total Notes Purchased stated in Section IV. Unless otherwise preauthorized, payment must be made by check payable to “Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC”.

 

SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS. We will not accept this Application unless you represent to us that you satisfy one of the minimum suitability requirements below by initialing on the appropriate line. For the purposes of the following requirements, "net worth" means the estimated fair market value of your assets, excluding your personal residence. We and our Selling Agent, Ministry Partners Securities, LLC, are responsible for determining if the Note purchasers meet the suitability standards required by applicable federal, state and regulatory standards required for broker dealer firms that are selling the Notes.

 



 

______

Initial

Your investment in the Note(s) does not exceed ten percent (10%) of your net worth and you have either (i) a minimum annual gross income of at least $40,000 and a net worth of $40,000, or (ii) a net worth of at least $70,000; OR

 

 

______

Initial

Your investment in the Note(s) does not exceed twenty percent (20%) of your net worth and you have either (i) a minimum annual gross income of at least $70,000 and a net worth of $70,000, or (ii) a net worth of at least $250,000.

 

Your broker or financial advisor will ask you for information to determine your ability to meet these suitability standards. You must verify that you have reviewed these suitability standards and that you meet the above-stated suitability standards.

 

We may, however, waive this concentration requirement for an investor who possesses sufficient means or sophistication, either alone or with the advice of a qualified financial advisor, to understand and tolerate the risks inherent in a concentrated investment in the Notes, provided they acknowledge in writing their understanding of the concentration and illiquidity risks posed by their investment.

 

ACCEPTANCE. We may accept or reject your offer in this Application, in our sole and absolute discretion. In the event we reject this Application, we will promptly return your payment to you, without interest or reduction. If we accept this Application, we will open an account in our records (your “Account”) in your name and you will become the holder of the Note(s) as of the date we accept this Application.

 

As required by the USA PATRIOT ACT, IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means for you: When you purchase a note, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you.

 

Deliver this Purchase Application to your securities broker, who is to deliver it on your behalf to:

 

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821



D-1


 

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC IS OWNED BY CREDIT UNIONS. SECURITIES PRODUCTS OFFERED BY MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC ARE NOT DEPOSITS OF, OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY ANY CREDIT UNION OR OTHER PERSON. THEY ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE NCUSIF OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR PRIVATE INSURER. THESE PRODUCTS INVOLVE INVESTMENT RISK, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL 

D-2


 

Picture 5







D-3


 

Picture 6









D-4


 

Picture 7

D-5


 

EXHIBIT D



SPECIMEN



MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC 

COMMERCIAL PURCHASE APPLICATION

2021 Class A. NOTES

 



This Commercial Purchase Application (“Application”) constitutes your offer, as Purchaser, who is not a natural person, to purchase the 2021 Class A Note(s) you identify in Section V. The Forms to purchase the Note(s) are set forth as Exhibit B (Fixed Series Note) and Exhibit C (Variable Series Note), respectively, in the Prospectus dated January 6, 2021, as amended and supplemented (the “Prospectus”). Unless otherwise expressly stated, the capitalized terms used in this Application have the respective meanings set forth in the Prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, “you” or “your” refers to the entity or other non-natural person making this offer.

 

This Application is subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

PAYMENT. This Application must be accompanied by payment in full for the Total Notes Purchased stated in Section V. Unless otherwise preauthorized, payment must be made by check payable to “Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC”.

 

SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS. We will not accept this Application unless you represent to us that you satisfy one of the suitability requirements below by initialing on the appropriate line. For the purposes of the following requirements, "net worth" means the estimated fair market value of your assets. For investments made by a Trust in which the grantor serves as trustee or if an individual is providing the funds to make an investment in the Notes, "net worth" means the estimated fair market value of your assets, excluding the individual’s personal residence. We and our Selling Agent, Ministry Partners Securities, LLC, are responsible for determining if the Note purchasers meet the suitability standards required by applicable federal, state and regulatory standards required for broker dealer firms that are selling the Notes.

 



 

______

Initial

Your investment in the Note(s) does not exceed ten percent (10%) of your net assets and you have either (i) liquid assets of at least $50,000, or (ii) total gross assets of at least $500,000; OR

 

 

______

Initial

Your investment in the Note(s) does not exceed twenty percent (20%) of your net assets and you have either (i) liquid assets of at least $100,000, or (ii) total gross assets of at least $1,000,000.



 

 

Your broker or financial advisor will ask you for information to determine your ability to meet these suitability standards. You must verify that you have reviewed these suitability standards and that you meet the above-stated suitability standards.

 

We may, however, waive this concentration requirement for an investor who possesses sufficient means or sophistication, either alone or with the advice of a qualified financial advisor, to understand and tolerate the risks inherent in a concentrated investment in the Notes, provided they acknowledge in writing their understanding of the concentration and illiquidity risks posed by their investment.

 

ACCEPTANCE. We may accept or reject your offer in this Application, in our sole and absolute discretion. In the event we reject this Application, we will promptly return your payment to you, without interest or reduction. If we accept this Application, we will open an account in our records (your “Account”) in your name and you will become the holder of the Note(s) as of the date we accept this Application.

 

As required by the USA PATRIOT ACT, IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means for you: When you purchase a note, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you.

 

Deliver this Purchase Application to your securities broker, who is to deliver it on your behalf to:

 

MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC

915 West Imperial Highway, Suite 120

Brea, CA 92821  

D-6


 

Picture 2













D-7


 



Picture 3











D-8


 



Picture 1











D-9


 



Picture 4







 

D-10


 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No dealer, sales person or other individual has been authorized to give any information or make any representations other than those contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, the Notes offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create an implication that there has been any change in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the information contained herein is correct or complete as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.

 

  MINISTRY PARTNERS

INVESTMENT

COMPANY, LLC

 

 

$125,000,000

 

 

2021 Class A NOTES

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 6, 2021

[Outside Back Cover of Prospectus]







 

 


 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS



Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.



The following is an itemized statement of expenses incurred in connection with this Registration Statement. All such expenses will be paid by the company.





 

 

 

 

SEC Registration Fee

 

$

12,852 

 

FINRA Filing Fee

 

$

19,250 

 

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

$

60,000 

 

Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

$

40,000 

 

Printing Costs

 

$

30,000 

 

Blue Sky Registration Fees

 

$

40,000 

 

Trustee Fees

 

$

80,000 

 

Miscellaneous*

 

$

7,898 

 

TOTAL

 

$

290,000 

 

*Includes estimated costs for additional clerical services, stationery, printing and similar administrative support expenses.



All of the above items except the registration fee are estimates.



Item 14. Indemnification of Managers and Officers.



Registrant’s Operating Agreement authorizes Registrant to indemnify its agents (including its officers and managers to the fullest extent permitted under the California Revised Uniform Limited Liability Company Act). Registrant’s Operating Agreement generally allows for indemnification of managers and officers against certain loss from proceedings including threatened, pending or completed investigative, administrative civil and criminal proceedings, provided such persons acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of Registrant or that the person had reasonable cause to believe to be lawful.



Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.



The Company from time to time sells debt securities on a negotiated basis to ministries or individuals who have purchased notes from the Company before and/or are accredited persons within the meaning of Rule 501 under Regulation D. For each of these notes, interest rates, terms and other conditions of the loan were negotiated with the investor. The Company has relied upon the exemptions under Regulation D and/or Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act in selling these securities.

Part II Page 2


 





Item 16. Exhibits.





 

Exhibit No.

Description

3.1

Articles of Organization - Conversion of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, dated as of December 31, 2008 (1)

3.2

Operating Agreement of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, dated as of December 31, 2008 (1)

3.3

Plan of Conversion of Ministry Partners Investment Corporation, dated September 18, 2008 (1)

3.4

Series A Preferred Unit Certificate of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, dated as of December 31, 2008 (1)

3.5

First Amendment to the Operating Agreement of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, effective as of February 11, 2010 (2)

3.6

Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Units, effective as of May 23, 2013 (3)

5.2

Opinion of Bush Ross, P.A. (*)

10.1

$10 Million Committed Line of Credit Facility and Security Agreement, dated October 8, 2007 (4)

10.2

$50 Million CUSO Committed Line of Credit Facility and Security Agreement, dated October 8, 2007 (4)

10.4

Loan and Security Agreement dated November 4, 2011, by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and The National Credit Union Administration Board as Liquidating Agent of Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union (5)

10.5

CUSO Line of Credit Facility Note and Security Agreement, dated May 14, 2008, executed by Ministry Partners Investment Corporation in favor of Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union (6)

10.6

Office Lease, dated November 4, 2008, by and between Ministry Partners Investment Corporation and Evangelical Christian Credit Union (7)

10.7

Equipment Lease, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Evangelical Christian Credit Union (7)

10.8

Professional Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Evangelical Christian Credit Union (7)

Part II Page 3


 

10.9

Form of Individual Manager Indemnification Agreement (8)

10.13

Loan and Security Agreement by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Ministry Partners Funding, LLC dated December 15, 2014 (9)

10.15

Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between The National Credit Union Administration Board As Liquidating Agent of Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union and Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC dated March 30, 2015. (10)

10.17

Employment Agreement by and between Ministry Partners Securities, LLC and Joseph Turner dated May 27, 2015. (11)

10.19

Employment Agreement by and between Ministry Partners Securities, LLC and Joseph Turner dated May 5, 2016. (12)

10.21

Amendment and Modification of Promissory Note by and between The National Credit Union Administration Board As Liquidating Agent of Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union and Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC dated November 30, 2016. (13)

10.23

Networking Agreement by and between Ministry Partners Securities, LLC and America’s Christian Credit Union dated July 30, 2014 and Addendum related thereto dated December 1, 2016. (14)

10.29

Administrative Services Agreement by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Ministry Partners Securities, LLC dated January 30, 2018 (15)

10.33

Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release of All Claims by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and OSK VII, LLC dated September 24, 2020 (16)

10.34

Loan and Security Agreement by and Between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and KCT Credit Union, dated September 30, 2020  (17)

10.35

Trust Indenture by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee dated January 06, 2021 (included as Exhibit A of Registration Statement)

10.36

Managing Broker Dealer Agreement by and between Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and Ministry Partners Securities, LLC, dated January __, 2021 (*)

14.1

Code of Ethics for Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC, effective as of February 11, 2010 (2)

21.1

List of Subsidiaries (**)

23.1

Consent of Hutchinson and Bloodgood LLP (*)

Part II Page 4


 

23.3

Consent of Bush Ross, P.A. (included as Exhibit 5.2)  

25.1

Powers of Attorney (included as page II-9 of Registration Statement)

25.2

Form T-1 with exhibits (**)

_____________________________



 



 

(1)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on December 22, 2008.

(2)

Incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 10-K filed by the Company on March 31, 2010.

(3)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 23, 2013

(4)

Incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on October 15, 2007, as amended.

(5) 

Incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 11, 2011.

(6)

Incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 20, 2008.

(7)

Incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 10-K filed by the Company on April 14, 2009.

(8)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company on June 24, 2011.

(9)

Incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 10-K filed by the Company on March 31, 2015.

(10)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on April 9, 2015

(11)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 3, 2015

(12)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 11, 2016

(13)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on December 5, 2016

(14)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company on December 12, 2017

(15)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company on May 5, 2017

(16)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on October 7, 2020

(17)

Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 30, 2020

*

Filed herewith

Part II Page 5


 

**

Previously filed as part of this Registration Statement





Item 17. Undertakings



(a)       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:



(1)To file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:



(i)to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;



(ii)to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually, or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and



(iii)      to include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.



(2)That, for determining liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and



(3)To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.



(4)That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.



(5)That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:



(i)Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;



(ii)Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;



(iii)The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and



Part II Page 6


 

(iv)Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.



(6)Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Part II Page 7


 

SIGNATURES



In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing this Form S-1 Registration Statement and authorized this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the City of Brea, California, on the 6th day of January, 2021.





 



MINISTRY PARTNERS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC



 



By: /s/ Joseph W. Turner Jr.



Joseph W. Turner Jr.



Chief Executive Officer, President



Part II Page 8


 

Each person whose signature appears below on this Registration Statement hereby constitutes and appoints Joseph W. Turner, Jr., as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (until revoked in writing) to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Ministry Partners Investment Company, LLC and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:





 

 

 Signature

Title

Date



 

 

/s/ R. Michael Lee


R. Michael Lee

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, his attorney-in-fact

Chairman of the Board of Managers

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Joseph W. Turner, Jr


Joseph W. Turner, Jr

 

Chief Executive Officer, President

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Brian S. Barbre


Brian S. Barbre

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Van C. Elliott


Van C. Elliott

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, his attorney-in-fact

Secretary, Manager

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Mendell L. Thompson


Mendell L. Thompson

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, his attorney-in-fact

Manager

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Juli Anne S. Lawrence


Juli Anne S. Lawrence

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, her attorney-in-fact

Manager

January 6, 2021



 

 

1

 

 



 

 

/s/ Jerrod L. Foresman


Jerrod L. Foresman

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, his attorney-in-fact

Manager

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Jeffrey T. Lauridsen


Jeffrey T. Lauridsen

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, his attorney-in-fact

Manager

January 6, 2021



 

 

/s/ Guy A. Messick


Guy A. Messick 

by Joseph W. Turner, Jr, his attorney-in-fact

Manager

January 6, 2021



Part II Page 9